Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Module one of the GFMD MediaDev fundraising guide.
Anyone who has worked in fundraising will have grim memories of long caffeine-fuelled nights, drowning in a sea of text, tables and graphics as another impossible deadline looms. The risks inherent in a last-minute scramble are self-evident; budgets that don’t add up; targets that can never be met; fragments of text from previous bids that appear where you least expect them. Much of this can be avoided by establishing strong internal systems and by ensuring that the basic building blocks of proposals are in place long before the clock starts ticking.
This is an ongoing process that involves creating generic material and updating this material on a regular basis. Responsibilities for related tasks should be properly assigned and efforts should be made to ensure that content is readily accessible to those who need it. Effective knowledge management can also play an important role in capturing key learnings from previous application processes and applying them to future bids. Nevertheless, copy-paste proposals are the bane of project evaluators, so it is essential to maintain a proper balance between generic content and bespoke material that fully responds to the objectives, priorities and themes of the given funding programme.
“Selling” your organisation is an important part of any bid – although it should never be the main consideration.
Applicants should avoid presenting a long marketing blurb that extols the virtues of their work in very general terms.
Donors want reassurances that your company is the right one for the job, not simply an exemplary organisation that can turn its hand to any task.
It is also worth noting that, while donors are attracted by a strong brand, they may be less enthusiastic about working with an organisation whose brand may eventually eclipse their own.
The company profile should include a generic component presenting the basic information about your organisation as well as a bespoke element highlighting experience relevant to a bid or a partnership.
Generic data should comprise:
Date of foundation
Base of operations
Geographical reach
Number of full-time staff
Governance structures
There should be a short section describing the company’s core mission and areas of work. The bespoke narrative – a capability statement – should provide insight into relevant past performance that focuses on the results and impact of projects rather than simply their objectives and activities.
The language of a company profile should be measured and concise. Avoid the kind of hyperbole normally associated with promotional materials (e.g. “best-in-market”, “unparalleled” and “world-beating”).
Where possible, assertions about a company’s skills and expertise should be backed up by concrete examples (e.g. “a leading provider of journalism training, as evidenced by more than 100 capacity-building programmes which have enhanced the skills of 1,000 media professionals in 16 countries”).
DO
Offer insight into the depth and breadth of your work - for example, highlight the different sectors in which you have experience and the different stakeholder groups with whom you have worked
Adapt the company profile to reflect the focus/scope of the bid - i.e. link your experience and expertise directly to the priority areas
Include concrete examples that are relevant to the bid - for example, briefly highlight any projects which have embraced similar themes or areas of expertise
DON'T
Don't make your company profile sound like an advertising pitch
Don't take a one-size-fits-all approach
Don't promote the perception that your company is an all-rounder with no specific areas of expertise
Increasingly, media development agencies are being asked to present their policies in areas such as DEI (Diversity, Equity and Inclusion), Duty of Care, Safeguarding, IT Security and Risk Management.
Elements of these policies can also be used in the narrative of bids, demonstrating that your organisation has well-established systems and procedures which can be swiftly deployed at the start of a new project. There is a value in including short case studies to illustrate key areas of policy, explaining how the company has responded to similar challenges in the past.
Policy documents should follow a general format which includes the objectives of the policy, its core elements, oversight mechanisms and an allocation of responsibilities. If you are appending them to bids, it is worth including the date when the documents were last updated (and, ideally, ensuring that the date is relatively recent).
Although donors have different templates for past performance, it is worth developing a consistent structure that can be adapted for multiple purposes.
Basic data should include:
Project title
Country/region
Dates
Funder
Partners
Budget
Past performance profiles are often drawn from the project proposal. This is a mistake. If anything, they should be distilled from the final (or interim) report. While it is important to give insight into the strategic goals and services provided, it is, perhaps, more important to demonstrate what was achieved.
Here is a good example:
“The project set out to increase acceptance of modern methods of family planning through an awareness-raising campaign enacted on TV, radio and print. According to a survey carried out in Month 24 of the programme, six out of ten people exposed to the campaign said that they had greater trust in the safety of key methods, a 20% increase on the baseline.”
CHECKLIST
Project title
Country/region
Dates (from/to)
Funding source
Budget
Objectives
Lessons learned
Innovative elements
Sustainability
Inevitably, a significant proportion of any proposal consists of material which remains relatively consistent from one bid to another. It is, therefore, a good idea to have a body of pre-prepared material on issues that crop up in most application forms and that require detailed treatment. This should include a database of short biographies and CVs (while observing compliance with data protection regulations such as GDPR).
However, care should be taken to properly adapt this content to the requirements of the new project and/or to the specific contours of the country/region in which the project will be implemented.
In addition to a company profile and examples of previous track record, common elements might include:
Research and needs assessment: standard research procedures and methodologies, including ways of ensuring that research is gender- and conflict-sensitive
Monitoring and evaluation: tools and methods that you commonly use as well as a description of available resources and key personnel
Company policies on issues such as Duty of Care, Do No Harm, gender sensitivity, conflict sensitivity, complaints procedures, supplier chain management etc.
Risk management and contingency planning: the systems that you have in place to deal with risk and how they enable you to adapt to changing circumstances
Project management: backstopping resources, approaches for maintaining strong lines of communication with the donor and consortium partners, knowledge management processes etc.
Dissemination: existing dissemination channels and techniques for ensuring that project outputs enjoy optimum exposure
Engagement with other stakeholders: including your approach for coordinating with other development actors and exploring synergies
When cutting-and-pasting content from one proposal to another, be careful to ensure that you don’t accidentally carry over bid-specific information (e.g. countries, partners, dates).
If you have a reserve of generic content that can be rolled out for the purposes of most applications, it is good to review and refresh it from time to time. Standard procedures can quickly become obsolete, particularly against the backdrop of global phenomena such as the Covid-19 pandemic.
When resourcing projects, most organisations rely primarily on tried-and-tested consultants from their own network. However, these experts alone may not combine all the skills and subject areas required for specific funding opportunities. Organisations are, therefore, well advised to build a pool of potential experts in multiple fields, thereby avoiding a last-minute search for appropriate talent during the bidding process itself.
This can be achieved by using one or all of the following methods:
Seeking recommendations from trusted partners or collaborators
Approaching individuals directly and seeking permission to include their CVs on an internal database
Using websites dedicated to the development industry to advertise opportunities to work on existing projects and then maintaining a database of applicants
Running training or induction courses for potential consultants
General calls for trainers or consultants are not recommended since they tend to be difficult to manage and may raise expectations which cannot subsequently be met.
The bidding process itself rarely provides sufficient time to conduct due diligence and establish a proper working relationship. Organisations should, therefore, constantly be on the lookout for appropriate partners, particularly those specialising in complementary fields and/or with experience in new geographies. In normal times, these relationships are often established in the sidelines of international events or festivals, then cemented through direct experience of collaboration. In the world of online meetings and conference calls, they are built in the messaging panel of Skype, Zoom and Teams.
Due diligence on long-term strategic partners is a sensitive area since organisations do not like to feel they are under investigation. However, as a minimum, potential partners should be willing to share:
Company information
Annual reports
Examples of past performance
Testimonials
Most organisations lack the resources to establish an in-house team dedicated to fund-raising and, consequently, the tasks of identifying new opportunities and writing proposals fall to individuals who combine them with their substantive role. Buying in external fundraising services can be expensive and has the disadvantage of involving consultants who may not be familiar with the organisation’s philosophy, resources and competitive advantages.
In addition, at least one employee should be tasked with developing proposal content and leading on bid-writing processes.
Note: the volume of paperwork associated with bid development should not be underestimated. This is effectively an administrative task but it is a good idea to ensure that one person has oversight of the documentation generally required for bids and has responsibility for updating the financial and technical capacity statements on a regular basis.
Module two of the GFMD MediaDev Fundraising Guide.
Over the past decade, the media development landscape has become increasingly crowded. Not only has there been an uptick in the number of specialised agencies but there has been a tendency for organisations with a wider development focus to extend their portfolio to include media and communications.
Consequently, it is important to ensure that your organisation stands out from the crowd by having a recognisable identity, mission and scope of work.
If donors see yours as the go-to organisation for, say, media literacy, legal reform or production training in a certain country or region, then this will give you a strong competitive advantage.
One effective approach is to forge a reputation for working in a niche area that enjoys steady demand but that is not oversubscribed.
First and foremost, you will need to pursue grants which can build up your track record in this field but you will also need to develop the networks, partnerships and expertise necessary to burnish your credentials and establish your footprint.
Proactively securing speaking opportunities in conferences and events linked to the target theme/sector can also help build a reputation for thought leadership.
Nevertheless, it is worth bearing in mind that donors are fickle and niche areas can enjoy widespread support for a time, then mysteriously vanish from their list of priorities. A few years ago, digital security training and constructive journalism were causes célèbres; now media literacy and media viability are on the ascendant.
It is, therefore, risky to be seen as a one-trick pony. There is much to be gained from analysing the trends and embracing new doctrines – as long as they don’t mark too radical a departure from your sphere of interest and your skillset.
The same principle applies to geographical outreach.
Even if your organisation has a primarily national focus, it may be worth exploring the possibilities for sharing your skills and experience on a regional level or, indeed, gaining a reputation for working outside the capital city and supporting the growth of provincial media markets.
For international organisations, there are clear advantages in gaining a solid track record in a country or sub-region which is traditionally overlooked or where others fear to tread. However, maintaining a presence or activity in those countries over an extended period of time may be more challenging.
When developing thematic and geographical niches, consistency and continuity are key, since they are essential for building trust with local beneficiaries and for forging long-term partnerships.
For organisations that do not have core funding, localised operations need to be able to expand and contract in line with available funding envelopes, therefore mechanisms should be put in place to cater for these fluctuations.
Defining and revising your company's unique selling points (USPs) is a useful exercise.
This can be done in the context of specific bids (i.e. defining so-called “win themes”) or more generally against the backdrop of perceived competition.
A focus on “what makes us different/innovative” is an essential part of successful fundraising, since it helps to:
Identify relevant or strategically important opportunities
Maintain institutional coherence
Your brand: how recognisable is it?
Your specialist skills: where are they most in demand?
Your resources: are they fit for purpose?
Your target geographies: are they oversubscribed?
Your commitment to fostering innovation: is your organisation adapting to changes in technology or best practice?
Your partnerships: are you aligned with organisations that complement your offering?
Your internal systems: can you hit the ground running and adapt to changing circumstances?
Unique tools and ways of working are crucial elements of developing a recognisable profile.
Not only do donors want to be seen to embrace innovation but potential partners will also be attracted by the opportunity to include cutting-edge approaches in their bids.
While, of course, agencies should avoid developing technology for technology’s sake, the media development industry as a whole often suffers from a reputation for being “old school” and for minimising risk by deploying well-worn approaches that have worked in the past or proven successful in a different geographic area.
Innovation should, therefore, be needs- and demand-driven. It should come in response to a specific set of challenges and enjoy strong local ownership.
But solutions should also be organic, adapting to reflect common usage patterns and evolving in line with feedback received.
Most tools or learning materials are developed in the framework of grant-funded projects but it is worth stepping back from the project-based cycle and committing internal resources to develop a coherent suite of products and methodologies that can shape and drive your organisational growth.
Examples of areas in which you might consider developing proprietary tools and methodologies might include:
Training manuals in key subject areas that enjoy perennial demand
Training toolkits that establish and illustrate best practice models
Interactive learning systems (including mobile apps) that can extend your outreach and improve operational flexibility
Knowledge management platforms that capture lessons learned
Low-cost programme formats that have a proven track record in promoting socially responsible messaging
Research methodologies that embrace key considerations such as equity and safeguarding
A recent and relevant track record is all-important when applying for any funding opportunity and, in some cases such as the first stage of a tender procedure, it is the single most important criterion.
Yet, as in most spheres, becoming a recognised player in your chosen field is a chicken-and-egg situation: you need to have a track record to win grants but you need grants to build a track record.
Most organisations, therefore, start out by entering into partnerships with larger agencies and/or delivering a small component of a larger project. This can also be a way to break into new areas and extend your geographical footprint.
Furthermore, there are smaller sub-granting programmes where there is less insistence on previous experience and other pieces of work – such as monitoring and evaluation, external assessment and training – which are sub-contracted or outsourced on the basis of a simple tender procedure.
These procedures are often based on the calibre of individual experts and the proposed pricing rather than track record alone.
Not all donors are willing to give unknown organisations a first chance.
Like first-time novelists, development agencies often suffer a slew of rejections before winning their first grant. Nevertheless, it is worth persisting since even failed applications may serve to put you on an individual donor’s map and the experience accrued through the application process is invaluable.
However, as noted elsewhere in this manual, you will limit your frustrations by taking a targeted approach to donor engagement and aligning your ambitions with the realities of the local funding landscape.
Most donors require examples of previous track record, usually covering projects delivered or completed within the past three years. The aim of these profiles is to show that you have relevant experience and expertise but also that your company is capable of delivering impactful projects with measurable .
The narrative part should cover objectives, main activity strands, and lessons learned. It is also worth highlighting innovative elements and any follow-up or replication.
partners
in key areas of expertise: your approach to training, advocacy or programme production, highlighting what makes it different and innovative
Several types of grant application require CVs or short biographies to be presented as part of the offer. may stipulate the exact qualifications and experience required. In these cases, key positions may be included in the scoring matrix and the quality of the bid may be judged, to a large extent, according to the calibre of the experts.
Projects delivered on the basis of a partnership are generally considered to be more robust than those delivered by one organisation alone. They ensure that can draw on a wider range of skills and experience; they also offer the benefit of diverse branding and access to multiple networks. Organisations tend to work with tried-and-tested partners but, inevitably, opportunities will arise which require a new skillset or profile, obliging applicants to look beyond their immediate circle.
Whether you can afford to establish an in-house team or not, the key to managing fundraising efforts is the efficient use of available resources. This means resisting the temptation to pursue “long shots” and focusing on opportunities which play to your competitive strengths. For smaller organisations, it may mean negotiating partnerships with larger agencies which are prepared to act as the and cover the project development costs.
However, as a minimum, any development agency should have at least one member of staff who is responsible for identifying leads and for checking websites which advertise .
Potential sources of information are treated elsewhere in this Guide (see “”). This should be a routine activity, thereby ensuring that are logged at an early stage and that partnerships can be negotiated before consortia have already been formed.
Develop new tools and that reflect a commitment to innovation
Exceptions include the , the , theand the . Small grants channelled through foreign embassies are also a tried-and-tested way of building up a portfolio.
Module four of the GFMD MediaDev Fundraising Guide.
Responding to opportunities at the last moment carries numerous risks:
You will not be able to carry out proper due diligence with potential partners and may risk ending up in a partnership with an organisation that does not share your vision and working practices.
You will commit to working with individuals who may not fit into your organisational culture and have unreasonable financial expectations.
You will lack the time to develop a realistic budget and will be contractually committed to deliver activities that you cannot afford to implement.
You will miss the deadline, wasting the time and effort of all those involved.
Almost all donors publish upcoming opportunities on their corporate websites.
The only exceptions are:
Donors who work with a group of beneficiary organisations over time and who discuss opportunities bilaterally with these partners. In such cases, there are no open competitions but rather a negotiated procedure.
Donors who do not accept unsolicited proposals but rather work on the basis of recommendations from trusted sources.
Organisations that invite would-be grantees to submit applications at any time of the year usually publish the relevant forms and guidelines on their website but it is still worth engaging with these donors before submitting a proposal. Some may be willing to give initial feedback on the appropriateness of your concept before you invest the time and effort into developing a full proposal.
There is considerable value in developing these relationships over time, forging links with key players and presenting your credentials for potential partnerships.
This process should be systematised as far as possible in order to ensure that relevant opportunities do not pass you by.
The easiest solution is to subscribe to automated updates such as the EU’s TED system or the US Government’s Grant.gov website.
There are also commercial providers such as Development Aid which will provide filtered opportunities for an annual fee.
However, no single system is a failsafe, so a combination of platforms and approaches is probably the best solution.
The most effective approach is to combine grass-roots methods with regular monitoring of websites where these opportunities are published.
For national organisations, the bulk of local opportunities will come your way by word of mouth and engagement with other development actors.
For international organisations, the focus will be on checking web portals and encouraging donors to proactively share opportunities. In both cases, sustained and consistent intelligence-gathering efforts are the secret to success.
There is a strong temptation to cast the net as widely as possible and apply for any opportunity which seems more or less appropriate. There is a tendency also to be beguiled by the amount of money on offer and to downplay the risks associated with co-funding or over-expansion. It is, therefore, helpful to consider the following issues when making your decision:
Donors will rarely give a judgement about an individual case but they should provide greater clarity if you phrase your question correctly.
This is not just about being able to prove you have good experience in the target sector or country. It is about demonstrating that you have the capacity to manage a grant of a similar size.
You need to think twice if you are applying for a grant of €1 million but the largest budget you have ever managed totalled €100,000. This is when you may want to consider a partnership with an organisation that has the required track record.
This is a difficult judgement to make but it should be possible to get some insight into the odds of winning.
A large EU programme, for example, might attract more than 100 applications at the concept note stage; shortlist 15 and offer grants to five. This information is often published and should be factored into decision-making processes.
A donor’s reputation for risk-taking should also be taken into consideration – some prefer to stick with incumbents while others will give a chance to newcomers who have compelling, fresh ideas.
In the final analysis, you need to balance the amount of work required against the chances of success. However attractive the potential reward, it is simply not worth committing the necessary resources unless you are confident that you have competitive advantages which give you the edge over other applicants.
This call is likely to be based on experience rather than any scientific formula but issues worth considering include:
Is there sufficient room for including a management overhead that can contribute to your running costs?
Is the project an extension of your normal activities or will it require buying in extensive resources from the outside and introducing a new strand of work?
Can you absorb the potential workload in the context of your other activities?
Is there a significant co-funding requirement? How sure are you of being able to cover it? Note that, if you cannot cover the co-funding, your project will not be financially sustainable.
Will the project benefit you institutionally?
Revenue should not be the only consideration.
Security concerns should be paramount and you should weigh up whether or not the donor's requirements (including visibility-related) may expose your organisation to unacceptable risks. If you feel this is the case, then you should raise them with the donor at the earliest opportunity and base your decision on the response.
You should also assess whether the project has the potential to raise your profile and build your reputation. You may decide, for example, that a programme is not necessarily cost-effective but will enable you to extend your footprint into a new area of activity or a new geographical region. Sometimes the institutional benefits may outweigh other business-related criteria.
Too often organisations apply for grants, win them and then struggle to resource them.
This is one of the reasons why some donors put so much emphasis on CVs and resourcing plans.
It can be difficult to find the right people who are available at the right time – good managers and consultants are in high demand and they may be unwilling or unable to drop everything in order to work on your project.
It is, therefore, important to have preliminary agreements in place with qualified individuals before making applications. You should also ensure that any implementing partners have the same.
This is an important element of the application process and one that may affect your decision whether or not to proceed.
All answers are usually sent to applicants or published online, however, they often leave much to be desired.
There are various guidelines to observe when requesting clarifications that will help you to get the answers you are looking for.
They can be summarised as follows:
Don’t give information about your organisation or your proposal and ask the donor to determine whether or not it is relevant and/or eligible. Ninety-nine times out of 100 they will simply tell you that they cannot comment on individual cases.
Be generic - e.g. "Can a daughter company with local registration apply for this call even if the parent company is not registered in an eligible country?"
Do send short questions which require a specific answer – even if it just yes or no. The more precise your question, the more precise the answer.
For example: "Are Swiss applicants eligible?" rather than "What countries outside the EU and EEA are eligible?"
Do repeat the question if you don’t get a satisfactory answer (and if there is more than one opportunity for submitting requests for clarification).
Module five of the GFMD MediaDev Fundraising Guide.
Clearly, each donor has its own procedures, many of which have evolved over time and continue to evolve, so there is no such thing as a one-size-fits-all proposal. However, there are many commonalities that allow applicants to successfully adapt project ideas for multiple bids.
The headings below cover the different processes which are relevant to the media development community. There are, of course, others that are not addressed here but the intention is to raise awareness of the most commonly used approaches.
Several donors – principally foundations – have open application processes whereby organisations can apply for funding at any time using standard templates and application procedures. A few have two or three deadlines during the course of the year.
This is probably the most convenient approach, allowing applicants to spend more time preparing their bids and to submit an application only when all the elements are in place.
However, these programmes are also highly competitive and receive a very significant number of applications. It is difficult not to draw the conclusion that they must, at some point during the year, overreach themselves (i.e. run out of available funds).
They may also ask an organisation running an ongoing programme to apply for follow-up funding if it is considered that the project is going particularly well and deserves to be continued.
That said, most donors are eager to maintain a reputation for equity and transparency, so direct approaches are exceptional. A retendering process whereby the incumbent fights off challenges from other contenders are more common.
Unless donors specifically state that they do not accept unsolicited proposals or an open procedure has been launched in a related field, it is possible to share ideas and concept notes on an ad hoc basis, particularly if you have a good working relationship with desk officers and you believe that your proposal is timely (e.g. linked to an event or a crisis).
On the vast majority of occasions, the donor will refer you to an upcoming programme or will reply that they have no funds available at the current time. If they respond at all. Direct approaches are often used for securing co-funding but it is worth recognising that most donor programmes lack flexibility and need to bend their own rules in order to allocate direct grants. They are also wary of setting dangerous precedents.
Varying levels of feedback are given to unsuccessful bids ranging from a simple rejection letter to formal opportunities to discuss the shortcomings of the proposal during a phone call with the grant officer.
Tenderers are encouraged to form consortia in order to meet these criteria and are invited to submit an expression of interest setting out their technical and financial credentials as well as examples of recent past performance.
Generally speaking (and Covid-19 aside), the results of these processes are announced fairly rapidly and the winning consortium starts work as soon as the contract is signed.
Competitive tenders are tough, requiring a very intense period of work and drawing down considerable resources. Leading agencies will commit teams of 6-8 people to large tenders as well as drawing in expertise from the outside. There is a high degree of sensitivity about conflicts of interest and insider dealing, meaning that challenges are relatively common and EU agencies take them very seriously. If a contention is raised during the tendering process, then the evaluation may be put on hold until the issue is resolved.
Procedures are supposed to be simplified and the timeframe given to organisations to prepare their bids is often very tight.
While the size of the grants attached to framework contracts can be substantial, this is not an approach that resonates well with many implementing agencies who argue that the procedures involved are opaque and skewed in favour of organisations that have the resources and track record to apply.
Under this arrangement, the contractor allocates and administers a finite number of small grants according to the accountability rules established by the donor.
Effectively, the implementing organisations take on the role of donors in their own right.
Sub-grants are advantageous in that they allow small CSOs and media outlets in partner countries who would not be eligible for larger grants to receive donor funding.
However, they do constitute a major workload for the administrating organisation which has an obligation to help inexperienced grantees with project management and financial reporting issues.
Efforts have been made to lobby the donor community to facilitate sub-granting processes by introducing a lighter workload for all concerned and by placing greater focus on mentoring the work of grantees and ensuring that the financing brings added value.
To date, these efforts have not resulted in any major concessions.
Arguably, the best projects are those which are based on a pre-existing idea that is adapted for the purposes of the bid.
These give applicants the ability to demonstrate that the core approach is tried and tested while also having sufficient flexibility to incorporate innovation or to embrace specific themes.
Projects which are developed from scratch in order to “tick the boxes” tend to feel artificial and staged.
That said, very general guidelines often leave applicants guessing what the donor is actually looking for and are often subject to misinterpretation.
Large agencies often appoint a dedicated bid manager who will supervise the entire process but this, unfortunately, is a luxury that few can afford.
Nevertheless, there are standard management procedures that are worth bearing in mind, even if you are assigning multiple roles to the individuals concerned.
They can be summarized as follows:
It is important to have a clear idea of how much you have to work with and this will enable contributors to hit the ground running.
Centralise all the documentation relevant to the bid, ideally on a platform that allows for collaborative editing and commenting.
Organise regular check-ins with all concerned. Some contributors will be more self-sufficient than others but you’ll want to avoid a scenario whereby a writer produces reams of narrative that are superfluous to requirements or that are based on incorrect assumptions.
Ensure proper version control of documents either through online sharing or through keeping tabs on who is in control of the master document.
Avoid breaking your own deadlines.
Inevitably internal deadlines will slip throughout the bid-writing process but you should lead by example and make every effort to ensure that global deadlines are kept.
Prioritise those tasks and/or components of the bid which will make the difference between failure and success.
All bids consist of elements that are crucial to the evaluation process and those which are “nice to have”.
Build a network of contributors to proposal-writing processes and keep a reserve list.
You may need to bring in expert advice or additional resources at the last moment (particularly if one of your team is forced to drop out).
It is worth developing a wide network of tried-and-tested contributors – particularly experts in areas that regularly feature in donor programmes such as gender equality, duty of care and M&E.
We want to hear from you! We want to work with you to make this event better. (Last updated by Tom Law - Feb 8, 2021)
Does this Guide meet your needs?
What have we missed?
Where do we need to provide more details and insights?
But most importantly...
What expertise and experiences could you contribute?
This Guide is not just for those applying for media development and journalism support funding. It is for donors too.
Have we communicated what you are looking for in a funding application clearly?
Did we get anything wrong? If so, how can we correct it?
What have we missed?
Didn't find your organisation over the list of funders' profiles? Or do you have corrections or additions to the profile?
We want to hear from you! See contact information below.
You are well-advised to include the task of identifying upcoming funding opportunities in the job description of at least one member of staff. It is an essential activity that will ensure you have ample time to prepare for upcoming both by developing your ideas and negotiating strategic partnerships.
You will lack the time to properly research your and approach, possibly leading to inconsistencies or activities which later prove challenging to deliver.
Information on upcoming opportunities may also come from potential partners who are seeking to form competitive consortia and/or need to identify a credible local (increasingly a requirement of donor programmes funded by the EU or by the Member States).
GFMD regularly publishes for the media development and journalism support sector its website
There is nothing to be gained by taking a gamble on this. Eligibility criteria are usually relatively clear. If they are not, then you should ask for .
Most donors offer applicants the chance to ask questions related to the guidelines or the before a specified deadline (some offer this opportunity throughout the process).
Some donors simply reference the relevant section of the ; others give answers that are more opaque than the original wording.
Don’t ask open questions such as “can you clarify what is meant in section XX of the ?”
Donors who are unable to express the sentiment properly the first time around are unlikely to be able to provide a coherent answer on the second attempt (not least because the individual tasked with responding may not be the same person who wrote the in the first place).
On rare occasions, donors will approach an implementing organisation with a request to take part in a closed or to prepare a proposal on a specific theme.
Open are the most common model with the majority comprising a simple one-stage process whereby applicants meeting the eligibility criteria submit a single application.
Under this model, the proposal which is likely to include a detailed budget and log-frame presents a comprehensive response to the objective, themes and/or priorities of the published .
are evaluated according to published criteria and grants may be awarded to one or several successful applicants, depending on the repartition of the funding envelope.
Applicants are invited to submit a five-page in the first instance.
are then checked for eligibility and assessed according to the strength/relevance of the narrative. Shortlisted applicants are asked to prepare a that consists of a narrative, and logframe.
The third stage comprises a detailed check during which institutional documents uploaded to the EU’s grants portal are reviewed and further documentation may be requested.
Other donors apart from the EU run similar processes – normally without the third stage. are aimed at reducing the investment of time and effort into developing lengthy proposals for oversubscribed programmes.
Bizarrely, some EU request applicants to submit a and full application at the same time, although the process for internal evaluation is supposedly the same. This is presumably aimed at reducing the long lead-time for the application process but does little to reduce the frustration of unsuccessful applicants.
For more background see the section of the fundraising lexicon that accompanies this guide.
Tenders for begin with a forecast which can be published several months before the tender is formally launched.
The launch is marked by the publication of a procurement notice which generally includes minimal information about the programme, the budget amount and basic (including financial and technical capacity).
are shortlisted on the basis of the .
Subsequently, shortlisted applicants (usually up to eight for EU ) receive the which provide a detailed breakdown of the required tasks and workstreams as well as prescribed qualifications for key personnel.
Consortia are given a maximum of 60 days to put together technical and financial offers which respond to the . An important part of this process is identifying and securing the individuals whose CVs will be presented as part of the bid.
Very often they account for a significant proportion of the overall score and, therefore, it is vital to ensure that their skills and experience match those presented in the as closely as possible.
are evaluated by a committee in closed session and are scored according to the evaluation matrix. On occasion, the committee may request interviews with the candidates for Key Expert positions in order to assess the accuracy of the information contained in their CVs as well as to discuss their vision for the project.
Contracts channelled through are increasingly common.
They are often structured according to themes or may be part of a wider funding programme (e.g. the managed by the FCDO).
In simple terms, a framework contract is a closed list of preferred suppliers who compete for ad hoc grants, although they may also bring in partners from outside the framework as members of a .
Over recent years, donors have been eager to pass on the administrative associated with grant management to implementing organisations. This involves including a sub-granting component in a wider grant or .
Sub-grants can be allocated relatively swiftly and the administrative burden involved is usually lighter than that of donor-managed .
The grantor is also exposed to a higher degree of risk since the compliance of financial reporting is dependent on the internal systems of the which may not be fit for purpose. Ultimately the burden of responsibility is carried by the grantor.
The margin for creativity is usually determined by the type of contract in question. for tend to be highly prescriptive while guidelines for provide far greater room for manoeuvre.
Start by collating all the material which can be used to populate the skeleton you have produced (See in the module for guidance).
If you have limited resources, focus on the aspects that really matter – for example, a compelling Executive Summary, a robust , a strong risk analysis.
And finally... please please please !
GFMD has gathered a list of relevant online resources related to the recent stop order on foreign aid.
Attention: Please keep in mind that the situation is evolving as we speak and may render some information outdated or obsolete. We will strive to keep abreast of changes as they happen.
We recognise that navigating the stop work order and the suspension of funding may present challenges for many organisations. This document is based on information we gathered through different channels, and in no circumstances does this document constitute any form of legal or definitive advice: every organisation’s situation, contract, and legal context is unique and subject to potential changes.
The details of your contract, grant, or cooperative agreement—and any instructions from your Contracting/Agreement Officer—take precedence over the information contained here.
Always consult your Contracting Officer, Agreement Officer, or qualified legal counsel for advice tailored to your specific circumstances.
90-day pause in United States foreign development assistance for assessment of programmatic efficiencies and consistency with United States foreign policy.” During this time, “foreign development assistance programs shall immediately pause new obligations and disbursements of development assistance funds to foreign countries and implementing non-governmental organizations, international organizations, and contractors pending reviews of such programs for programmatic efficiency and consistency with United States foreign policy, to be conducted within 90 days of this order.
This suspension affects several foreign aid programs, including those under USAID and DRL. The full scope and duration of the suspension remain uncertain, with an initial 90-day review period in place. It is not yet clear if this will be extended or if some grants may be terminated or amended. During this period, many NGOs are experiencing disruption, particularly with regards to ongoing programs, funding disbursements, and staff-related issues. NGOs receiving US funds should prepare for the possibility that the suspension could last longer than anticipated.
According to Reuters:
The American Federation of Government Employees and the American Foreign Service Association have filed a lawsuit against the Trump administration to stop the dismantling of the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID). The lawsuit challenges the halting of foreign aid, project shutdowns, and mass layoffs, arguing that these actions are unconstitutional and have caused a global humanitarian crisis by disrupting efforts to combat disease and hunger. It seeks a court order to restore USAID’s funding, reopen its offices, and prevent further steps towards its dissolution, asserting that only Congress has the authority to dismantle the agency.
Priorities for Media and Media Support: The Foreign Aid Bridge Fund primarily focuses on sectors such as health, agriculture, sanitation, climate adaptation, livelihoods, education, and humanitarian response. It does not explicitly prioritise media or media support. However, organisations operating within these fields that have a significant media or communication component may be considered for funding, especially if their media activities are integral to delivering essential services and information to communities.
Geographical Priorities: Global. The fund addresses urgent needs across various regions impacted by the U.S. foreign aid freeze.
Type of Funding Available: The Foreign Aid Bridge Fund offers critical, short-term grant-based financing designed to ensure immediate impact and program continuity. This rapid-response mechanism provides flexible funding to high-impact organisations with sustainable business models, enabling them to maintain or resume essential operations disrupted by the aid freeze.
Priorities for Media and Media Support: While NEAR's primary focus is on promoting equitable and dignified partnerships within the aid system, it does not explicitly prioritise media or media support. However, media organisations that function as local or national CSOs and align with NEAR's mission and values may be eligible for membership and support. NEAR's emphasis on local participation and capacity building can indirectly benefit media entities committed to community engagement and development.
Geographical Priorities: NEAR operates globally, with a significant presence in Africa, Asia, the Middle East, and Latin America. The network comprises nearly 300 local organisations deeply rooted in their communities, enabling them to respond swiftly and effectively to crises.
Webinar 4: Foreign Assistance – Moving from Outrage to Action
You can find the slides from the webinar below.
The news comes less than 48 hours after a federal judge allowed the Trump administration to continue removing USAID staff — beginning a reduction in workforce that those across the agency had been bracing for.
Independent nonprofit media around the globe suddenly find themselves at the center of a perfect storm of at least four new existential threats.
EFJ calls on all potential European donors to take action to compensate for the US withdrawal, in particular to ensure the survival of Ukrainian media, the network of Belarusian journalists in exile and media programmes in Kosovo.
A US retreat from international media assistance will set back the global movement for media freedom by years. The gap left behind will not be easy to fill. The movement, however, can be sustained by fortifying its roots. In time, the movement could emerge stronger.
The GFMD MediaDev Fundraising Guide is designed to help anyone seeking funding for media development or journalism support projects.
If your organisation is planning to apply for media development or journalism support funding, the GFMD MediaDev Fundraising Guide is for you.
We hope that the Guide will provide insight into a variety of application models, take you through the project design process, and help you submit better - and ultimately more successful - funding proposals.
This Guide is for anyone applying for media development and journalism support funding.
It aims to be comprehensive, and support individuals and organisations making their first applications as well as provide a refresher for more experienced fundraisers.
Obviously, some sections will be more relevant than others depending on the size and nature of your organisation. We are in the process of adding examples and case studies to illustrate how to adapt the guidance depending on your circumstances.
The Guide is designed to be read sequentially with each module building on the previous modules.
To use the Guide in this way, simply move to the next section by clicking on the button at the bottom right-hand corner of every page.
If you are in a rush or want to return to the page you were reading on your last visit, use the left-hand navigation section to skip to specific topics.
You can also find your way around by using
The hyperlinks in the text
The "CONTENTS" navigation on the right-hand panel of each page
The search function, in the top right of the header
If you do not have a stable connection you can also download sections or the whole guide as a PDF.
However, please be aware that you will need to come back and download it again periodically so that you do not miss any updates to the guide.
The Guide is updated on a regular basis.
There are two ways to make sure you don't miss any updates:
GFMD MediaDev Fundraising Guide has eleven modules focusing on different aspects of how to apply for funding to support media development and journalism programmes.
The eleven modules are free to access.
If you work for a GFMD member or affiliate, just click on the links to request access to the guides and templates.
The lexicon provides definitions, context, and examples about how particular programmatic, fundraising, and media development terms are understood by donors and how they should be used and responded to in funding applications and project design.
The Guide provides an overview of the organisations that fund media development and journalism support initiatives, programmes and projects.
Browse the latest funding opportunities for media development and journalism on the GFMD website.
The Secretariat of the Global Forum for Media Development (GFMD) is especially grateful to:
Michael Randall, who developed the content for the first version of the Guide.
The expertise and advice of our members and supporters who reviewed the Guide and made many valuable suggestions ahead of publication in June 2021. Special thanks go to:
Alex Pearce (BBC Media Action)
Bridget Gallagher (Gallagher Group)
Camilla Palazzini (openDemocracy)
Laurence Burckel (CFI)
Mariana Santos (Chicas Poderosas)
Raquel Bennet (Chicas Poderosas)
Shannon Meredith (Chicas Poderosas)
For content production and editing:
Manuel Lemos (Intern GFMD)
Camille Seyt (Intern GFMD)
Project funding to get the GFMD MediaDev Fundraising Guide off the ground was provided by the Open Society Foundations.
The Guide was also produced thanks to GFMD's core funding which comes from:
Module six of the GFMD MediaDev Fundraising Guide.
The steps outlined below present a proposed guide for designing a project and submitting a funding application.
Your ability to follow these steps will depend on the resources at your disposal and on your own organisational culture.
Assess your ability to commit the necessary resources and to meet the deadline.
Make a decision on whether or not this opportunity is appropriate to your organisation and estimate whether or not you have a decent chance of success.
Try to find out who else is likely to be applying for the bid and whether there is an incumbent or front-runner for this call.
Decide who from your organisation will be working on the proposal and nominate a bid manager.
Assess who will take responsibility for the administrative work and whether you need to draw in expertise or advisors from outside the organisation.
Organise a meeting to discuss the best approach that both capitalises on your skills and experience and meets the donor’s requirements.
It is highly advisable to have a concept in place before you start approaching partners.
Consider whether or not you need a partner or partners to make a credible bid.
In many programmes, partners are required so you will have no choice but, in either case, consider carefully whom to approach and what kind of role you would like to offer them.
Loose coalitions of equals rarely work in this context – not least because the lead partner will need to sign the contract with the donor and will, therefore, carry the contractual responsibility.
Set yourself a series of deadlines that allow the various elements of the proposal to be developed well in advance of the actual deadline.
A simple Gantt chart in Excel can be useful in focusing contributors on specific deliverables and in ensuring a proper sequencing of events.
Put names against tasks as early as possible in the process.
As far as possible, all your partners should be involved in the creative process, not least because they will be able to contribute their expertise and, in some cases, resources to ensure the best possible outcome.
The introductory meeting should serve to interrogate the basic concept and surface any ideas, additions or modifications which will make yours a better proposal.
This is particularly important when bringing together international organisations which have some experience of working in the country/region with local organisations who live and operate on the ground.
The best proposals come out of a synthesis of experience rather than one partner trying to impose ideas on another because they "worked well" somewhere else.
This should capture your core idea and enable you to ensure that all partners are on the same page and share the same vision.
It is a good way of rallying people around an idea and ensuring that the main building blocks of the proposal – narrative, M&E plan and budget – can be developed in parallel.
Not all donors have a specific template for bids, so you may need to develop your own structure from scratch.
It is good to agree on the division of labour at this stage – if not before – so that contributions from partners are properly focused and targeted.
Give all individuals concerned a clear deliverable – either a section to write or a specific task such as background research or identifying Key Experts – and a clear deadline.
Ideally, you should nominate a lead writer who is responsible for pulling the different parts of the bid together and ensuring that the document is harmonised in terms of its tone and style.
If there is a page or character limit in the application form, encourage all contributors to write to length – editing down an overwritten document at the last moment is time-consuming and can lead to mistakes being made.
The task of collating all the background documents should be assigned at this stage.
It is good practice to keep all documents or assets in a shared space that is accessible to all contributors.
You may want to use a platform such as Google Drive or Microsoft Teams that have collaborative editing functionality or you may want to split the document into sections and draw them together when they are complete.
Effective version control is key to minimising the risk of wasted work or duplication.
Assess the need for digital security measures depending on the sensitivities of your bid.
Full security should not be the default position since this does increase the complexity of internal communications and, by extension, the overall workload.
The second document for internal consideration should be the budget.
It should be possible to create a first draft of the budget based on the logframe or ToC document and on an early understanding of the costs of each individual partner.
The first draft of the budget will also allow you to see whether or not you can actually afford to deliver all of the proposed activities.
If not, you will need to make tough decisions around where to reduce activities or, alternatively, to reduce their ambition and scope.
It is a good idea to do this now or you will find contributors wasting time writing up activities that are later abandoned.
These meetings enable the core team to maintain oversight of progress across the different elements of bid but they also ensure that partners and external contributors continue to input into the process, thereby promoting ownership for the document.
In addition, the meetings can act as an early warning system for any aspects of the bid that appear to be going off track or that do not fully reflect the realities on the ground.
Scheduled meetings are a good idea since they serve as a reminder of delivery deadlines and allow for gaps to be identified before they become an emergency.
The unglamorous task of pulling together the background documentation can often fall by the wayside, precipitating a last-minute panic.
It is, therefore, a good idea to review what has been collated to date and ensure that nothing slips through the cracks.
Note that some institutional documents can take time to source from external suppliers or institutions.
This should take place during one of the catch-up meetings and should draw together all the contributions made to date.
You may want to try scoring the narrative against the evaluation matrix, thereby identifying any weaknesses in the bid.
It will almost certainly be necessary to commission additional material at this juncture.
By now, the budget should have been finalised and should correlate directly to the narrative and the activity plan.
You may need to bring the total down and negotiate with your partners for potential savings.
It’s a good idea to lock the budget as soon as possible after this stage, particularly if you need internal sign-off.
This draft should incorporate all the contributions commissioned during the previous review and should, therefore, be largely complete.
This is a good moment to send out the draft for internal approvals since the logical flow of the proposal and the key elements for evaluation should now have been finalised.
Give clear deadlines to internal reviewers and make sure you have enough time to incorporate their comments and modifications.
If you are submitting online, make sure that none of the file sizes exceeds those stipulated in the submission fields.
The completed narrative should be proof-read and, while it is important that the spelling and grammar are faultless, you should encourage proof-readers to look for inconsistencies in the narrative as a priority.
It is worth mentioning that most proposals are written in English and yet a very small proportion of evaluators are native English-speakers which means they are likely to be tolerant of minor linguistic mistakes.
However, their main focus will be on ensuring that the proposal is coherent and the activities are viable. This is where your emphasis should lie.
While all the portals warn applicants not to submit proposals at the last moment, the very significant volume of work attached to proposal preparation means that last-minute submissions are inevitable.
However, it is worth uploading as much as you can in the run-up to the deadline, thereby ensuring you are already familiar with the functionality of the submissions portal when the time comes for the final upload.
The same principle applies to paper submissions. Prepare as much as you can during the development process to avoid a last-minute frenzy of printing and photocopying.
Make a list of all the oversights which can lead to your bid being technically non-compliant (e.g. original signatures, number of copies). You can then avoid falling at the final hurdle.
Module seven of the GFMD MediaDev Fundraising Guide.
Effective, balanced partnerships are an essential ingredient for success. However, it is very important to ensure a proper rationale for your choice of partner as well as to ensure that the resulting partnership is manageable and conducive to better results.
It allows them to spread their funding more widely and improve the perceived equity of their programmes.
It ensures that the workload can be divided between multiple organisations, thereby avoiding bottlenecks or resourcing problems.
It gives beneficiaries access to a wider range of expertise and experience (not just that of one organisation or one country).
Partnerships involving international and local organisations allow for an exchange of experience and ideas as well as ensuring that new approaches are firmly grounded in local realities
In the media development field, organisations leading bids tend to look for the following types of partner:
Organisations which can take responsibility for context analysis, baseline research, monitoring and evaluation etc.
Partners who compensate for any perceived weaknesses in the experience or track record of the lead (e.g. experience in the target country or aspects of the project design). These might include technology, humanitarian or health partners for development communications programmes.
Local organisations which can ensure the project benefits from local knowledge, networks and personnel. Local partners may also be able to provide a base of operations.
Media outlets, local or international, who can provide broadcast or publishing platforms for any content produced through the project.
Implement due diligence processes with all partners, large or small. When considering a partner for a specific programme, consider whether or not the proposed role matches the organisation's institutional goals and mission statement.
Request institutional documents, detailing financial performance and technical capacity.
Ask trusted sources for their views and take up any references or testimonials from previous implementing partners.
It is, therefore, essential that this partner’s leadership role is clearly articulated and that the organisation concerned has the internal resources and systems to deliver.
Several donors allow for sub-contractors or suppliers who are not named in the bid but who are selected according to an agreed procurement process during the implementation phase.
The complexity of the procurement process will generally depend on the value of the contract but, in all cases, proper due diligence should be carried out.
The proportion of the budget which can be used for sub-contracting is often limited because the donor assumes that the actual contractor should be capable of delivering the vast majority of the required activities.
Media partners may not fall into any of the above categories.
They may be broadcasters or publishers who have agreed in principle to carry content produced by the project because this content is perceived to have value in terms of attracting new audiences or enhancing editorial credibility.
These partners are, therefore, likely to agree to carry the content free of charge.
Donors may want to see evidence that such organisations are on board during the bidding stage through letters of support or other forms of commitment.
The prerequisites for a successful partnership can be summarised as follows:
Partners, broadly speaking, should have the same institutional goals and development priorities.
Similar organisational culture and effective decision-making structures are also the foundation stones for a good working relationship.
It is not always possible to agree on definite budgetary allocations from the outset since some activity strands may be determined by the findings of baseline research.
There should, nevertheless, be clarity about the workstreams “owned” by each partner and the project management resources required to deliver related activities.
This approach should be carried through into project implementation.
Conversely, partners need to be given the space to develop and deliver their own work packages or activity strands.
Training and instruction should be offered, where necessary, as well as assistance with internal procedures in order to ensure complementarity across the consortium.
All partners benefit from mechanisms aimed at sharing ideas, resources and materials across the project lifecycle.
Managing information is also crucial for project continuity (e.g. for effective briefings of consultants and proper handovers between key staff).
It is vital that all opinions are considered and that a foundation is established for proper consultation and feedback.
Ultimately this will ensure that each partner feels a strong sense of ownership for its allocated activities.
Clearly, this process is easier when partners already have experience of working together but effective collaboration with new partners can be assured by:
Ensuring that all partners are properly introduced and their roles are fully articulated from the outset.
Clarifying focal points and responsibilities as early as possible, then ensuring all key decision-makers are copied into relevant correspondence (without inundating them with unnecessary material).
Encouraging bilateral exchanges between partners in order to build strong working relationships.
Drawing on the experience of individuals working for the partner organisations and, potentially, making funds available for commissioning research or input that can strengthen the credibility of the project.
Providing templates or frameworks for contributions (including standardised CV templates or past performance tables).
Making allowances for varying language skills and ensuring that key messages are fully understood by following up on all oral interaction with detailed minutes of what was discussed and agreed.
The ground rule for negotiation should be to ensure that all dealings are fair and transparent while respecting the need for some confidentiality around issues such as salaries and operational running costs.
Involve all partners in the negotiation process wherever possible.
Ensure that each partner is clear about the role assigned to them in order to avoid conflict between partners who have overlapping skill sets.
Ensure that you have a paper trail confirming that each partner has accepted the budgetary allocation and division of labour before you submit the bid.
Don’t make the assumption that local expertise is worth less, in monetary terms, than international expertise.
Don’t divide the project up according to arbitrary percentages and then design the activities according to this division.
Don’t take a one-size-fits-all approach to allocating the project management roles. Some countries have larger bureaucratic overheads than others and organisations working there may need additional resources to deal with them.
Don’t put yourself in the position of having to make a value judgment about which partner is better equipped to deliver the same activity.
Module three of the GFMD MediaDev Fundraising Guide.
Large agencies invest significant time and effort into attempting to influence the donor community and to set the agenda for donor funding.
What makes this particularly challenging is that donor programmes are usually long-term and fairly inflexible.
Being able to have an impact on the decision-making process is sometimes a question of being at the right place at the right time.
Increasingly, however, donors are consulting the development community about current needs and priorities and some commit considerable resources to conducting regular needs assessments and mapping exercises.
On paper, donors claim to be open and transparent. In practice, many are reluctant to engage too closely with hopeful grantees and prefer to keep them at arm’s length.
Often the challenge is reaching anyone within a donor agency who has real decision-making powers. Desk officers rarely make strategic decisions and their job is to implement procedures established by senior stakeholders at headquarters.
Not all donors fit neatly into categories but in broad terms, the following types of donors are relevant to the media development sector:
These donors are often linked to (or part of) the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the given country.
Their job is to fund programmes that reflect or complement the national foreign policy and this funding is either channelled through diplomatic missions or disbursed through regional programmes.
There was a time when government agencies gave the bulk of their funding to organisations of the same nationality but this is no longer the case. However, it is true to say that they are often more accessible for organisations from the same country due to existing networks and physical or professional proximities.
The government agencies most active in the field of media development are:
The two key US agencies which support media development are worthy of special mention:
There has long been a perception that the lion’s share of the larger grants go to a handful of US agencies but there are signs that this situation is changing.
Most applications are made through the US government portal and applications tend to be complex and time-consuming.
For media development agencies, the most relevant State Department programmes are those channelled through:
The Bureau of Democracy Human Rights and Labor (DRL)
The Global Engagement Center (GEC)
The GEC is a recent addition to the donor firmament and has launched a series of ambitious programmes with a strong focus on tackling disinformation and state-sponsored propaganda.
Generally speaking, the volume of work attached to writing DRL and GEC applications is relatively small.
It is fair to say that their priorities and spheres of interest are more consistent than those of state-funded bodies since they do not answer to political paymasters.
Some play a vital role in supporting local organisations over a period of many years and enjoy high levels of credibility due to their local knowledge and expertise.
For media projects, the most common ports of call are:
Many disburse grants through local missions, focusing on areas such as training, advocacy and programme development.
The funding ceilings are generally modest and the administrative burden can be disproportionately high.
In its Multiannual Financial Framework (2021-2027), the European Commission has proposed the Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument (NDICI – also known as ‘Global Europe’) which aims to combine funding for different fields of EU external action in one single instrument. With a budget of just under €80 billion, it is likely to have four components:
Geographical: with a focus on promoting the rule of law, human rights, democracy, good governance, peace, security and sustainable development in the European Neighbourhood, Asia and the Pacific, the Americas and the Caribbean and Sub-Saharan Africa.
Thematic: focusing on actions that are linked to specific themes from the Sustainable Development Goals (promotion of human rights, civil society, stability and peace as well as health, education or sustainable and inclusive growth).
Rapid response: aimed at the prevention of conflicts and (re)building peace efforts. This will support the financing of individual measures or one-off action plans.
Flexibility cushion for responses to emerging crisis situations: aid in case of armed conflicts or natural disasters.
The European Commission is currently working on translating this agreement into an EU regulation. It is expected that the European Parliament will vote on the final legal text in the summer of 2021.
Applications are made using prescribed templates and, for the most part, submissions can be made online.
Smaller organisations often say that they find the volume of paperwork required for some EU bids unmanageable. Others are discouraged by the perception that these funding programmes are something of a lottery. Very little feedback is given for unsuccessful applications.
Some do not accept unsolicited offers and future grantees need to be recommended first.
There are a number of donors who do not fall into any of the above categories but who are long-standing supporters of media development work.
They include:
All have a reputation for being approachable, flexible and keeping the administrative burden to a minimum.
Some donors are better than others at presenting the priorities of their programmes and the procedures for accessing funding.
In addition to the desk research, it is worth talking to other organisations working in the same field to get the full story behind the corporate blurb – and, while competitors may be wary of sharing jealously guarded information, they are usually happy to recount individual experiences.
Consider what kind of themes the donor is interested in and its wider philosophy. These can be very broad and are not always well articulated.
Very broad priorities are, perhaps, the most daunting since it can be hard to link them to specific areas of work.
It is important to look at examples of what the donor in question has funded in the past since this is key to understanding how to position yourself strategically.
Once you have determined the geographical priorities, it is worth doing some research into what the donor has actually funded in the countries in question.
These should be taken seriously.
Where the ceiling is specified, it must be respected. Where broad parameters are given, you should have a look at previous grants to get a sense of the average amount awarded.
You do not necessarily damage your chances of success by aiming for the top of the funding bracket – most of the large donors would rather fund two or three large grants than ten small ones – but funding agencies are also keen to spread the available funds between several agencies where possible, thereby preserving their reputation for equitable treatment.
Log personal contact details where they exist but be aware that most large agencies have a regular turnover of staff, so these details may need to be updated.
Note when the next formal opportunity is scheduled to be launched and create an alert system, ensuring that you receive a reminder well in advance of the proposed date.
It is worth providing an assessment of the chances of success with any particular donor and the relative complexities of applying for funding.
For national agencies, it may also be helpful to note which other organisations in your locality have already received funding from this source.
On rare occasions, you may get the chance to pitch ideas to donors.
It is true to say that most donors, like publishers, are on the lookout for the Next Big Thing and want to be across new ideas and innovations.
These can be dropped into conversations and can lead to direct approaches.
It is a good idea to have an “elevator pitch” – an idea that can be summed up in a few sentences and is directly linked to the donor’s priorities.
Contacting donors out of the blue and sharing an idea that seems to be relevant to their interests and priorities can work – although it depends very much on the donor.
The major institutional donors are likely to simply refer you to their websites and funding guidelines – if you are able to get through the right person at all. Writing to generic "info@donor.org" emails on their websites is usually a fruitless exercise.
Cold calling can work if you have a very strong idea and are absolutely sure that the donor in question (a) has a track record in supporting work in this theme/sector and (b) has some flexibility to award funding on an ad hoc basis.
It is probably fair to say that desk officers live in fear of cold calls and certainly do not encourage them. But this does not mean that the approach should not be tried.
Donor engagement requires resources, experience and strong diplomatic skills.
Introductory meetings are undoubtedly useful for bringing the work of your organisation to a donor’s attention and exploring potential funding opportunities.
It is not a good idea to be too pushy or persistent but it is certainly advisable to build relationships over time.
This process can be facilitated by the following elements:
Have a strong presentation that includes illustrations of your work (case studies). After a meeting, make sure that you leave a copy behind.
Find areas of common interest and common reference points. Conversations should be exploratory rather than a hard sell. You need to be looking for areas of overlap between the funder’s agenda and your own.
Avoid wasting donors’ time by pitching ideas that do not reflect their programmatic priorities or core areas of interest. You will not convince them to strike out in a new direction by sheer force of personality.
Follow up on ideas shared at meetings by sending over concept notes, presentations, research findings or examples of previous work.
Help donors to make connections with end beneficiaries. Desk officers are eager to garner intelligence from the ground and hear about successful approaches from the horse’s mouth. Organising meetings with beneficiaries or site visits to projects can help to inform and shape their internal strategies and development processes.
The individuals who work for donor organisations are in a privileged position and field approaches from prospective applicants on a regular basis.
There is considerable value in building a relationship with these individuals that positions your organisation as a unique provider of services or expertise. You can bolster this reputation by sharing the results of your research or making introductions that are of mutual benefit.
The focus should be on demonstrating that you have the contacts, resources and vision to bring ideas to fruition and that you can be relied on to do a good job.
Note that, within donor organisations and foreign embassies, responsibility for media development and democratic accountability may lie with very different departments/sections. For example:
In EU Delegations, this area can come under the remit of the Political Section or, in some cases, of press and information officers.
Some French embassies have a media attache but responsibility may also lie with a cultural officer.
In British embassies, the portfolio can sit with Political Secretaries or with communications officers.
In US embassies, this can be a role for staff working in Public Diplomacy.
For international organisations, the parameters are very different and the focus is primarily on maintaining a privileged relationship with national donors who provide these organisations with the bulk of their support.
Lobbying in the European Commission is a tougher proposition since direct responsibilities for grant programmes are unclear and the evaluation committees are heavily bound by procedure and protocol, which are there to ensure that their decisions are impartial.
Nevertheless, organisations can benefit from regular attendance at EU-funded conferences and from carving out a reputation as thought-leaders in their chosen fields.
This is a subsection of the fundraising lexicon developed as part of the GFMD MediaDev Fundraising Guide.
Calls for proposals are often termed as “open calls”, meaning that they are effectively open for all eligible organisations to apply.
They are distinct from calls which have already been through a short-listing process and are, therefore, only open to a pre-selected group of applicants. In addition, some donors use the term “open calls” to describe grant programmes which are continuously open – i.e. that do not have submission deadlines and accept applications as long as funds are available.
The idea is to ensure that global budgets can be properly spread across core priorities.
There are often limits for the number of lots which any one organisation can apply for under a single programme.
Effectively, applicants need to demonstrate that they have the resources, experience and methodologies needed to achieve the project’s goals as well as a deep understanding of the operating environment and context in which the project will unfold.
The financial offer should also be competitive but this is not simply a question of undercutting the rival consortia. Usually, the scoring matrix is weighted in favour of the technical offer, so a very strong proposal can win a tender, even if the financial offer is not the lowest of those submitted.
ToRs vary enormously in the level of detail presented, ranging from just a few lines to dozens of pages.
Applicants are strongly advised to ensure that their project ideas fall clearly within the parameters of the Terms of Reference: applications which respond to only a part of the ToRs are rarely successful.
In the case of two-stage competitive tenders, this document may be published only after the applicants have been short-listed.
Module nine of the GFMD MediaDev Fundraising Guide. Please note that access to the templates is for GFMD members only.
This section looks at templates commonly used by donors and provides some insight into how they should be completed.
Generally speaking, most templates cover the same focus areas, are based on a similar structure and follow the same logic.
Rationale: the reasons why the project is needed
Target groups: who the target groups and final beneficiaries are; why they have been selected
Impact and outcomes: how the project will improve the situation of its target groups and beneficiaries
Activities: what will be done in order to bring about this change
Methodology and approach: why these activities have been chosen and how they will be implemented
Monitoring and evaluation: how you will measure the project’s progress towards its expected outcomes and targets
Sustainability: how you will ensure that the project continues to benefit its target groups after the end of grant funding
Risks and assumptions: what factors could prevent the project from achieving its goals and what conditions need to be in place for the project to remain viable
Timeline: when activities will be delivered and when key milestones will be met
Resourcing plan: who will deliver the activities and how their work/performance will be managed
If you work for a GFMD member or affiliate, just click on the links to request access to the guides and templates.
Please allow one working day for access to be granted.
To find out about joining GFMD and learn about the other benefits of members
or
On January 20, 2025, the White House released a Presidential Executive Order titled “,” which implements a
: . A federal judge ordered the administration of U.S. President Donald Trump to restore funding for hundreds of foreign aid contractors who argued that they were negatively impacted by a 90-day blanket freeze, a court filing showed late on Thursday.
See also DevEx :
:
See also Robert Nichols', of government contracts law firm , on the restraining order.
See the Temporary Restraining Order .
The National Endowment for Democracy (NED) filed a lawsuit in United States District Court against Executive Branch agencies and officials for unlawfully withholding its congressionally appropriated funding, which is essential to fulfilling NED’s statutory mandate of advancing democracy around the world. See for NED's press release.
A divided declined on Wednesday to let President 's administration withhold payment to foreign aid organizations for work they already performed for the government as the Republican president moves to pull the plug on American humanitarian projects around the world.
Robert Nichols, a partner at Nichols Liu law firm in Washington, D.C., The suit seeks a temporary restraining order and a permanent injunction to unfreeze funding, resume payments, and clarify cost reimbursements, including idle labour time. Filed under the Administrative Procedures Act, it argues that the freeze is arbitrary, capricious, and unlawful. Due to difficulty finding plaintiffs, a 501(c)(3) organisation representing affected members will lead the case, with Nichols seeking additional plaintiffs. He emphasises that the lawsuit aims to change the funding status quo through legal arguments rather than political confrontation.
For a broader overview of other recent legal challenges, please refer to the from , an online forum for the rigorous analysis of security, democracy, foreign policy, and rights.
The is an emergency initiative established by in collaboration with various partners to support frontline organisations affected by the recent U.S. foreign aid freeze. This fund aims to prevent disruptions in critical services provided by high-impact organisations worldwide.
For eligibility criteria, please see their FAQs. For more information or to apply for funding, visit .
The (NEAR) is a coalition of local and national civil society organisations from the Global South, dedicated to transforming the humanitarian and development aid system into one that is locally driven and owned. NEAR emphasizes genuine local participation at all levels of development and disaster management to ensure effective aid delivery to those in need.
Funding: NEAR manages the , a locally led and governed pooled fund designed to provide financial resources directly to local organizations. Since its inception, the Change Fund has managed over $5 million in grants focused on emergency response and displacement-related initiatives. The fund offers flexible, trust-based grants to support high-impact programs led by local CSOs.
In response to specific challenges, such as the recent U.S. Government foreign aid suspension, NEAR has launched the . This initiative aims to provide immediate financial support to member organisations significantly impacted by the sudden funding disruption, ensuring the continuity of essential services.
Please visit the Fundraising Guide's for more grants.
Global non-profit has published a guidance document to help NGOs navigate the recent US funding freeze on foreign aid.
Webinar: Where are we now and what happens next? Key strategies to manage these costs effectively and stay compliant.
from Consultant and former USAID advisor with templates for handling Suspension of Work (SWO) scenarios effectively
Government contracts law firm Robert Nichols and his team of legal experts have put together a series of webinars that include guiding principles, a legal analysis of the relevant stop work and suspension language, immediate cost considerations, and potential advocacy and litigation actions:
On January 25, government contracts law firm hosted their third Teams meeting, , to provide key considerations and general guidance on managing stop work and suspension orders under the foreign assistance freeze.
You can view the webinar .
On January 29, Nichols Liu hosted its fourth webinar, , on President Trump’s executive order freezing foreign assistance. Nichols Liu partner Robert Nichols discussed actions that foreign assistance implementors can take in response to the order, including optimizing chances for getting paid, obtaining waivers, and filing litigation to ensure rights.
The has published a story about the effects of the funding freeze entitled .
offers a comprehensive overview of the effects of the aid funding freeze in this article entitled .
According to this by (RSF), the aid freeze appears to have put a hold on $268 million that was earmarked to fund “independent media and the free flow of information” this year. In the recent past, USAID was supporting more than six thousand journalists, around seven hundred independent newsrooms, and nearly three hundred media-focused civil society groups in thirty or so countries—and yet, RSF notes, the full impact of the freeze is hard to measure, since many recipients are “hesitant to draw attention for fear of risking long-term funding or coming under political attacks.”
launched a survey last week to better understand the collective impact of recent Stop Work Orders on civil society organizations working in the development space. The preliminary results can be found on co-CEO . See here for .
Humanitarian & Social Protection Consultant and Founder and Director of MarketImpact ’ analyses the best available data from the United Nations’ Financial Tracking Service, the most comprehensive source of global humanitarian funding information
In this , Consultant and former USAID advisor reflects on the recent Stop Work Orders under 2 CFR 200, advising recipients to negotiate compensation or cost recovery before agreeing to pause work.
The National Endowment for Democracy's (NED) Nicholas Benequista penned this piece: .
by the President of the National Union of Journalists of Ukraine Sergiy Tomilenko. The expresses deep concern regarding the suspension of funding for all USAID projects that have supported hundreds of media initiatives in Ukraine.
Katerina Sergatskova’s on what the U.S. aid freeze reveals about fragile systems and the road ahead.
Para la version / Click here for .
Pour la version , cliquez ici / Click here for .
Натисніть тут, щоб ознайомитися з / Click here for
Нажмите здесь, чтобы ознакомиться руководства / Click here for .
Click aici pentru / Click here for
/ Click here for
.
The Guide is licensed under a .
If you feel that your type of organisation has not been properly catered for, or, if you have a case study or insight to contribute, !
Come back to whenever you are working on a new application to see if there is any new advice or insight.
Subsections of the guide, such as the examples templates in the module are only available to GFMD members and affiliates.
If you have any issues accessing the guides and templates, please contact Fiona Nzingo, our Membership and Engagement Manager - - subject line "Resource Centre Password Access".
Visit
Email Fiona Nzingo, our Membership and Engagement Manager:
To suggest updates, changes, or templates and to come forward with case studies, please see the section. form.
Throughout the modules, you will find links to the .
As well as viewing the whole lexicon in , you can also browse this resource by the following categories:
GFMD's series of can be found here:
If you would like to suggest topics for future events, !
You can find information about in the following categories:
Our mapping of is an ongoing process. If you would like to help us keep it up to date, please .
In this section, you will find tools and resources about .
GFMD is powered by our 200-strong membership and the commitment of our community to work for the greater good of the sector. In that vein, we appeal to you to to improve the richness and quality of this resource.
See our section for how you can get in touch about how you can help us make this Guide more effective and relevant to your needs.
The GFMD MediaDev Fundraising Guide is inspired by recent successful guides, including , the from and many others.
from
The Guide continues to be updated and improved thanks to funding from the .
If you would like to support future versions or translations of the Guide, .
Remember that, if you are proposing to lead a , then you need to be relatively prescriptive about what you want the partners to do.
You may not be able to produce the whole logframe or ToC at this stage but the key elements – , , , – should be mapped out.
Under each heading, bullet-point the key areas that need to be covered and highlight essential requirements from the .
You should also invite the partners to share their budgetary expectations, particularly in terms of management and daily rates for staff.
This will help with .
Also, make sure that each of your partners knows what the other is doing. You may want to get them to engage in bilateral discussions to ensure full complementarity across the .
It is a good moment to surface any inconsistencies or gaps in the narrative and, thus, should involve a careful comparison between the narrative in its current form and the key requirements of the .
This will include all the signed statements, institutional documents, CVs and other elements required by the .
The is typically responsible for driving the project design and managing the bidding process.
In the event of a successful bid, the will be the contract-holder and will be accountable to the donor for ensuring the project is delivered on time and on budget.
, and are essentially who deliver an agreed portion of the matching their skills and experience.
They report to the and ensure that delivery and expenditure are properly documented, using common templates and agreed procedures.
will generally sign a partnership or cooperation agreement with the , mapping out their agreed , budget and payment schedule as well as their legal commitments and obligations.
Sub-contractors will deliver a finite set of services that cannot be provided by the or members of the , generally because they fall outside the remit of these organisations or because they are commercial in nature.
See the for descriptions of and which are EU-specific categories.
There should be a mutual need in all partner relationships. should select who fill gaps in their own expertise; junior partners should join where they feel they have a clear role to play and bring added value.
All partners should be closely involved in and should endeavour to establish a forum that facilitates and encourages a constructive exchange of views.
That said, projects cannot be managed by a committee and, therefore, a needs to be the ultimate voice of authority on the project, without being overly prescriptive or top-down.
The relationship within a should be based on mutual respect for the ability of each partner to draw on the right expertise in order to deliver a successful .
Partners need to be able to rely on other members of the , particularly the , to provide support with unfamiliar processes or systems.
The principles highlighted above should be applied during the process.
Negotiating the division of labour and can be among the most time-consuming and stressful elements of the project development process.
However, mishandling the negotiations can cast a shadow over intra- relationships for the duration of a project.
It is important to agree on the division of labour before discussing the budgetary allocation. Project management costs should be directly linked to each partner’s overall level of effort so, until the actual workload is clear, the question of should be left pending.
Ultimately, the simplest way of dividing available (particularly what some donors describe as ) is to calculate the percentage of the overall activities being implemented by each partner and then to apply this percentage to the . However, there are more complex agreements around profit share which are applicable to service contracts only.
Find a fair way of sharing the available – it is not 'best practice' for the to lay claim to the entire allocation.
One caveat about donor engagement is ensuring that you keep a proper distance from the actual formulation of or programmatic documents. Other agencies are quick to cry foul if they perceive that a competitor has had undue influence over – or previous insight into – a specific funding programme.
Increasingly, appears to be reverting to its time-honoured practice of offering very large, multi-year grants, primarily in Eastern Europe. However, it also runs grant-giving programmes through US Embassies.
For more on , see the .
As a rule, foundations are more approachable and maintain a closer relationship with grantees than .
That said, programmes run by foundations tend to be oversubscribed and (with the exception of the leading players such as the ) the size of grants they offer is usually modest.
For more on , see the .
Some of the are unrealistic about what can be achieved for the amount of funding on offer.
For more on , see the .
International organisations such as the and the are known to give small amounts of funding for needs assessments, training workshops and projects focusing on legal or regulatory frameworks.
These sometimes come as a result of direct approaches and sometimes through .
For more on , see the .
All and tenders are announced through the TED tendering portal or the International Partnerships (formerly EuropeAid) online platform.
For more on the , see the .
The latest entrants into the funding scene include while is the latest incarnation of the Governance & Citizen Engagement initiative at the Omidyar Network.
Others run highly competitive , although the workload involved is relatively light.
For more on , see the .
For more on , see the .
The with its broad constellation of funding programmes is particularly bewildering.
Not all funding programmes have target countries but most do and the majority of formal are linked to specific territories.
The web address used to publish is a key piece of information to include in your mapping exercise.
A good place to start is the of the Guide.
For the full (A-Z) go to
The instructions to applicants include defining the nationality, legal status and profile of organisations that may apply.
Guidelines may also stipulate ceilings and floors for as well as timeframes both for the application process and the eventual project.
may comprise multiple stages (, etc.) or may be based on a single round.
A tender is a competitive procurement process whereby a donor gives shortlisted applicants (often working in ) the chance to make a technical and financial offer for a predefined set of services. These services are described in detail in the for the tender.
For more detailed information about all of the above see the section of the that accompanies this guide:
If you have any issues accessing the guides and templates, please contact Fiona Nzingo, our Membership and Engagement Manager - - subject line "Resource Centre Password Access".
Visit
Email Fiona Nzingo, our Membership and Engagement Manager:
For advice on how to complete a logical framework (logframe) for media development and journalism support applications see our guidelines .
If you work for a GFMD member or GFMD affiliate you can access our and relevant templates below.
If you work for a GFMD member or GFMD affiliate you can access our below.
If you work for a GFMD member or GFMD affiliate you can access our and their Form of Application Submission below.
.
Module eight of the GFMD MediaDev Fundraising Guide.
Proposal-writing should be a creative process.
It’s far more than filling in a form or ticking boxes – it’s an opportunity to pitch an idea, to make it compelling, credible and inspiring.
Equally importantly, it’s a chance to work with other professionals who may have different ideas, experiences and skills.
This interaction can be extremely rewarding. It can enrich your own knowledge base and broaden your worldview. It can also play an important role in networking building and institutional development.
The approach to writing a proposal is highly individual. Some like to build it line by line, section by section; others start off by taking a more impressionistic approach, then hone and fine-tune the narrative through multiple drafts.
An important first step, however, is to establish the key points you want to make under each section heading to ensure that you avoid unnecessary repetition through the narrative and that you successfully address all the key requirements.
As noted in Module 6, a skeleton outline populated with bullet points can be very helpful in getting a handle on the overall workload and assigning tasks at an early stage in the process.
It also allows for a comprehensive “audit” of what existing material can be reused or repackaged for the purposes of this bid and what needs to be developed from scratch.
Psychologically, it’s a good idea to get as many words on paper as soon as possible since contemplating long vistas of empty pages can be dispiriting!
As the process unfolds, try to involve colleagues and external experts as much as possible.
Even if you do not have the budget to pay for outside support, you should think about simple informant interviews with individuals who can provide knowledge and experience that you do not have yourself or cannot source internally.
These should include any experts who have agreed to be involved in the project if it comes to fruition. They may be prepared to give their time and effort free of charge.
Proposals are formal documents that, if successful, will later become part of your contract with the donor.
The style should, therefore, be dry and businesslike, drawing on the terminology common to the development community and reflecting an academic rigour in any discussion of research or background material.
However, proposals do not need to be dull. They should aim to communicate your own passion for the subject matter and paint a clear picture of how your proposed activities will make a difference in people’s lives.
The following techniques can be used to make sure your proposal stands out from the pile:
Use case studies to illustrate your points, either from your own portfolio or from your research.
It is important to demonstrate that your work is people-focused and capturing personal testimonies can be a good way of doing this.
Even if there is no specific section entitled “executive summary”, make sure that you find a way of including one.
Write in short, concise sentences that make a relevant point.
Make your narrative as focused as possible, so that the key messages don't get lost amid unnecessary noise.
Avoid repetition. Hammering home the same point again and again does not strengthen your argument. It gives the impression that you have a lack of fresh ideas.
Avoid including material and research findings that are not relevant to the project but that are only designed to demonstrate a comprehensive knowledge of the sector.
A proposal is a pitch for an idea, not a pitch for your organisation.
It is important to show that you have the experience and expertise to implement a successful project but it is advisable to keep the marketing and promotional blurb to a minimum.
A proposal is a story that needs to be told in a logical sequence. The narrative should build a comprehensive picture of the need for the project, its approach and methodology, its target groups and the techniques that will be used to evaluate impact and ensure long-term resonance.
Proposals often suffer from introducing ideas and elements without providing proper build-up or explanation.
Don’t force the evaluator to jump back and forward in the proposal in order to understand what is going on.
Proposals should be clearly and neatly presented with strong section headings and, where possible, enough white space to ensure that the narrative does not become overwhelming.
Proposals often suffer from dense slabs of text that provide too much general discussion without presenting concrete activities and logical steps.
Some leading agencies invest significant time and resources into graphic design, arguing that this helps to make their proposal memorable and provides welcome relief for evaluators who have navigated their way through poorly formatted documents and unremitting swathes of verbiage.
It is unclear whether or not this investment pays off. In all likelihood, a good design will not save a bad proposal but it's possible that a good proposal may be perceived as an excellent proposal if it is well designed.
Of course, when the donor includes prescriptive guidelines for page limits and margin widths, there is very little room for manoeuvre.
However, whatever the constraints, you should focus on ensuring that a document is readable, usable and well signposted.
This is, perhaps, more important than cramming every possible word into the available space, at the expense of margins, paragraph returns and readable font sizes.
Make sure that the document is visually clear and accessible; ensure proper signposting and cross-referencing throughout.
Use the same fonts and styles for text and headings.
Use a style guide to make sure spelling and grammar follow the same rules.
Make sure the tone and writing style is consistent throughout the document.
Maintain a sequential narrative that builds on and embellishes its central premise.
Don’t use 100 words when 10 will do.
Avoid cluttering up the proposal with unnecessary elements or superfluous detail.
Most proposals are developed by a small team, even if some of the team members may only contribute a small part of the narrative, the budget or the supporting documents.
In order to ensure that the master document remains manageable and accessible, it is worth encouraging contributors to observe certain parameters.
Decide whether you are going to use margin notes, tracked changes, highlights or different font colours to denote multilateral contributions.
Avoid using a combination of these approaches or giving each contributor the freedom to use his/her preferred tools.
Discourage contributors from transplanting blocks of untreated narrative from other bids or reports without making their origin clear. Generic content will need to be adapted to the purposes of the proposal.
Avoid dropping large graphics into the text at an early stage in the process. Your file size will quickly escalate making it problematic to share the document or edit it effectively on less powerful computers.
Encourage all contributors to write to length since this will avoid a good deal of wasted time in the final throes of the application process.
Reference your sources as this will:
(a) Show that you have done your background research and
(b) Demonstrate that you have a rigorous approach to scoping out your ideas and basing them on clear evidence.
Stifle any perception that “we’ve still got loads of time”. In reality, there is never enough time and, if too much is left to the last minute, the quality inevitably suffers.
Finally, always use your best writers to draft the proposal.
In any organisation, there are people who can write well and there are people who cannot.
It is not a skill that everyone has.
Assess who your best writers are and encourage them to contribute, even if they do not necessarily have the right subject-matter expertise.
Throughout the process, it is helpful to put yourself in the evaluators’ shoes and recognise their key priorities.
In theory, their job is to identify the projects which are most likely to achieve the goals set by their paymasters and which are least likely to cause reputational damage or political fallout.
First and foremost, therefore, the evaluator will be looking for the following elements:
Make sure your rationale is based on clear research and that you can demonstrate the link between the beneficiaries’ needs and your intervention.
While donors consider that the profile and institutional track record of your organisation are important, they want to see that you can deploy sufficient resources to implement your project from the outset.
You need to prove that you are capable of engaging with multiple stakeholders, including governments (where feasible) and building trust-based relationships.
If these relationships are already in place, then the viability of your project is vastly strengthened.
Use SMART principles to test your proposed objectives and outcomes.
You need to be sure that there are realistic mechanisms for tracking progress towards your goals and, ultimately, for demonstrating that a change has taken place.
Always explain why you have chosen these activities and not others.
This is a subsection of the fundraising lexicon developed as part of the GFMD MediaDev fundraising guide.
This is a 4-5 page document setting out the fundamental ideas and approach for a project as well as describing any formal partnerships that are integral to the project design.
Concept notes are usually requested as the first stage of a grant application process, thereby giving donors the chance to short-list those proposals which, in their view, best reflect the goals and priorities of the programme.
However, in the scoring matrix, the weighting usually is placed on the Technical Offer, meaning that bidders with a very strong proposition may not feel the need to make an economically advantageous bid.
This is a subsection of the fundraising lexicon developed as part of the GFMD MediaDev fundraising guide.
Donors encourage applications from consortia formed for the purposes of the contract.
In some cases, the other partners may be “jointly and severally liable” which means that responsibility for delivery is borne equally by the consortium members.
The value of a consortium-based approach is that it brings together organisations with complementary skills and experience, thereby ensuring that the key workstreams benefit from each member’s expertise and credibility in the given subject area.
Generally, it is the lead partner which coordinates the preparation of the proposal, drives the project design and, in the event of a successful bid, signs the contract with the donor.
In principle, the advantage of including associates in a bid is that they demonstrate the applicants have strong links to local actors who have the potential to strengthen the credibility or broaden the outreach of an action.
However, the fact that such organisations are unable to receive project funding generally means that this status is of interest only to state-funded institutions or organisations benefiting from other grant programmes in the same thematic area.
EU guidelines go into some detail about affiliated entities.
They may be entities controlled by the applicant (daughter companies); entities controlling the applicant (parent companies); entities under the same control as the applicant (sister companies); or members of the applicant’s network, federation or association (if the applicant has this status).
Structural links can be established for the sole purpose of the implementation of the project.
The example usually given in guidelines for applicants is “an association formed by its members”.
As a rule, they have management roles as well as providing technical assistance for specific components of a project.
A lexicon of terms relevant to applying for media development funding and journalism support in alphabetical order.
The section that each term belongs to in brackets.
EU guidelines go into some detail about affiliated entities.
They may be entities controlled by the applicant (daughter companies); entities controlling the applicant (parent companies); entities under the same control as the applicant (sister companies); or members of the applicant’s network, federation or association (if the applicant has this status).
Activities are the basic workstreams of a project which are physically implemented according to an agreed timeline.
In media development projects, common activities include training workshops, programme production, website development, discussion forums, legal drafting, collective lobbying, networking and study tours.
Activities are quantifiable and time-bound. They are also fully costed.
In principle, the advantage of including associates in a bid is that they demonstrate the applicants have strong links to local actors who have the potential to strengthen the credibility or broaden the outreach of an action.
The fact that such organisations are unable to receive project funding generally means that this status is of interest only to state-funded institutions or organisations benefiting from other grant programmes in the same thematic area.
Project authors are encouraged to recognise and document the factors that should be in place for a project to be viable.
According to the EU, the assumptions are
Usually based at the implementing organisation’s headquarters, the backstopping team supports the implementation team which, in most cases, is based in the field. It can comprise senior managers and executives as well as logistics officers, technical staff and finance personnel.
Typically, responsibilities include recruitment; strategic oversight; briefing, contracting and deploying short-term consultants; knowledge management; and partner liaison. The backstopping team deals with contractual issues, including agreements with consortium partners.
It is, therefore, used to measure change and monitor progress over the project lifecycle and is often assembled in the opening phase.
In behavioural change communications, for example, the research may need to establish existing attitudes towards a target issue so that future waves of polling can establish whether or not these attitudes have changed as a result of the intervention.
This is probably the most common method for allocating funding for media projects. Donors launch a formal call that is based on key strategic goals and priorities.
An organisation’s capability statement provides the donor or potential partners with an insight into its main areas of expertise and recent track record as well as its human and technical resources.
It should be relatively short (no more than a page) and capture the salient features of the organisation’s core business.
Examples of past performance included in a capability statement should be succinct and should be carefully selected to illustrate the required areas of expertise.
It is worth remembering that, in all proposals, donors are looking for reassurances that a potential implementing partner has
The systems in place to manage contracts of a similar size and complexity;
A reputation for excellence, innovation and thought leadership in the target theme(s);
A sufficiently diverse portfolio that does not suggest over-reliance on one donor or funding source;
A deep understanding of the operating environment.
Thus, capability statements should be tailored for each bid.
Contributions in kind are usually not acceptable forms of co-funding since all expenditure (whether it is covered by the grant or not) needs to conform to the accountancy standards set by the main donor.
In other words, if a donor is providing 80% of the funding, then the implementing organisation will need to demonstrate that it has spent 100% of the direct costs in order to receive the full amount of the 80% contribution.
Co-funding is a divisive issue since it presents a major challenge for those organisations which do not have their own financial resources or an institutional sponsor that it is willing to cover the shortfall.
Donors argue that co-funding reflects faith in a project and a commitment to shared responsibility.
Too often, funding applications are rejected because they are not “compliant” with the rules and criteria set out in the Terms of Reference or submission guidelines. Several donors run compliance checks before applications are presented to the evaluators or evaluation committee.
These checks will include:
the eligibility of the applicants (particularly nationality and legal status)
the amount of funding requested
co-funding requirements
the inclusion of signed declarations or commitments
Proposals which fail the compliance checks may be immediately rejected – although some donors may ask for supplementary information if they are unsure whether or not certain criteria have been met.
Applications which do not respect the submission deadline are automatically rejected and there is little or no value in contesting this outcome.
It is, therefore, vital to study the instructions in detail and draw up a checklist to make sure that you have covered all the bases. Do not assume that a specific donor’s guidelines are always the same – eligibility criteria, for example, can vary from one programme to another.
This is a 4-5 page document setting out the fundamental ideas and approach for a project as well as describing any formal partnerships that are integral to the project design.
Donors encourage implementing agencies to recognise and avoid the dangers of exacerbating the tensions or deepening the fault-lines that exist in post-conflict societies.
This is a key risk for media development projects operating in such environments, especially those where media has traditionally played a key role in fanning the flames of resentment or distrust.
Conflict-sensitive projects should include an in-depth analysis of dividers and connectors in the conflict environment which will, in turn, help to shape the intervention strategy.
Donors encourage applications from consortia formed for the purposes of the contract. In some cases, the other partners may be “jointly and severally liable” which means that responsibility for delivery is borne equally by the consortium members.
The value of a consortium-based approach is that it brings together organisations with complementary skills and experience, thereby ensuring that the key work streams benefit from each member’s expertise and credibility in the given subject area.
EU budgets, for example, allow for up to 5%.
Recent templates suggest that many EU programmes have phased out the contingency allowance.
A contingency plan should look at multiple scenarios whilst mainstreaming measures for safeguarding the project’s reputation and credibility.
These plans are live documents that should be reviewed and updated as a project unfolds.
Implementing agencies may be able to call on contributions from third parties which do not have a financial value attached but which, nevertheless, enhance the perceived benefits of the intervention.
Definitions of “contributions in kind” tend to be hazy.
The common wisdom is that these contributions relate to any services provided to a project which have indeterminable costs and which, therefore, cannot be supported by specific financial evidence.
Contributions in kind are particularly relevant in programmes which require a percentage of co-funding.
Institutional or core funding is the Holy Grail for most development organisations, be they charities, NGOs or foundations.
Core funding gives organisations greater space to invest in business development, research, policy-making, communications and other areas which are challenging to include in project budgets.
It insulates them from the economic impact of sea changes in the donor landscape or from the peaks and troughs which are an inevitable feature of not-for-profit operations.
Very few donors offer core funding opportunities; more often this kind of financial support is provided by governments, endowments or affiliated organisations.
Cost-share is a principle favoured by US donors and has similarities with the EU concept of co-funding. However, cost-share is more aspirational than co-funding.
At the proposal stage, applicants are asked to demonstrate a commitment to covering a percentage of the project’s costs from other sources.
Such commitments are usually the subject of a cost-share plan which forms part of the application. The plan should provide “realistic, manageable, and allowable” estimates of direct contributions from participating organisations or leveraged funding from other donor sources.
While projects often comprise a set of linear or concurrent activity streams, there are likely to be elements that are relevant to multiple activities. Gender mainstreaming is a good example since a focus on the equality or empowerment of women stakeholders could be integral to a training programme and a production component that is part of the same project.
It is a product or service that the implementing agency has undertaken to deliver within a specified timeframe and for a specified budget.
Supporting documentation is required for all direct costs in the form of payroll slips, receipts, invoices, itemised bills and direct debit payments. Where the input of salaried personnel is concerned, donors may require timesheets detailing days worked on the project.
Donors will expect applicants to reference appropriate measures in project proposals and, where relevant, to disaggregate indicators in order to reflect the impact on key identity groups.
The OECD provides the following definition:
Increasingly, donors require assurances regarding protection from violence, exploitation and abuse through involvement, directly or indirectly, with their suppliers and programmes.
“to avoid doing harm by ensuring that our interventions do not sustain unequal power relations, reinforce social exclusion and predatory institutions, exacerbate conflict, contribute to human rights risks, and/or create or exacerbate resource scarcity, climate change and/or environmental damage, and/or increasing communities’ vulnerabilities to shocks and trends. We seek to ensure our interventions do not displace/undermine local capacity or impose long-term financial burdens on partner governments”.
This extends to contracted personnel, partner organisations and participants in project activities.
Duty of care plans should be equitable, offering similar levels of support to local as well as international stakeholders.
They cover issues such as risk assessment, physical security, digital security, safety training, knowledge management, emergency protocols, contingency plans and roles and responsibilities.
Adherence to this duty of care should be included in interim reporting.
Most funding programmes have strict eligibility criteria determining which organisations (or individuals) are able to apply for grants.
Typically, the criteria will include nationality (e.g. the country in which the organisation is registered) and legal status but they may also include requirements for applicants to demonstrate that they have delivered projects of a similar size, value and complexity in the recent past (often three years).
Donors do not make exceptions for eligibility criteria since they are fundamental to their commitment to fairness, openness and transparency. Consequently, they should be strictly adhered to.
Generally, these are determined by the generic headings presented in budget templates but further guidance may be provided for the avoidance of doubt.
These may be renegotiated during the contracting stage.
Credible endline research will need to target the same identity groups as the baseline research, although it will aim to differentiate between those who have been exposed to the programme outputs and those who have not.
This is effectively the cost of the audit(s) which the implementing consortium is contractually obliged to conduct according to a specified schedule.
The release of further funds is often contingent on the results of the audit.
The value (or rate) is usually determined by the bidder and varies according to categories of expert (e.g. Key, Senior, Junior etc).
The rate is “loaded” which means that it should cover the actual cost of the expert (i.e. the consultancy fee) and the management overhead.
During the implementation phase, contractors report against the delivery of these days by providing signed timesheets detailing the number of days worked by each expert over the course of a month.
Additional documentation such as evidence of travel and payments may also be required.
The EU offers the following definition:
“those who will benefit from the action in the long term at the level of the society or sector at large”.
Two examples from media development projects:
Final beneficiaries will typically be specific audiences or representatives of identity groups targeted by programming.
However, in the scoring matrix, the weighting usually is placed on the Technical Offer, meaning that bidders with a very strong proposition may not feel the need to make an economically advantageous bid.
These opportunities are not open to organisations outside the framework. Application procedures are usually simplified and lead-times are often very tight.
Gender considerations are mainstreamed in the vast majority of donor-funded programmes but the desired approach is often misinterpreted.
Equality is not as simple as ensuring that groups of participants are properly balanced between men and women or that research efforts will ensure that 50% of respondents are women.
Inclusion is important but empowerment and decision-making are also key factors.
Donors also want to see proposals that break gender stereotypes by putting women in non-traditional roles and that promote equal opportunities in recruitment drives.
It is not possible for contractors to charge a management fee against incidental expenditure and financial reports need to include detailed documentary evidence of the actual costs incurred.
A contract amendment is required to transfer funds from the incidental expenditure budget to the fees-based budget. It is not possible to transfer funds in the opposite direction.
According to the Foreign and Commonwealth Office:
“Indicators are performance measures, which tell us what will be measured not what is to be achieved”.
They should be specific and relevant as well as being disaggregated where appropriate.
In acknowledgement of the fact that it is not possible to itemise all costs incurred by an implementing organisation, most donors provide an allowance for “indirect costs”.
This allowance is usually calculated as a percentage of the direct costs (EU grant contracts, for example, offer up to 7% while US government contracts allow applicants to use a Negotiated Indirect Cost Rate Agreement - NICRA).
Note that this is directly linked to project expenditure so, in order to receive the full value of the indirect costs, an implementing agency will need to disburse the totality of the direct costs
It is usually described through the formulaic use of “if”, “then” and “therefore” and is a handy way of articulating the logical progression of an idea.
The intervention logic may also include a description of linkages and relationships between activity clusters.
Co-applicants or consortium partners are sometimes referred to as “junior partners”.
This term does not detract from the importance of their role in a project. It simply indicates that they are not the lead partner (or “prime” in US parlance) and, therefore, will not be direct signatories of the contract with the funder.
As a rule, they have management roles as well as providing technical assistance for specific components of a project.
KPIs should be agreed upon at the beginning of a programme and mapped in progress reports. They may be revised if a project’s design and work plan undergo significant modifications due to unforeseen changes in the operating environment.
Typical KPIs include:
Quality and delivery, including timely achievement of milestones and effective risk management
Financial management and forecasting including cost controls and timely submission of forecasts and invoices
Personnel performance, including appropriate levels of expertise allocated to the programme and ability to address problems with appropriate escalation channels
Client relationship management, including responsiveness and the regularity of communications
Environmental and social safeguards including efforts to minimise the impact on the environment and a proactive policy of employing local staff wherever possible
Donors have shown a keen interest in proper knowledge management in recent years. The aim is to capture learning generated by a project and to share it with stakeholders, both internally and externally.
Effective knowledge management can play an important role in ensuring that good practice models are made available to other actors operating in the same field while also giving media development organisations the chance to avoid common mistakes or misconceptions.
Another key aspect of knowledge management within projects is the ability to ensure business continuity during changes in personnel or partnerships.
The problem with knowledge management is that it rarely takes place outside the confines of specific programmes or organisations and is often enacted on closed platforms only. There are also issues of data protection and other sensitivities that make it problematic.
Generally, it is the lead partner which coordinates the preparation of the proposal, drives the project design and, in the event of a successful bid, signs the contract with the donor.
Another key aspect of learning is the management of this knowledge, disseminating lessons learned to partners and other stakeholders, thereby bringing benefits on an institutional as well as a project level.
Most donors accept that logframes are dynamic documents that should be revisited and updated as a project unfolds.
Implementing organisations should not be afraid to renegotiate proposed targets in order to properly manage expectations among key stakeholders.
Calls for proposals may be divided into separate lots, each with a budgetary allocation and a thematic focus. The idea is to ensure that global budgets can be properly spread across core priorities.
There are often limits for the number of lots which any one organisation can apply for under a single programme.
Where is it not possible to calculate the unit costs, some donors (particularly the EU) may allow for a lump sum, flat rate or apportionment to be presented in the budget.
These so-called “simplified” costs are reviewed on a case-by-case basis and often form the subject of negotiations after a contract has been awarded.
For example, if the daily rate for an expert is €800 but the expert charges €500 per day, then the margin would be €300. Contractors use the margin or “profit” to cover their management and operating expenses.
It should also explain why certain techniques have been selected.
For example, when presenting the merits of on-the-job mentoring as the chosen approach for a capacity-building programme, a grant applicant might explain that mentoring can be more effective than classroom-based training because the learning-by-doing approach ensures that relevant skills are passed on in a practical work environment.
Monitoring tools are often qualitative and might include focus groups, self-assessment questionnaires or key informant interviews.
A good example is social media listening aimed at capturing the audience’s response to content and audience engagement levels on key platforms.
This may be planned or unplanned but it is an important element of project reporting since multiplier effects offer donors value for money as well as a good insight into the wider impact and potential extension.
A good example of a multiplier or ripple effect is trained professionals imparting new skills to colleagues in the workplace.
Calls for proposals are often termed as “open calls”, meaning that they are effectively open for all eligible organisations to apply.
They are distinct from calls which have already been through a short-listing process and are, therefore, only open to a pre-selected group of applicants. In addition, some donors use the term “open calls” to describe grant programmes which are continuously open – i.e. that do not have submission deadlines and accept applications as long as funds are available.
According to the EU, an outcome is
“the likely or achieved short-term and medium-term effects of an Action’s outputs”.
The UK’s Foreign & Commonwealth Office defines it as
“the effect of the project which will be obtained at medium term and which tends to focus on the changes in behaviour resulting from project”.
They should capture the resonance of activities and outputs that is felt outside the project’s primary arena.
So, in the case of a journalism training programme, for example, the outcome is not the acquisition of skills but rather the result of applying these skills to practice.
In a project that produces media content, the outcome is not the volume or reach of the content but rather its effect on the audience, its ability to shape or influence public opinion.
In media development projects, outputs include tangible deliverables such as programming, publications and training materials as well as intangible benefits such as skills and know-how acquired by participants.
They can be used to measure shifts in behaviour and attitudes among target audiences.
Sometimes referred to as a super-goal, the project’s overall objective is a long-term programmatic aspiration that will stem from a combination of the project’s outcomes and those delivered by other interventions or processes.
In other words, the overall objective does not need to be achievable by the given project alone: long-term success will rely on progress being made across multiple strands of work, including the project.
The overall objective is sometimes presented as an impact statement which, according to DFID* guidance:
“may be nested within broader undertakings and may draw on the wider goals of a funder’s programme”.
Covering overheads from project income remains a major challenge, particularly for organisations that do not have unrestricted core funding, endowments or institutional support.
Tender processes usually begin with a procurement notice (sometimes called a “contract notice”) which invites interested parties to submit an expression of interest or a request for participation.
Procurement notices should not be confused with forecast notices which provide much of the same information but which do not signal the actual launch of the tender.
This term is used to describe funding which is not project-based.
“Programmes” are often thematic or geographic and are defined as a set of interlinked sub-projects, unified by an overarching vision, common objectives and contribution to strategic goals, which will deliver sustained results and impact within a donor’s priority areas.
Programmes are often developed and negotiated in close cooperation with national governments and other donors, thereby
strengthening local ownership
promoting the integration of programme outputs into local decision-making
The approach is based on the premise that project-based activities provide beneficiary countries with very little leverage to influence sector-wide transformation, while a programmatic approach is more likely to deliver synergies and results that benefit all stakeholders.
These measures should be managed by named personnel who have a responsibility for ensuring that KPIs are met and that outputs are consistent. Various QA standards exist (e.g. IS0 9001), providing a tried-and-tested framework for project managers to use.
The European Commission encourages contractors to apply a rights-based approach to all interventions.
This comprises a commitment to ensuring that human rights issues (economic, political, civil, cultural and social) are properly assessed, monitored and evaluated in all programmes.
Donors and implementing agencies should also ensure that rights-holders are given the opportunity to shape project strategies. This participation should prioritise marginalised groups.
Finally, activities should “promote accessible, transparent and effective mechanisms of accountability”, including providing proper access to information in local languages.
In general, the rights-based approach offers a range of best-practice models which can help to shape intervention methodologies and promote local ownership.
There are multiple formats for risk matrices but most divide risks into generic categories such as political, programmatic, reputational, economic, fiduciary and security-related risks.
The likelihood and potential impact of risks should be assessed, sometimes using a points-based system, thereby demonstrating the extent to which these risks can be managed and mitigated.
Good examples include protections for women from conservative societies who are invited to take part in research studies or training opportunities.
Safeguarding policies may also cover the protection of data relating to individuals involved in activities that may be negatively viewed by informal power structures, peers or family members.
The security plan should address digital and information security as well as personal risk and external threats to business continuity.
It should describe the measures in place to protect project personnel from external threats and to extricate them from dangerous situations.
For projects with an in-country presence, other areas to be considered might include
building security;
due diligence when selecting premises for group activities (e.g. training);
safe transport for staff and participants; protective equipment for hostile environments;
and secure communications.
Ensuring the integrity of data is also key, therefore IT security measures need to be fully outlined.
SMART principles offer a useful framework for establishing and stress-testing project objectives.
In a funding application, it can be helpful to use SMART principles to structure the discussion of your objectives. The bullet points below provide some pointers:
Specific: state what the objective means in real terms, whom it will affect and how.
Measurable: explain the metrics and mechanisms that will be used to chart progress towards the objective, using key indicators of success.
Achievable: consider the assets, resources and methodologies that you will deploy in order to achieve the declared objective.
Relevant: provide a brief insight into why this goal is necessary and how it responds to perceived needs within the given sector/theme.
Time-bound: offer an indication of the timeframe required to deliver the activities that will enable you to work towards the objective.
Objectives are strategic and are likely to be long-term aspirations (as opposed to outcomes that are short- and medium-term).
Structural links can be established for the sole purpose of the implementation of the project.
The example usually given in guidelines for applicants is “an association formed by its members”.
In cases where contractors wish to involve third-party suppliers, the provision is usually presented in the project proposal and budget.
Members of the media development community rarely apply for supply contracts which relate to the provision of equipment or the development of infrastructure for beneficiaries in third countries.
This kind of support usually relates to funds which contractors can pass on to local beneficiaries as part of a sub-granting programme.
The aim of sub-granting is to pass some of the administrative burdens from the donor to an intermediary, thereby making it possible for multiple small grants to be awarded.
The rules for reporting on the expenditure of sub-grants are usually as stringent as those for direct grants.
The term is much abused and often misinterpreted.
Fundamentally, a discussion of sustainability should look at
For example, a journalism training programme could be deemed “sustainable” if its syllabus or learning aids were later adopted by a local centre offering professional training courses to journalists.
Equally, the sustainability of a TV programme might be assured if it were to be commissioned by a local TV channel at the end of the project.
Implementing agencies are encouraged to seek synergies with other organisations working in the same field, thereby ensuring that resources can be pooled where possible and that duplication of efforts can be avoided.
The identification of synergies is a vital aspect of effective coordination within a development community that relies on multiple grants from multiple sources and that does not necessarily operate according to a regional or national strategy.
They are generally informed by evidence from previous interventions and should be as realistic as possible, taking into account context, external influences and assumptions.
It is a mistake to be overly ambitious, since this may later lead to a perception that the project has overpromised and underachieved.
Targets should be disaggregated where possible.
They are, according to the EU:
“groups/entities who will directly benefit from the action at the action purpose level”.
Two examples:
Target groups are often quantifiable and, in some cases, may be very small.
Effectively, applicants need to demonstrate that they have the resources, experience and methodologies needed to achieve the project’s goals as well as a deep understanding of the operating environment and context in which the project will unfold.
The financial offer should also be competitive but this is not simply a question of undercutting the rival consortia. Usually, the scoring matrix is weighted in favour of the technical offer, so a very strong proposal can win a tender, even if the financial offer is not the lowest of those submitted.
ToRs vary enormously in the level of detail presented, ranging from just a few lines to dozens of pages.
Most budgets are based on unit costs whereby the applicant determines the relevant unit for each cost line (i.e. day, month, item) as well as the value of that unit and then calculates the number of units that will be required.
Financial reports are expected to be linked to the same unit costs.
According to DFID*:
“The purpose of VfM is to develop a better understanding and better articulation of costs and results so that we can make more informed, evidence-based choices.”
UK government donors recommend that VfM is considered in four key areas: economy, efficiency, effectiveness and equity. These markers demonstrate how costs will be kept to an acceptable level but also how funds will be fairly distributed with a focus on proper inclusion.
VfM approaches should include a process of continuous improvement and an agreed set of VfM indicators should be monitored on a regular basis, then presented in interim reports and annual reviews.
Media viability refers to the ability of a media organisation, such as a newspaper, TV station, or online news outlet, to remain financially sustainable and profitable while providing quality journalism and serving the interests of its audience.
Media viability is influenced by a variety of factors, including the organisation's revenue streams, cost structure, audience engagement, and competitive landscape. In today's digital age, media organizations are also impacted by rapidly changing technology and evolving consumer behaviors.
In order to maintain media viability, organisations often need to adapt their business models, explore new revenue streams, and invest in technologies that can improve efficiency and engagement. This can involve a delicate balance between preserving the quality and integrity of journalism, while also meeting the financial demands of running a media organization.
The requirement for projects to be “visible” and, in particular, to acknowledge the source of their funding in external communications varies from programme to programme and is often modulated according to local sensitivities and security concerns in the target country (or region).
As a rule, donors want the funding source to be recognised and will make exceptions only when this might compromise the safety of implementing organisations and beneficiaries.
Major funders such as the EU have an extensive set of guidelines relating to the presentation of their emblem and the phraseology of the acknowledgement.
Some also seek to determine the positioning of the implementing organisation’s branding in relation to their own.
Module ten of the GFMD MediaDev Fundraising Guide.
Increasingly, donors want to see staffing plans and the CVs of key personnel presented in funding proposals.
This is mainly based on the premise that a project is only as good as the people working on it, however, donors also recognise that recruiting the right staff and consultants can be a complex and time-consuming process.
If implementing organisations are obliged to put together a team from scratch during the early stages of a project, there is a high risk that planned activities will be severely delayed.
As noted elsewhere in this manual, media development agencies are well-advised to maintain an extensive and current pool of consultants or freelance project staff who can be called on at short notice to support project teams.
It is important to ensure that this pool includes:
A diversity of professional skills.
A proper gender balance (a target of 30%-50% is recommended)
If possible, a broad range of linguistic abilities.
Individuals who have a strong track record in target geographies.
Individuals with good availability (i.e. you should ask them to inform you if they accept a full-time job)
Some agencies maintain a searchable database of consultants which includes recent CVs, daily rates and relevant track record.
They run occasional recruitment drives to enrich the pool but also maintain contact with individuals in the database to ensure that details are up to date and that GDPR regulations are fully observed.
Recruiting staff and consultants during the narrow timeframe allowed by a tendering or bidding process throws up very specific challenges.
Not only are you being asked to find individuals with the right skills and experience who are available at the right time and willing to be deployed to the right place; you are also putting together a team that has the potential to work well together and combines proper diversity and gender balance.
Furthermore, experts with strong CVs are very much in demand and can pick and choose their future employer. This means they can also name their price.
There are tried-and-tested methods for recruiting staff and consultants.
The most obvious approach is to trawl through your own contacts and those of your partners, then shortlist the most appropriate candidates.
Otherwise, you may want to advertise through social media or various sector-appropriate platforms. These include:
LinkedIn can work well for searching skillsets, although you will need Premium status in order to be able to approach individuals who are not in your network.
Once you have short-listed the best candidates, you may want to follow standard interviewing procedures, as you would for any full- or part-time position.
However, in competitive tenders, the golden rule is that CVs need to match the requirements of the Terms of Reference as closely as possible.
If fluent French and a Master’s degree are mandatory qualifications and your preferred candidate speaks rudimentary French and has a BA, you will lose points, however strong her/his qualifications may be in other areas.
In order to ensure that your bid stands the best possible chance of winning, you may find yourself picking an individual who was a weaker candidate in the interview but who has the perfect CV.
Once you have selected the best candidate, you will need to negotiate daily rates or salaries (and you may find that your preferred option is unaffordable and be forced to revert to your short-list).
Unfortunately, candidates who know that their CV can make the difference between your winning and losing the bid may be tempted to hold you to ransom.
Also, make sure that candidates have fully understood any exclusivity rules which may exist. If these rules are broken and the same candidate is presented on two competing bids, then both bids will be rejected.
You should be rigorous about keeping clear paper trails in all negotiations with candidates – in particular, written acceptance of financial packages and other terms or conditions.
Most long-form application templates include a section for presenting key personnel and/or a project management structure.
A simple organigram presenting the management hierarchy and partner relationships is a good idea but you should also find room for defining roles and responsibilities – not least because this can provide a useful point of reference for the personnel section of your budget.
Where possible, include the level of effort (LoE) for individual members of the team.
Staffing plans may include short biographies of key management staff and consultants. Keep these short and relevant, highlighting any experience in similar projects or geographies.
If space permits, this section offers a good opportunity to discuss your duty of care approach – the measures you will put in place to support staff in the field as well as contingency plans for ensuring their safety if there is a severe deterioration in the operating environment.
Other areas of interest include:
Back-up to cover sickness and leave
Knowledge management to ensure business continuity
Efforts to maintain a diverse, stimulating and supportive workplace aimed at maximising staff retention
Several donors provide a template for CVs as well as guidance on how the template should be completed.
Donors who “score” CVs may also require supporting documentation and/or references to enable verification of the skills and qualifications presented.
The following paragraphs present important areas to pay attention to when preparing CVs.
It is good practice to start CVs with a summary that explains why the individual concerned is the perfect candidate for the job.
Keep it short and punchy.
Use the third person pronoun (he/she).
Include any major awards or accolades.
Both the EU and the UN put significant emphasis on academic qualifications, so make sure these are accurately presented.
However, you should avoid submitting “academic” CVs with a long list of publications and teaching subjects. Distil these down to the most relevant examples only.
Avoid including short assignments as separate entries unless they are very relevant or if omitting them would leave obvious gaps in career continuity.
The entries should sound relatively objective, so avoid using superlative adjectives (“excellent”, “outstanding”, “unparalleled”) to qualify job performance.
Consider including the following, if relevant:
Membership of professional bodies
Involvement in the boards of charities, CSOs
Voluntary work
IT skills (particularly desktop publishing)
Course certification which has a direct bearing on the job in question (e.g. Training of Trainers, Hostile Environments and First Aid Training, PRINCE 2 project management)
Ensure that CVs are project-specific rather than generic.
Maintain a consistent, concise and formal style throughout.
Make a clear link between the requirements of the ToRs and the skills/experience of the candidate.
Quantify responsibilities where possible (e.g. scope of projects, size of budgets, number of staff managed etc).
Don’t be hyperbolic or overly effusive as this is likely to undermine the credibility of the CV.
Don’t provide extensive details of jobs that are not relevant to the position in question.
Don’t let the important elements of the CV get lost among the minutiae.
Don’t include too much industry-specific jargon as the evaluator may not be familiar with the target sector (for example, don’t take it for granted that a layman will understand the difference between a sub-editor, a news editor and a commissioning editor).
Don't present CVs that are more than 3-4 pages in length.
Module 11 of the GFMD MediaDev Fundraising Guide.
This module is aimed at providing insight into common budget models used by donors as well as the challenges of ensuring that projects are both financially viable and offer good value for money. Budgeting is an inexact science.
The long lead-times for approving grant applications mean that the operating conditions which exist when a project is launched can be very different from those which existed when it was designed.
Shifts in exchange rates, inflation and other economic stresses also mean that the fiscal situation can change dramatically over a project’s lifecycle. And yet donor funding mechanisms rarely offer the flexibility for projects to adapt to changing circumstances.
Therefore, robust and future-proof budgets should try to accommodate these factors and err on the side of caution, even if this means reducing the range of activities or the project's overall ambition.
Too often applicants make the assumption that their proposals will be more appealing to donors if they offer low prices or cram projects full of underfunded activities.
Some are nervous about including management costs even when they are essential to ensuring proper oversight and quality control.
To make matters worse, some donors enter into protracted budget negotiations after an application has been approved in principle, challenging multiple budget lines and requesting that significant economies are made, based on their perception of what represents cost-effectiveness in the given country or region.
Eager to please, would be grantees often submit to their demands.
However, unworkable budgets undermine a project’s chances of success and increase the margin for risk.
They are also highly demotivating to implementing organisations who find themselves managing projects at a loss.
It is worth remembering that value for money (VfM) does not necessarily mean cheap.
The key pillars of VfM are economy, efficiency, effectiveness and equity. A project will be neither efficient nor effective if it lacks the financial means to deliver its outputs and achieve its desired outcomes. It cannot be equitable if financial constraints make it impossible to reach those communities that are most in need of support.
There is no shame in flagging up financial challenges at any time during a project’s lifecycle.
It is highly unlikely that donors will increase the amount of the grant in order to absorb a perceived financial shortfall but it is usually possible to move funding from one part of a budget to another in order to compensate for underfunded budget lines. Make sure that any agreed changes are confirmed in writing or through a contract amendment (where necessary).
There may also be room for downgrading activities that have not met expectations in order to provide additional funding for workstreams that have over-performed.
That said, it is, of course, possible to price yourself out of the market and applications for funding are often rejected because they are not seen to be economically advantageous.
This can be down to high unit rates or a perceived imbalance between expenditure in-country and expenditure on HQ staff. In competitive tenders, strong technical offers are beaten by weaker lower-priced offers.
Knowing how to pitch your bid at the right level takes experience. It can be a question of trial and error.
But there are certainly occasions when the budget being offered by the donor is simply too low to make a project financially viable. In these cases, the correct decision is not bid at all.
Most budgets follow the traditional model of combining direct costs (an itemised breakdown of actual expenditure) with indirect costs (a fixed allocation, usually in the form of a percentage of direct costs, which is aimed at covering institutional overheads).
This approach has the advantage of being straightforward and intuitive, however, organisations that derive their income exclusively from project funding will argue that it offers little room for covering their running costs and, in particular, for investing in institutional development.
Direct costs are usually presented under separate subject headings (personnel, travel, office, equipment etc) and each budget line is calculated by multiplying the number of units by the unit cost.
The type of unit will vary according to the item in question (e.g. months, days, flights etc).
It is worth noting that, when considering a budget, donors will look closely at the correlation between the different subject headings – for example, the proportion of costs which are allocated to staff, to equipment or to office overheads.
Budgets that appear to be very heavily weighted in favour of technical upgrades, for example, may not be perceived to offer good value for money as donors share a view that infrastructural support is unsustainable.
In some cases, there may be ceilings for the percentage of costs that can be allocated to certain budget items (e.g. sub-contracted costs).
There may also be floors (e.g. a minimum of 5% of the direct costs must be allocated to M&E or 50% to sub-granting).
For other budget lines, you will need to make a value judgement on whether disproportionately high costs in one or more areas can be adequately justified (e.g. high transport and security overheads to ensure that the project can reach remote communities in a conflict-affected area).
Some donor templates link costs to activity strands rather than to chapter headings.
The so-called activity-based budget is a convenient way of budgeting since it gives a clear insight into the relative costs of a project’s various outputs.
Some budget authors will use this as a preliminary approach, even if the final presentation of the costs is very different.
Simplified Cost Options (SCOs) allow EU institutions to reimburse expenditure according to outputs or results rather than actual costs. SCOs can take the form of flat rate financing, standard scales of unit costs, and lump sums.
SCOs are a highly attractive option since they significantly reduce the administrative burden for both the donor and the grantee. According to EU guidance, they "allow administrations to shift the focus from collecting and verifying financial documents to achieving policy objectives, i.e. concentrating on achieving concrete outputs and results instead of verification and control of actually-incurred costs".
In the case of indirect costs, the percentage is usually fixed by the donor (EC grant budgets, for example, offer a maximum of 7%).
For US grants, applicants may have a NICRA, an agreed percentage that they are permitted to charge to all projects (this can be well over 20%).
Indirect costs are highly prized since grantees are not required to account for how they are spent.
This means they can be used to cover costs that are difficult to justify on a project-by-project basis such as senior management salaries, office rental, IT support or legal services.
Note that some donors have rules on what can be considered an indirect cost, so it is worth checking their guidelines on this issue.
Fees-based budgets offer far greater latitude for charging institutional costs to a project.
Effectively, the loaded rate for each working day comprises the actual costs of the activity and the management overheads associated with delivering the project.
Furthermore, the contractor is not asked to provide supporting documentation to demonstrate how the profit margin is spent.
This means that very significant contributions can be made to a contractor’s operating costs, particularly for those organisations which are able to keep actual costs low by deploying salaried staff for missions or negotiating advantageous rates with suppliers.
One form of a fees-based budget is a global price contract, used predominantly by the European Commission.
Here the budget consists of a single figure and no financial reporting is required during the contract lifecycle.
These contracts can, of course, be audited, which means that records need to be kept according to the donor’s regulations but the overall administrative burden is usually very light since missions or incidental expenditure do not need to be approved prior to deployment.
Traditionally, large EU service contracts have been managed by international organisations working with a consortium of international and local partners.
The eligibility requirements for competitive tenders (particularly the value and scale of previous projects required to show an applicant’s technical capacity) put them out of the reach of smaller players, particularly those based in beneficiary countries.
However, this situation may change as local organisations build their portfolio and demonstrate that they have the systems and processes in place to disburse large amounts of funding in strict accordance with donor requirements.
How this is done in practice will depend to a large extent on the systems that implementing organisations have in place and the status of the project.
For projects which are continuations of previous programmes, much of the work may already have been done.
For new partnerships and new initiatives, the workload may be considerable.
Once the activities have been allocated to partners, these organisations should be asked to provide unit values or estimates for all cost lines. These will be the main building blocks of the budget and should be as accurate and as justifiable as possible.
You should agree on what is reasonable – and defensible – in terms of backstopping roles and, in particular, determine whether or not you or any of your partners will need to hire additional staff in order to shoulder the extra workload. Clearly, hiring new staff has additional costs and risks attached which should be factored into project planning.
Budget preparation should be a collaborative effort with all key personnel and partners inputting into the process. However, it is a process that needs to be led by the lead partner and/or by a financial manager.
The type of costs presented in budgets will depend largely on the project design and the operating environment.
Budgets with a high proportion of training and consultancy will look very different to budgets that focus predominantly on production and broadcasting. However, there are many common cost areas that are examined in the paragraphs below:
Make sure that you read all of the footnotes and instructions before completing a budget template. While they may look standard, templates may include modifications made for specific programmes or funding instruments.
These may be a combination of full-time staff and project-specific hires. Note that some donors (particularly the European Commission) make a distinction between local and international staff and will pay close attention to the rates being allocated to each.
Contributions to the salaries of staff can be included in the direct costs if it can be clearly demonstrated that a certain proportion of their time will be spent working on the project.
There are, of course, limits to the number of individuals who can be presented here but there is usually room for including at least one senior manager (director level) in the project management team.
Smaller organisations may be obliged to hire part-time managers to deal with specific elements of the programme (e.g. a training coordinator or production manager), although this has the disadvantage of losing institutional income.
Note that the European Commission has specific rules around including external contractors under Personnel Costs. In order for the costs of these contractors to be eligible, the individuals concerned must be working under conditions similar to those of an employee “in particular regarding the way the work is organised, the tasks that are performed and the premises where they are performed”.
For example, if your employees are contractually obliged to work in your office five days a week, then the same rule must apply to full-time contractors. If the externally hired staff cannot meet these requirements, then they will be considered sub-contractors which means that the procedure for hiring these individuals and reimbursing them will be very different.
The role of a communications officer is often omitted from budgets although most donors require projects to include a 'communications and visibility plan' which may entail a significant volume of regular activity (e.g. producing press releases, updating a website and social media).
It rarely makes much sense to hire a communications officer from outside the organisation since he/she should have an in-depth understanding of the way you work. Often, this role is included among the responsibilities of the project manager or project assistant but, in this case, efforts should be made to ensure that it is not eclipsed by other perceived priorities.
These are usually calculated according to a day rate and the overall allocation of working days should include preparation time as well as any time required for writing or contributing to activity reports.
The issue of travel days for trainers and consultants is a contentious one.
Some donors are strict about offering a full day rate to experts who take short-haul flights while others do not allow experts to claim for travel days at all.
There may also be restrictions around paying consultants to work on weekends or public holidays, so it is worth checking with the donor before organising any such deployments.
It is good practice to include a dedicated monitoring and evaluation role in medium- to large-sized projects. This can be an individual hired for the specific purpose of implementing M&E activities or it can be an external company sub-contracted to deliver this component of the project.
This is rarely a full-time job but some donors may expect to see up to 10% of a budget dedicated to monitoring and evaluation activities.
The role is likely to include organising all research, collating results, contributing to reports and driving knowledge management processes.
This section usually relates to both international and local deployments.
Most donors have guidelines around acceptable travel costs and will want to see that measures are in place for keeping deployments – particularly international deployments – to a minimum (e.g. conference calls, use of local trainers wherever possible).
Several donors have fixed per diem rates for different countries which cover the costs of accommodation, meals, local transport and airport transfers.
In the case of the European Commission, the range is very broad, from €87 per day in the Tokelau Islands to €425 in the Virgin Islands (2017 figures).
Per diems do not usually cover the cost of visas, so you should include this as a separate budget line.
When consulting the list of per diem rates for the donor concerned, check that you have the latest version. They are often updated.
These will generally span a number of budget lines including venue hire, video recording, equipment rental, catering, materials and interpretation.
When calculating catering costs, don’t forget to include trainers, speakers, interpreters and administrative staff as well as participants.
There is a general expectation that all-day events will include two coffee breaks and a midday meal.
These funds are often related to the cost of events but may also be needed to translate learning materials, subtitle media content or support management staff.
It is important to recognise the difference between simultaneous and consecutive interpretation and, indeed, what constitutes a reasonable workload for these services.
Provision for simultaneous translation at large events must include at least two interpreters per language working in 20-minute shifts. It is unreasonable to expect one consecutive interpreter to support a foreign-language trainer single-handedly over a sustained period of time, so a back-up is usually required.
There is likely to be some crossover between eligible office costs and the overheads that donors will expect to be covered by the indirect costs (or management fee).
Contributions to utility bills, communications and office supplies are generally accepted since it is recognised that project activity is likely to ramp up these overheads.
However, some donors such as the EC will only cover the costs of office rent if you can demonstrate that you have rented additional premises during the project lifecycle. Others may accept a percentage contribution to office rental to reflect usage by project-dedicated staff.
This is a highly contentious issue for media development projects since most local media outlets are desperate for equipment upgrades and some production activities may be unviable if producers are entirely reliant on the locally available kit.
However, donors are traditionally reluctant to allow a significant portion of costs to be spent on equipment.
Worse still, European donors may insist on rules of origin – i.e. that implementing agencies may only purchase equipment which is made in EU member states, thereby limiting the range of eligible brands and, in some cases, significantly increasing the costs.
Donors are not media professionals and, therefore, they are rarely familiar with the detail of production budgets.
They may also be tempted to believe widely held myths that professional TV equipment has been supplanted by mobile phones and open source editing software.
Production budgets should be broken down into their component parts and fully explained.
Issues of quality and professional standards should also be discussed in budget narratives and expectations properly managed.
That said, production costs should also be tailored to the target medium – there is little justification for investing in Hollywood-quality videos which will only ever be published on YouTube.
The costs of designing, setting up, administering and hosting websites are all eligible, although some donors may object to buying advertising – particularly on social media – to promote web platforms.
Buying airtime at commercial rates can constitute a major chunk of any budget. Furthermore, such costs are hard to estimate during the project design phase since they are often the result of lengthy negotiations with strategic partners.
Don’t be too ready to pay for airtime, however. If your project is producing great content that can attract significant audiences, broadcasters should be motivated to air it free of charge.
Most donors are more than willing to cover the full costs of research as well as broad dissemination of the findings.
Research that informs and shapes a project’s core activities is considered to be an essential expenditure and demonstrates your commitment to ensuring that activities properly reflect perceived needs and priorities.
If you need to sub-contract quantitative research (e.g. nationwide surveys and opinion polls), make sure that you have a good idea of market rates before compiling your budget, since prices can be very high. Conversely, there is little to be gained by buying cheap research that is based on a small and unrepresentative sample.
These are activities or services which your organisation or your partners do not have the resources, expertise or profile to deliver.
Examples include research, post-production, software development and external evaluation.
Donors often put a cap on the proportion of a budget that can be sub-contracted since they operate on the premise that implementing agencies should be able to deliver the lion’s share of activities using their own resources.
Sub-contracts over a certain amount (in the case of the EU, the threshold is €20,000) will need to go through a tendering process.
This catch-all section is a feature of several budget templates and is widely open to interpretation, including by the donors themselves.
Some EC institutions, for example, will insist that all freelance consultants or production staff should be presented under “Other costs”; other EC stakeholders will ask them to be featured under “Personnel”.
Other costs may also include sub-granting programmes, airtime and production services that do not easily fit into other sections.
Have you remembered to include the following items in your budget?
This is a selection of potential costs which are often forgotten when compiling budgets.
Margin for inflation, annual pay rises
Employment costs (including pension contributions)
Insurance, including insurance of equipment and assets
Advertising costs for recruitment
Software for office computers
Costs for stationery (for training as well as the project office)
Communications (landline and mobile)
Petrol (car and generator)
M&E activities including the cost of focus groups, key informant interviews and external evaluations
Visas
Translation and interpretation
Visibility materials (e.g. banners, branded stationery etc)
Cost of filming permits
Local transport for getting participants to venues
Audit – check whether or not (and how often) an audit is required during the project lifecycle
Marketing and promotion of content
Website hosting costs and other technical upgrades
When considering bids for funding, donors are making a value judgment on whether the expected development results justify the proposed costs.
It is, therefore, incumbent on implementing organisations to demonstrate that they have the right systems and behaviours in place to achieve VfM across a project lifecycle.
The paragraphs below present some of the issues that you might consider under the four key VfM markers (economy, efficiency, effectiveness and equity).
Outline the measures that you have taken to minimise personnel costs, including benchmarking salaries with industry standards or avoiding using international staff when local staff can do the same job
Show that you are exploring synergies with other programmes and, therefore, identifying areas in which economies can be made by pooling resources or organising joint actions
Highlight procurement processes aimed at getting the right service at the right price. Note that prompt payment is a good way of negotiating better deals with suppliers
Cite any measures aimed at reducing the costs of travel and accommodation including holding remote meetings and eliminating the costs associated with unnecessary deployments
Describe the management and financial controls that you have in place to reduce the margin for error and limit variances between budget lines
Explain how careful budgeting with detailed workplans and activity-based milestones promotes efficiencies during the implementation period
Highlight how costs per output/beneficiary are captured with a view to ensuring efficient resource allocation over the project lifecycle
Describe any internal training courses or technical enhancements that are aimed at improving efficiencies and introducing more streamlined approaches
Explain how a robust theory of change or logframe allows you to accurately measure the outcomes and impact of your work
Explain how sustained engagement with all stakeholders (including the donor) ensures that projects can swiftly respond to changing circumstances and mitigate risk, thereby ensuring that funding is effectively disbursed
Describe how indicators and targets are used to track progress; outline the systems that are in place to ensure timely data collection
Highlight ways in which data is proactively shared with relevant stakeholders; articulate how lessons learned are used to improve internal processes
Describe how your project will overcome any perceived cultural, social or physical barriers that might prevent beneficiaries from accessing key services
Explain how services are adapted to reflect specific needs, including language requirements and disability
Outline ways in which data is disaggregated to ensure that projects are fully reaching different identity groups
Some donors, particularly EU institutions, require that a certain proportion of any budget is derived from other sources.
In the case of the EU, this can range from 5% to as much as 30%.
Applications with a strong cost-share element will have a competitive advantage.
The rationale for a co-funding requirement is rarely articulated.
The common wisdom is that donors want to see that applicants have sufficient belief in their projects to either cover a portion of the project costs themselves or to seek additional funding from other sources.
Co-funding may also provide a reassurance that applicants have diverse funding streams and are not, therefore, reliant on a single donor.
Whether the reason is explicit or implicit, co-funding is a headache for all implementing organisations, large or small, and often discourages applicants from applying at all.
With rare exceptions, the requirement presents a very serious financial risk.
The EC, for example, does not ask applicants to demonstrate that co-funding is in place before a project starts.
This means that grantees may be obliged to expend considerable efforts during the project’s start-up phase to secure the necessary co-funding.
If they are unable to cover the shortfall, they may end up delivering the project at a loss which will ultimately force them to compromise on the quality of delivery.
There are three common strategies used to cover co-funding:
There are many grey areas around what actually constitutes co-funding.
The EC insists that “contributions in kind” are not eligible since they cannot be quantified or supported by proof of payment.
For EU-funded projects, the rule of thumb is as follows:
From the perspective of implementing agencies, there is nothing good about co-funding.
The task of seeking additional financial resources draws down personnel whose time would be better spent managing the project and ensuring the best possible results.
It leads to uncertainties and delays as well as putting greater pressure on finance teams who may find themselves reporting to multiple donors.
Co-funding also creates branding problems for projects which need to acknowledge the contribution of different funders and satisfy various visibility requirements.
Both European Commission and DRL funding applications require organisations to present a budget narrative which is effectively a detailed justification of the direct costs.
The explanation of each budget line should go beyond explaining how the amount was calculated – this is implicit in the budget itself.
Costs for full-time staff should include the estimated level of effort (e.g. how much time will be spent on the project per month as a percentage of the overall number of days in the month) as well as a brief description of the tasks.
Costs for part-time or freelance staff should reference existing rate cards and explain if/where taxes or other contributions will be paid. US grants often make an allowance for inflation and pay rises over the project lifecycle.
Given the wariness shared by most donors around contributing to internal staffing costs, it is important to provide a robust argument explaining why key personnel are included in the direct costs rather than the indirect costs (where many donors expect them to sit). The key is to highlight their role and responsibilities, emphasising the essential nature of ensuring oversight, support and compliance. You need to stress that the estimated level of effort is project-specific (i.e. that it represents the time they will spend on this project alone and that this will be reflected by timesheets or other forms of internal record-keeping).
Justifications for travel, subsistence and accommodation costs are generally straightforward, since they are often directly linked to the donor’s own rules and regulations (e.g. economy flights only, standard comfort hotels, country-specific per diem rates). You will need to justify travel for management staff, explaining why trips are necessary and how they will improve project oversight.
Justifying office costs can be more problematic since, as noted above, donors are reluctant to make significant contributions to fixed institutional overheads which, in their view, should be covered through the indirect costs. However, they also recognise that managing a complex project can draw down a large proportion of an organisation’s resources as well as increasing costs such as communications and office supplies. Contributions to rent are harder to justify, except in cases where the hiring of project-specific staff entails a physical expansion of the grantee’s operating base.
The purchase of equipment, as noted above, is a divisive issue. The donor’s argument is that equipment quickly becomes obsolete, so any infrastructural investment is unsustainable. They are also concerned about legacy issues and perceptions of the image of donor funding in general. Equipment purchases can be justified when it is clear that, without equipping beneficiaries with the necessary tools to do their job, efforts to build capacity may be wasted. As highlighted by one experienced consultant, “training people to use new equipment without investing in that equipment is like teaching them to run, then tying their legs together.” Justifications should also explain how the equipment will be procured and maintained during the project lifecycle.
Mapping of media development donors and supporters of journalism as part of the GFMD MediaDev Fundraising Guide.
Information about the organisation’s background
Current thematic priorities
What kind of funding they provide
Examples illustrating the types of media development projects different donors fund
Links to where organisations publish funding opportunities
Many disburse grants through local missions, focusing on areas such as training, advocacy and programme development.
The funding ceilings are generally modest and the administrative burden can be disproportionately high.
Some of the calls for proposals are unrealistic about what can be achieved for the amount of funding on offer.
The UN agencies that most commonly fund media projects are:
The IPDC is the only multilateral forum in the UN system designed to mobiliize the international community to discuss and promote media development in developing countries.
Themes: Media pluralism and independence, promoting the safety of journalists, supporting law reform fostering media independence, capacity building for journalists and media managers.
Types of funding: Grants
Amount of funding: $1 million - annually
UNDEF funds, helps design, manages, mentors, and generates projects that contribute to strengthening democracy.
Funding opportunities: UNDEF supports projects that strengthen the voice of civil society, promote human rights, and encourage the participation of all groups in democratic processes. UNDEF projects are two years long. Applicants can request a grant of a minimum of 100,000 US dollars and a maximum of 300,000 US dollars. The large majority of UNDEF funds go to local civil society organizations.
Themes: Media and freedom of information, youth engagement, rule of law and human rights; strengthening civil society interaction with government and community engagement.
Types of funding: Core grants
UNDP’s mandate is to end poverty, build democratic governance, rule of law, and inclusive institutions. They advocate for change, and connect countries to knowledge, experience and resources to help people build a better life.
UNDP is based on the merging of the United Nations Expanded Programme of Technical Assistance, created in 1949, and the United Nations Special Fund, established in 1958. UNDP, as we know it now, was established in 1965 by the General Assembly of the United Nations.
UNDP relies entirely on voluntary contributions from UN Member States, multilateral organizations, private sector and other sources, in the form of unrestricted regular resources (core), and contributions earmarked for a specific theme, programme or project.
Funding opportunities:
Poverty and inequality
Governance, peacebuilding, crisis and resilience: Democratic Governance, Conflict Prevention and Sustaining Peace, Resilience and Disaster Risk Reduction, Crisis Response
Nature, Climate and Energy
Gender Equality and Women's Empowerment
Themes: The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals aim to significantly reduce all forms of violence, and work with governments and communities to end conflict and insecurity. Promoting the rule of law and human rights are key to this process, as is reducing the flow of illicit arms and strengthening the participation of developing countries in the institutions of global governance.
Types of funding: Programmatic
Amount of funding: N/A
Amount of funding: 100,000 - 300,000 US dollars
UNESCO is the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. It seeks to build peace through international cooperation in Education, the Sciences and Culture.
Funding opportunities: UNESCO administers the Global Media Defence Fund, which is a Multi-Partner Trust Fund with the goal of enhancing media protection and improving the access of journalists to specialized legal assistance which takes into account the gendered nature of threats against journalists.
Themes: Media freedom, investigative journalism, tackling impunity for crimes against journalists and enhancing freedom of expression.
Types of funding: Grants
Amount of funding: The Global Media Defence Fund was made possible thanks to the initial major donations by the United Kingdom and Canada and their respective pledges of £3 million (USD $3,7 million) over five years and of 2 million Canadian Dollars (USD $1,500,000) to the Fund for its first year of operation. Additional donations have been received by the Czech Republic, Latvia, and Luxemburg.
UNICEF works in the world’s toughest places to reach the most disadvantaged children and adolescents – and to protect the rights of every child, everywhere.
Funding opportunities: The UNICEF Innovation Fund quickly assesses, funds, and grows open-source digital public goods that have been developed in new and emerging markets. It provide early stage funding and support to frontier technology solutions that benefit children and the world.
Themes: UNICEF supports child health and nutrition, safe water and sanitation, quality education and skill building, HIV prevention and treatment for mothers and babies, and the protection of children and adolescents from violence and exploitation.
Types of funding: Programmatic
Amount of funding: N/A
This is a subsection of the fundraising lexicon developed as part of the GFMD MediaDev fundraising guide.
Activities are the basic workstreams of a project which are physically implemented according to an agreed timeline.
In media development projects, common activities include training workshops, programme production, website development, discussion forums, legal drafting, collective lobbying, networking and study tours.
Activities are quantifiable and time-bound. They are also fully costed.
Project authors are encouraged to recognise and document the factors that should be in place for a project to be viable.
According to the EU, the assumptions are
Usually based at the implementing organisation’s headquarters, the backstopping team supports the implementation team which, in most cases, is based in the field. It can comprise senior managers and executives as well as logistics officers, technical staff and finance personnel.
Typically, responsibilities include recruitment; strategic oversight; briefing, contracting and deploying short-term consultants; knowledge management; and partner liaison. The backstopping team deals with contractual issues, including agreements with consortium partners.
It is, therefore, used to measure change and monitor progress over the project lifecycle and is often assembled in the opening phase.
In behavioural change communications, for example, the research may need to establish existing attitudes towards a target issue so that future waves of polling can establish whether or not these attitudes have changed as a result of the intervention.
An organisation’s capability statement provides the donor or potential partners with an insight into its main areas of expertise and recent track record as well as its human and technical resources.
It should be relatively short (no more than a page) and capture the salient features of the organisation’s core business.
Examples of past performance included in a capability statement should be succinct and should be carefully selected to illustrate the required areas of expertise.
It is worth remembering that, in all proposals, donors are looking for reassurances that a potential implementing partner has
The systems in place to manage contracts of a similar size and complexity;
A reputation for excellence, innovation and thought leadership in the target theme(s);
A sufficiently diverse portfolio that does not suggest over-reliance on one donor or funding source;
A deep understanding of the operating environment.
Thus, capability statements should be tailored for each bid.
Too often, funding applications are rejected because they are not “compliant” with the rules and criteria set out in the Terms of Reference or submission guidelines. Several donors run compliance checks before applications are presented to the evaluators or evaluation committee.
These checks will include:
the eligibility of the applicants (particularly nationality and legal status)
the amount of funding requested
co-funding requirements
the inclusion of signed declarations or commitments
Proposals which fail the compliance checks may be immediately rejected – although some donors may ask for supplementary information if they are unsure whether or not certain criteria have been met.
Applications which do not respect the submission deadline are automatically rejected and there is little or no value in contesting this outcome.
It is, therefore, vital to study the instructions in detail and draw up a checklist to make sure that you have covered all the bases. Do not assume that a specific donor’s guidelines are always the same – eligibility criteria, for example, can vary from one programme to another.
Donors encourage implementing agencies to recognise and avoid the dangers of exacerbating the tensions or deepening the fault-lines that exist in post-conflict societies.
This is a key risk for media development projects operating in such environments, especially those where media has traditionally played a key role in fanning the flames of resentment or distrust.
Conflict-sensitive projects should include an in-depth analysis of dividers and connectors in the conflict environment which will, in turn, help to shape the intervention strategy.
A contingency plan should look at multiple scenarios whilst mainstreaming measures for safeguarding the project’s reputation and credibility.
These plans are live documents that should be reviewed and updated as a project unfolds.
While projects often comprise a set of linear or concurrent activity streams, there are likely to be elements that are relevant to multiple activities. Gender mainstreaming is a good example since a focus on the equality or empowerment of women stakeholders could be integral to a training programme and a production component that is part of the same project.
It is a product or service that the implementing agency has undertaken to deliver within a specified timeframe and for a specified budget.
Donors will expect applicants to reference appropriate measures in project proposals and, where relevant, to disaggregate indicators in order to reflect the impact on key identity groups.
The OECD provides the following definition:
Increasingly, donors require assurances regarding protection from violence, exploitation and abuse through involvement, directly or indirectly, with their suppliers and programmes.
“to avoid doing harm by ensuring that our interventions do not sustain unequal power relations, reinforce social exclusion and predatory institutions, exacerbate conflict, contribute to human rights risks, and/or create or exacerbate resource scarcity, climate change and/or environmental damage, and/or increasing communities’ vulnerabilities to shocks and trends. We seek to ensure our interventions do not displace/undermine local capacity or impose long-term financial burdens on partner governments”.
This extends to contracted personnel, partner organisations and participants in project activities.
Duty of care plans should be equitable, offering similar levels of support to local as well as international stakeholders.
They cover issues such as risk assessment, physical security, digital security, safety training, knowledge management, emergency protocols, contingency plans and roles and responsibilities.
Adherence to this duty of care should be included in interim reporting.
Most funding programmes have strict eligibility criteria determining which organisations (or individuals) are able to apply for grants.
Typically, the criteria will include nationality (e.g. the country in which the organisation is registered) and legal status but they may also include requirements for applicants to demonstrate that they have delivered projects of a similar size, value and complexity in the recent past (often three years).
Donors do not make exceptions for eligibility criteria since they are fundamental to their commitment to fairness, openness and transparency. Consequently, they should be strictly adhered to.
Credible endline research will need to target the same identity groups as the baseline research, although it will aim to differentiate between those who have been exposed to the programme outputs and those who have not.
The EU offers the following definition:
“those who will benefit from the action in the long term at the level of the society or sector at large”.
Two examples from media development projects:
Final beneficiaries will typically be specific audiences or representatives of identity groups targeted by programming.
Gender considerations are mainstreamed in the vast majority of donor-funded programmes but the desired approach is often misinterpreted.
Equality is not as simple as ensuring that groups of participants are properly balanced between men and women or that research efforts will ensure that 50% of respondents are women.
Inclusion is important but empowerment and decision-making are also key factors.
Donors also want to see proposals that break gender stereotypes by putting women in non-traditional roles and that promote equal opportunities in recruitment drives.
According to the Foreign and Commonwealth Office:
“Indicators are performance measures, which tell us what will be measured not what is to be achieved”.
They should be specific and relevant as well as being disaggregated where appropriate.
It is usually described through the formulaic use of “if”, “then” and “therefore” and is a handy way of articulating the logical progression of an idea.
The intervention logic may also include a description of linkages and relationships between activity clusters.
KPIs should be agreed upon at the beginning of a programme and mapped in progress reports. They may be revised if a project’s design and work plan undergo significant modifications due to unforeseen changes in the operating environment.
Typical KPIs include:
Quality and delivery, including timely achievement of milestones and effective risk management
Financial management and forecasting including cost controls and timely submission of forecasts and invoices
Personnel performance, including appropriate levels of expertise allocated to the programme and ability to address problems with appropriate escalation channels
Client relationship management, including responsiveness and the regularity of communications
Environmental and social safeguards including efforts to minimise the impact on the environment and a proactive policy of employing local staff wherever possible
Donors have shown a keen interest in proper knowledge management in recent years. The aim is to capture learning generated by a project and to share it with stakeholders, both internally and externally.
Effective knowledge management can play an important role in ensuring that good practice models are made available to other actors operating in the same field while also giving media development organisations the chance to avoid common mistakes or misconceptions.
Another key aspect of knowledge management within projects is the ability to ensure business continuity during changes in personnel or partnerships.
The problem with knowledge management is that it rarely takes place outside the confines of specific programmes or organisations and is often enacted on closed platforms only. There are also issues of data protection and other sensitivities that make it problematic.
Another key aspect of learning is the management of this knowledge, disseminating lessons learned to partners and other stakeholders, thereby bringing benefits on an institutional as well as a project level.
Most donors accept that logframes are dynamic documents that should be revisited and updated as a project unfolds.
Implementing organisations should not be afraid to renegotiate proposed targets in order to properly manage expectations among key stakeholders.
For example, if the daily rate for an expert is €800 but the expert charges €500 per day, then the margin would be €300. Contractors use the margin or “profit” to cover their management and operating expenses.
It should also explain why certain techniques have been selected.
For example, when presenting the merits of on-the-job mentoring as the chosen approach for a capacity-building programme, a grant applicant might explain that mentoring can be more effective than classroom-based training because the learning-by-doing approach ensures that relevant skills are passed on in a practical work environment.
Monitoring tools are often qualitative and might include focus groups, self-assessment questionnaires or key informant interviews.
A good example is social media listening aimed at capturing the audience’s response to content and audience engagement levels on key platforms.
This may be planned or unplanned but it is an important element of project reporting since multiplier effects offer donors value for money as well as a good insight into the wider impact and potential extension.
A good example of a multiplier or ripple effect is trained professionals imparting new skills to colleagues in the workplace.
According to the EU, an outcome is
“the likely or achieved short-term and medium-term effects of an Action’s outputs”.
The UK’s Foreign & Commonwealth Office defines it as
“the effect of the project which will be obtained at medium term and which tends to focus on the changes in behaviour resulting from project”.
They should capture the resonance of activities and outputs that is felt outside the project’s primary arena.
So, in the case of a journalism training programme, for example, the outcome is not the acquisition of skills but rather the result of applying these skills to practice.
In a project that produces media content, the outcome is not the volume or reach of the content but rather its effect on the audience, its ability to shape or influence public opinion.
In media development projects, outputs include tangible deliverables such as programming, publications and training materials as well as intangible benefits such as skills and know-how acquired by participants.
They can be used to measure shifts in behaviour and attitudes among target audiences.
Sometimes referred to as a super-goal, the project’s overall objective is a long-term programmatic aspiration that will stem from a combination of the project’s outcomes and those delivered by other interventions or processes.
In other words, the overall objective does not need to be achievable by the given project alone: long-term success will rely on progress being made across multiple strands of work, including the project.
The overall objective is sometimes presented as an impact statement which, according to DFID* guidance:
“may be nested within broader undertakings and may draw on the wider goals of a funder’s programme”.
These measures should be managed by named personnel who have a responsibility for ensuring that KPIs are met and that outputs are consistent. Various QA standards exist (e.g. IS0 9001), providing a tried-and-tested framework for project managers to use.
The European Commission encourages contractors to apply a rights-based approach to all interventions.
This comprises a commitment to ensuring that human rights issues (economic, political, civil, cultural and social) are properly assessed, monitored and evaluated in all programmes.
Donors and implementing agencies should also ensure that rights-holders are given the opportunity to shape project strategies. This participation should prioritise marginalised groups.
Finally, activities should “promote accessible, transparent and effective mechanisms of accountability”, including providing proper access to information in local languages.
In general, the rights-based approach offers a range of best-practice models which can help to shape intervention methodologies and promote local ownership.
There are multiple formats for risk matrices but most divide risks into generic categories such as political, programmatic, reputational, economic, fiduciary and security-related risks.
The likelihood and potential impact of risks should be assessed, sometimes using a points-based system, thereby demonstrating the extent to which these risks can be managed and mitigated.
Good examples include protections for women from conservative societies who are invited to take part in research studies or training opportunities.
Safeguarding policies may also cover the protection of data relating to individuals involved in activities that may be negatively viewed by informal power structures, peers or family members.
The security plan should address digital and information security as well as personal risk and external threats to business continuity.
It should describe the measures in place to protect project personnel from external threats and to extricate them from dangerous situations.
For projects with an in-country presence, other areas to be considered might include
building security;
due diligence when selecting premises for group activities (e.g. training);
safe transport for staff and participants; protective equipment for hostile environments;
and secure communications.
Ensuring the integrity of data is also key, therefore IT security measures need to be fully outlined.
SMART principles offer a useful framework for establishing and stress-testing project objectives.
In a funding application, it can be helpful to use SMART principles to structure the discussion of your objectives. The bullet points below provide some pointers:
Specific: state what the objective means in real terms, whom it will affect and how.
Measurable: explain the metrics and mechanisms that will be used to chart progress towards the objective, using key indicators of success.
Achievable: consider the assets, resources and methodologies that you will deploy in order to achieve the declared objective.
Relevant: provide a brief insight into why this goal is necessary and how it responds to perceived needs within the given sector/theme.
Time-bound: offer an indication of the timeframe required to deliver the activities that will enable you to work towards the objective.
Objectives are strategic and are likely to be long-term aspirations (as opposed to outcomes that are short- and medium-term).
The term is much abused and often misinterpreted.
Fundamentally, a discussion of sustainability should look at
For example, a journalism training programme could be deemed “sustainable” if its syllabus or learning aids were later adopted by a local centre offering professional training courses to journalists.
Equally, the sustainability of a TV programme might be assured if it were to be commissioned by a local TV channel at the end of the project.
Implementing agencies are encouraged to seek synergies with other organisations working in the same field, thereby ensuring that resources can be pooled where possible and that duplication of efforts can be avoided.
The identification of synergies is a vital aspect of effective coordination within a development community that relies on multiple grants from multiple sources and that does not necessarily operate according to a regional or national strategy.
They are generally informed by evidence from previous interventions and should be as realistic as possible, taking into account context, external influences and assumptions.
It is a mistake to be overly ambitious, since this may later lead to a perception that the project has overpromised and underachieved.
Targets should be disaggregated where possible.
They are, according to the EU:
“groups/entities who will directly benefit from the action at the action purpose level”.
Two examples:
Target groups are often quantifiable and, in some cases, may be very small.
Effectively, applicants need to demonstrate that they have the resources, experience and methodologies needed to achieve the project’s goals as well as a deep understanding of the operating environment and context in which the project will unfold.
The financial offer should also be competitive but this is not simply a question of undercutting the rival consortia. Usually, the scoring matrix is weighted in favour of the technical offer, so a very strong proposal can win a tender, even if the financial offer is not the lowest of those submitted.
According to DFID*:
“The purpose of VfM is to develop a better understanding and better articulation of costs and results so that we can make more informed, evidence-based choices.”
UK government donors recommend that VfM is considered in four key areas: economy, efficiency, effectiveness and equity. These markers demonstrate how costs will be kept to an acceptable level but also how funds will be fairly distributed with a focus on proper inclusion.
VfM approaches should include a process of continuous improvement and an agreed set of VfM indicators should be monitored on a regular basis, then presented in interim reports and annual reviews.
The requirement for projects to be “visible” and, in particular, to acknowledge the source of their funding in external communications varies from programme to programme and is often modulated according to local sensitivities and security concerns in the target country (or region).
As a rule, donors want the funding source to be recognised and will make exceptions only when this might compromise the safety of implementing organisations and beneficiaries.
Major funders such as the EU have an extensive set of guidelines relating to the presentation of their emblem and the phraseology of the acknowledgement.
Some also seek to determine the positioning of the implementing organisation’s branding in relation to their own.
This is a subsection of the fundraising lexicon developed as part of the GFMD MediaDev fundraising guide.
Members of the media development community rarely apply for supply contracts that relate to the provision of equipment or the development of infrastructure for beneficiaries in third countries.
These opportunities are not open to organisations outside the framework. Application procedures are usually simplified and lead-times are often very tight.
As part of the Global Forum for Media Development (GFMD)'s capacity building programme, we have held three webinars on MediaDev fundraising.
Date: October 2018
The webinar highlights and explores the key ingredients for success when writing applications for grant funding. Aimed at staff responsible for winning new business at media development agencies, the session covers the core building blocks of standard funding proposals (objectives, outcomes and outputs) as well as issues such as M&E, risk management and sustainability. It also promotes techniques for crafting a strong, compelling narrative which combines a logical progression of ideas with cogent situation analysis. The master-class is relevant for novices as well as experienced managers.
The webinar was delivered by Michael Randall, a media consultant with 20 years’ experience of designing, writing and evaluating proposals. Randall, author of the GFMD fundraising guide, has an exceptional track record of securing funding from all the major donors (European Commission, State Department, USAID, UN agencies) as well as European governments and private foundations. Following a 17-year career at BBC Media Action, he now works on a freelance basis and lives in France.
Date: November 2018
It provided an opportunity for participants to:
· Find out more about the way EIDHR works and how bids are evaluated;
· Gain insights into the key ingredients of a competitive proposal;
· Consider and discuss project ideas which met the objectives of Lot 3.
The webinar was delivered by Michael Randall, a media consultant with 20 years’ experience of designing, writing and evaluating proposals. Randall, author of the GFMD fundraising guide, has an exceptional track record of securing funding from all the major donors (European Commission, State Department, USAID, UN agencies) as well as European governments and private foundations. Following a 17-year career at BBC Media Action, he now works on a freelance basis and lives in France.
Date: June 2019
The third instalment in GFMD’s ongoing Capacity-Building Programme focused on strategies for tapping into available funding streams for media development, including philanthropists and private foundations. As well as outlining how to capitalise on existing sources of revenue, the webinar looked at ways of identifying new donors and building lasting relationships and included a discussion on the perceived opportunities for influencing the donor agenda.
The webinar, moderated by media consultant Michael Randall (see profile above), featured:
· Josh LaPorte: media development advisor at Project Syndicate. Previously with the European Journalism Centre for 14 years, Josh headed EJC's ‘No News Is Bad News’, a multi-year global press freedom initiative in alliance with Free Press Unlimited. Josh oversaw implementation of EJC’s programming across Sub-Saharan Africa and Latin America, and was editor of EJC’s ‘Reporting Development Handbook’, ‘Making the Media Work For You: A Guide for Civil Society Organizations’, and co-creator of reality TV serial ‘Top Story: Kenya’s Next Top Journalist’.
· Melissa Rendler-Garcia: President, Buena Onda Consulting Inc. Melissa has obtained grants and built relationships with donors and private foundations including CIDA, DFID, EU, Global Fund and USAID, resulting in over $180 million in funding for regional and country-specific program expansion in Latin America, Eastern Europe and Asia. She also serves as Media Development Advisor to the European Journalism Centre, providing support in fundraising, program design and monitoring and evaluation of a multi-country programme focused on media development and press freedom.
· Nicolas Chatara-Morse: CEO, Project Syndicate. Nicolas Chatara-Morse is an international entrepreneur with a remarkable history of making non-profit organizations flourish and has broad experience in business development, fundraising, revenue growth, and global expansion.
Date : May 2022
In connection with GFMD's efforts to reach our non-English speaking members, Eléna Lefebvre interviewed Nicolas Boissez, head of communication & external relations at the Fondation Hirondelle to discuss fundraising for media development in francophone Africa.
They discussed the situation for francophone journalists in Africa and regional fundraising challenges and potential solutions.
This is a subsection of the fundraising lexicon developed as part of the GFMD MediaDev fundraising guide.
For example, if the daily rate for an expert is €800 but the expert charges €500 per day, then the margin would be €300. Contractors use the margin or “profit” to cover their management and operating expenses.
Covering overheads from project income remains a major challenge, particularly for organisations which do not have unrestricted core funding, endowments or institutional support.
Supporting documentation is required for all direct costs in the form of payroll slips, receipts, invoices, itemised bills and direct debit payments. Where the input of salaried personnel is concerned, donors may require timesheets detailing days worked on the project.
In acknowledgement of the fact that it is not possible to itemise all costs incurred by an implementing organisation, most donors provide an allowance for “indirect costs”.
This allowance is usually calculated as a percentage of the direct costs (EU grant contracts, for example, offer up to 7% while US government contracts allow applicants to use a Negotiated Indirect Cost Rate Agreement - NICRA).
Note that this is directly linked to project expenditure so, in order to receive the full value of the indirect costs, an implementing agency will need to disburse the totality of the direct costs.
These may be renegotiated during the contracting stage.
Common examples of ineligible costs include debt service charges, currency exchange losses, credit to third parties and the salary costs of public servants.
Institutional or core funding is the Holy Grail for most development organisations, be they charities, NGOs or foundations.
Core funding gives organisations greater space to invest in business development, research, policy-making, communications and other areas which are challenging to include in project budgets.
It insulates them from the economic impact of sea changes in the donor landscape or from the peaks and troughs which are an inevitable feature of not-for-profit operations.
Very few donors offer core funding opportunities; more often this kind of financial support is provided by governments, endowments or affiliated organisations.
This term is used to describe funding which is not project-based.
“Programmes” are often thematic or geographic and are defined as a set of interlinked sub-projects, unified by an overarching vision, common objectives and contribution to strategic goals, which will deliver sustained results and impact within a donor’s priority areas.
Programmes are often developed and negotiated in close cooperation with national governments and other donors, thereby
strengthening local ownership
promoting the integration of programme outputs into local decision-making
The approach is based on the premise that project-based activities provide beneficiary countries with very little leverage to influence sector-wide transformation, while a programmatic approach is more likely to deliver synergies and results that benefit all stakeholders.
Definitions of “contributions in kind” tend to be hazy.
The common wisdom is that these contributions relate to any services provided to a project which have indeterminable costs and which, therefore, cannot be supported by specific financial evidence.
Contributions in kind are particularly relevant in programmes which require a percentage of co-funding.
Implementing agencies may be able to call on contributions from third parties which do not have a financial value attached but which, nevertheless, enhance the perceived benefits of the intervention.
This kind of support usually relates to funds which contractors can pass on to local beneficiaries as part of a sub-granting programme.
The aim of sub-granting is to pass some of the administrative burden from the donor to an intermediary, thereby making it possible for multiple small grants to be awarded.
The rules for reporting on the expenditure of sub-grants are usually as stringent as those for direct grants.
EU budgets, for example, allow for up to 5%.
Recent templates suggest that many EU programmes have phased out the contingency allowance.
In cases where contractors wish to involve third-party suppliers, the provision is usually presented in the project proposal and budget.
Nevertheless, in EU-funded programmes, sub-contracts are governed by procurement rules and contracts above a specified value need to be put out to tender.
Contributions in kind are usually not acceptable forms of co-funding since all expenditure (whether it is covered by the grant or not) needs to conform to the accountancy standards set by the main donor.
In other words, if a donor is providing 80% of the funding, then the implementing organisation will need to demonstrate that it has spent 100% of the direct costs in order to receive the full amount of the 80% contribution.
Co-funding is a divisive issue since it presents a major challenge for those organisations which do not have their own financial resources or an institutional sponsor that it is willing to cover the shortfall.
Donors argue that co-funding reflects faith in a project and a commitment to shared responsibility.
Cost-share is a principle favoured by US donors and has similarities with the EU concept of co-funding. However, cost-share is more aspirational than co-funding.
At the proposal stage, applicants are asked to demonstrate a commitment to covering a percentage of the project’s costs from other sources.
Such commitments are usually the subject of a cost-share plan which forms part of the application. The plan should provide “realistic, manageable, and allowable” estimates of direct contributions from participating organisations or leveraged funding from other donor sources.
Most budgets are based on unit costs whereby the applicant determines the relevant unit for each cost line (i.e. day, month, item) as well as the value of that unit and then calculates the number of units which will be required. Financial reports are expected to be linked to the same unit costs.
These so-called “simplified” costs are reviewed on a case-by-case basis and often form the subject of negotiations after a contract has been awarded.
In general, the EU will not accept lump sums when an alternative is possible and may ask for lump sums to be broken down into unit costs during project implementation.
The value (or rate) is usually determined by the bidder and varies according to categories of expert (e.g. Key, Senior, Junior etc).
The rate is “loaded” which means that it should cover the actual cost of the expert (i.e. the consultancy fee) and the management overhead.
During the implementation phase, contractors report against the delivery of these days by providing signed timesheets detailing the number of days worked by each expert over the course of a month.
Additional documentation such as evidence of travel and payments may also be required.
It is not possible for contractors to charge a management fee against incidental expenditure and financial reports need to include detailed documentary evidence of the actual costs incurred.
A contract amendment is required to transfer funds from the incidental expenditure budget to the fees-based budget. It is not possible to transfer funds in the opposite direction.
This is effectively the cost of the audit(s) which the implementing consortium is contractually obliged to conduct according to a specified schedule.
The release of further funds is often contingent on the results of the audit.
You need a few crisp paragraphs that sum up the project’s core activities strands; the changes that they will bring about; and why your organisation/ is best positioned to deliver the desired impact.
Quote liberally from the , pulling out the keywords and phrases to underline the relevance of your response.
You should place considerable focus on your resources and local networks to show that deployed personnel can transition seamlessly into their roles.
Highlight your connections, both formal and informal, outside the core team and .
Donors are generally risk-averse and they need to feel that implementing organisations have made informed decisions when assessing whether or not planned are viable.
For the full (A-Z) go to
Competitive tenders for often begin with a procurement notice inviting applicants to submit an .
Would-be applicants are asked to present basic information about their organisation as well as providing details of past performance and and/or capacity.
In addition, bidders may be asked to meet a set of that demonstrate they have experience of delivering a programme of a similar scale and an equivalent value, possibly also in a comparable environment.
For EU , implementing organisations are encouraged to apply as part of a and, in these cases, the collective track record of the consortium may be taken into account.
Short-listed applicants are then invited to submit a which should retain the core elements of the concept note including the partnerships involved and the proposed amount.
Typically, these headings will comprise a rationale for the intervention; a detailed description of proposed activities; a discussion of the target groups and their needs; the approach and ; ; and key issues such as and .
Most donors offer a template for full applications which includes a budget spreadsheet and a . Applications are generally evaluated according to a scoring matrix which is presented in the .
Technical Offers come in response to drawn up by the and, as a rule, should seek to demonstrate that the bidder fully understands the prescribed tasks and has an effective for delivering them.
Technical Offers should also reflect an in-depth knowledge of the , challenges and opportunities inherent to the operating environment.
Generally speaking, bidders endeavour to put forward a competitive that offers a discount on the maximum budget available.
For the full (A-Z) go to
Some donors – particularly the EU – ask for a Steering Committee to be established at the start of the project. The Committee’s role is to provide oversight as well as strategic advice to implementing organisations. Often it will include representatives from key in addition to the and partners.
The lead will, therefore, manage the contract, reporting on delivery against and making formal for contract amendments when/if necessary.
US donors often refer to organisations other than the as “sub-grantees” and US budget templates provide room for presenting distinct budget allocations for these organisations (with a separate or ).
In EU parlance, sub-grantees are third parties that receive financial support through designated sub-granting programmes (see “”).
EU grant programmes refer to organisations that are not the as co-applicants. They need to satisfy the governing the , although additional criteria may be added.
For the application process, this usually means that they need to mandate the to act on their behalf.
For the purposes of implementation, co-applicants generally sign a legally binding agreement with the lead partner that stipulates their role and budgetary allocation whilst also reflecting the contractual obligations between the lead partner and the .
These are organisations that have a “structural link” with the or a although it is stipulated that this link should not be limited to the action or established for the purposes of the action.
Affiliated entities are permitted to declare associated with the implementation of the action.
The entities which make up a sole applicant are generally treated as for the purposes of the project and design.
Key Expert CVs are presented as part of a bid and are scored against prescribed criteria. In some cases, they can account for a significant percentage of the available points and it is, therefore, important for bidders to ensure that they meet the requirements of the as exactly as possible.
While the overall number of working days for these experts may well be defined in the , there is no requirement for their CVs to be presented as a part of the bid.
However, it is common for applicants to provide short biographies of Non-Key Experts in the , thereby giving evaluators an insight into the range of consultants who can be called upon and the breadth of their experience.
As well as viewing terms related to media development funding in on this page, you can also view them by theme:
These are organisations that have a “structural link” with the or a although it is stipulated that this link should not be limited to the action or established for the purposes of the action.
Affiliated entities are permitted to declare associated with the implementation of the action.
The EU likes to see activities divided into so-called “work packages” which are essentially homogenous blocks of activity that can contribute to more than one .
In general, associates do not have to meet the same as applicants or .
“factors outside the project management's control that may impact on the - linkage”.
These are likely to include environmental, political, social and economic issues. Assumptions are generally listed as part of the or and need to be considered in concert with the risks for evaluation purposes.
Often used in or frameworks, a baseline is the current value of an indicator that provides a measure of the situation before the project starts (it is likely to be 0 if the project is new).
and programmes need a starting point, a baseline against which progress can be measured. Sometimes this data is available from third-party sources but, for the most part, baseline research needs to be bespoke and properly geared to the anticipated and of a programme.
The instructions to applicants include defining the nationality, legal status and profile of organisations that may apply.
Guidelines may also stipulate ceilings and floors for as well as timeframes both for the application process and the eventual project.
may comprise multiple stages (, etc.) or may be based on a single round.
EU grant programmes refer to organisations that are not the as co-applicants. They need to satisfy the governing the , although additional criteria may be added.
For the application process, this usually means that they need to mandate the to act on their behalf.
For the purposes of implementation, co-applicants generally sign a legally binding agreement with the lead partner that stipulates their role and budgetary allocation whilst also reflecting the contractual obligations between the lead partner and the .
Another word for .
The rules for what this source can be are defined in the but, in general terms, co-funding is derived from other donors and/or from the implementing organisation’s own financial resources.
Concept notes are usually requested as the first stage of a application process, thereby giving donors the chance to short-list those proposals which, in their view, best reflect the goals and priorities of the programme.
Short-listed applicants are then invited to submit a which should retain the core elements of the concept note including the partnerships involved and the proposed amount.
In broad terms, the strategy should consider ways of ensuring the proper inclusion of diverse stakeholder groups in all consultation processes; equitable participation in project ; to capture changes in the operating environment; and the consideration of conflict-related issues in organisational practices (e.g. recruitment and security).
Where this option exists, applicants are usually not under any obligation to include a contingency budget which cannot, in any case, be used without the permission of the .
These contributions are generally unquantifiable and, while they may bring added value to a project, in accountancy terms they cannot be considered to be an .
In the case of US funding, these must be sources outside the Federal Government. The principles set out by the US Office of Management and Budget can be found .
A cost-share element is often included in programmes, thereby passing on some of this responsibility to grantees.
Generally speaking, cross-cutting elements should have their own and targets and should, therefore, be measured and monitored as part of the wider effort.
Deliverables come as the result of a set of or a development process.
In other words, they are directly incurred by project and implementation. In most budget templates, direct costs are grouped under generic headings (personnel, travel, equipment etc) and include , sub-grants and partner allocations.
Donors are looking for implementing agencies to demonstrate that they are achieving good by making outputs as widely available as possible and working towards long-term by ensuring that key products are embraced or institutionalised by a range of stakeholders.
The stated aim of DFID* (now part of the ) is
*Although DFID no longer exists, the document referenced here is yet to be superseded by an alternative.
Contractors are often required to include a statement that they have a duty of care to informants, other programme stakeholders and their own staff, and that they will comply with ethical principles in all programme .
will often provide explicit information on the nature of costs that are eligible for project funding.
In most contracts, eligible costs will cover all deployments, production overheads, research costs etc but there is often a grey area around contributions to the salaries of full-time staff (see “” and “”).
This phase of research may include qualitative and/or quantitative elements, demonstrating the extent to which a programme has been in meeting its declared and bringing about the desired change.
Independent external evaluations may be included as part of a project’s proposed or commissioned by donors and funded from sources outside the project budget.
In addition to the incidental expenditure budget, include an allowance for expenditure verification.
The amount allocated for expenditure verification is quoted in the and may not be modified.
Would-be applicants are asked to present basic information about their organisation as well as providing details of past performance and and/or capacity.
In addition, bidders may be asked to meet a set of that demonstrate they have experience of delivering a programme of a similar scale and an equivalent value, possibly also in a comparable environment.
For EU , implementing organisations are encouraged to apply as part of a and, in these cases, the collective track record of the consortium may be taken into account.
Final beneficiaries are a much larger group who benefit from the project’s and are implicit in its .
Final beneficiaries can also be members of who are not directly involved in the project (e.g. the wider media community).
are accompanied by a Financial Offer which is opened and evaluated only after the Technical Offers have been reviewed and scored.
Generally speaking, bidders endeavour to put forward a competitive that offers a discount on the maximum budget available.
Implementing organisations can apply for framework contracts individually or as part of a (in the EU, the latter approach is more common).
Once the list of contractors has been determined, ad hoc opportunities are channelled through the framework contract and the preselected organisations or can decide whether or not to bid for them.
Typically, these headings will comprise a rationale for the intervention; a detailed description of proposed activities; a discussion of the target groups and their needs; the approach and ; ; and key issues such as and .
Most donors offer a template for full applications which includes a budget spreadsheet and a . Applications are generally evaluated according to a scoring matrix which is presented in the .
As a rule, they are allocated through formal but some donors allocate grants on an ad hoc basis and manage programmes that accept applications throughout the year.
Grant contracts are managed by the grantee who is required to report back to the donor according to a structured schedule but who can make decisions regarding implementation and without referring to the donor provided that agreed parameters are observed.
Inputs represent the starting point for a , generally covering the amount of money provided by the donor as well as the project management resources and expertise deployed by both the donor and the implementing agency.
Key Expert CVs are presented as part of a bid and are scored against prescribed criteria. In some cases, they can account for a significant percentage of the available points and it is, therefore, important for bidders to ensure that they meet the requirements of the as exactly as possible.
KPIs give donors the opportunity to assess how the implementing agency is performing in terms of meeting , achieving high-quality standards and facilitating effective communications between stakeholders.
Continuous improvement and innovation including the ability to maximise and actively capture and incorporate lessons learned
The lead will, therefore, manage the contract, reporting on delivery against and making formal for contract amendments when/if necessary.
What was once M&E is now often termed MEL, underlining the increasing emphasis on introducing mechanisms to learn from the findings of monitoring and work.
As noted above (under “”), the value of examining lessons learned throughout a project is that this enables implementing organisations to align planned as closely as possible to the perceived needs and interests of stakeholders. This ensures that projects are properly adaptive, evolving over time.
For example, if it is envisaged that a manager is likely to spend one day a week supporting proposed , then the level of effort (LoE) will be presented as 20%. This is then used to calculate the proportion of a person’s salary which can reasonably be charged to the project budget.
It offers project evaluators the opportunity to stress-test a project design by assessing the extent to which outcomes are realistic and the extent to which progress towards these outcomes can be measured. A logframe also provides project managers with a tool for progress and, potentially, for ensuring timely course-correction.
Donors tend to use different templates for logframes and some have abandoned them in favour of charts but they still represent the most common framework for project design, acting as a starting point for developing project ideas and also as a way of ensuring that partners and contributors have a shared vision of the programme.
In EU , there is no obligation to account for how the margin is spent.
In particular, a description of a project’s methodology should include a discussion of the sequencing of and the inter-relationship between them.
In some programmes, effective work may take the place of midline research, providing insight into audience response or take-up on a rolling basis.
They give managers the opportunity to revise or modify in those cases where milestones indicate that targets are not being met.
While monitoring, and (MEL) are often grouped together, they represent different stages in an ongoing linear effort to assess the impact of a project.
Monitoring is a regular activity that generates insights into a project’s progress and allows implementing agencies to learn from stakeholder feedback and, where necessary, recalibrate in line with this feedback.
Projects often enjoy resonance outside the parameters of the , bringing additional benefits to other target groups or stakeholders.
The word “narrative” is used to denote the part of a grant application which describes the project in detail, including its rationale, , , , resources, timeline and management provisions.
In other words, it is a long-form, text-based discussion of a project’s “why”, “what”, “how” and “when”. This is distinct from the other common elements of an application such as the , the or any supporting documents. In addition, some donors may require a which presents a detailed explanation and justification of costs.
While the overall number of working days for these experts may well be defined in the , there is no requirement for their CVs to be presented as a part of the bid.
However, it is common for applicants to provide short biographies of Non-Key Experts in the , thereby giving evaluators an insight into the range of consultants who can be called upon and the breadth of their experience.
Outcomes should be achievable within the project lifecycle and progress towards them should be .
The outputs will provide the conditions necessary for achieving the , therefore the from output to outcome needs to be clear.
Outtakes are presented in as an interstitial phase between (e.g. programming) and (e.g. behavioural change).
will also be dependent on a number of external factors and influences.
*Although DFID no longer exists, the document referenced here is yet to be superseded by an alternative.
For the most part, overheads are covered partly from indirect cost allowances (see “”) and partly from contributions to salaries which are presented as incurred by an action.
The procurement notice will include very basic details of the (sometimes no more than a paragraph) and the maximum budget amount as well as the and other conditions of participation. It will also stipulate the submission deadline and the wider timetable for the tender process.
and increasing opportunities for
Implementing organisations are encouraged to describe the measures which will be taken by both the and implementing teams to ensure high-quality standards across the project lifecycle.
Although often treated in the same section of a grant application, replication and have different connotations.
that are replicated are adopted by other stakeholders outside the project’s immediate remit.
The terms “results” and “” are interchangeable.
According to this , programme strategies should build the capacities of citizens to claim their human rights and of duty-bearers to fulfil their obligations to respect human rights.
A robust and comprehensive risk matrix helps to reassure a potential donor that the project authors are fully aware of any factors or threats which might derail proposed or compromise the project’s ability to achieve its declared .
This area has much in common with '' but generally relates to measures that are put in place to protect vulnerable groups from any negative consequences of being involved in development programmes.
The EU, in particular, makes a clear distinction between “service contracts” which are based on prescriptive and “” which give applicants greater freedom to present diverse ideas under broad thematic headings.
In service contracts, the relationship between the and the implementing organisation is different. Delivery is more closely controlled and formal sign-off is required for most activities and related expenditure.
are established by the donor and monitored by the donor’s project manager.
A significant part of the budget for EU service contracts (usually the lion’s share) is based on an agreed number of working days each of which carries a loaded (meaning that the rate covers the actual costs of the individual concerned as well as a management fee). The remainder of the budget is based on actual costs () which are calculated separately.
An application's specific objectives should be achievable in the proposed timeframe but this will ultimately rely on targets being met and on key being justified.
Progress towards the specific objectives will be assessed at key junctures along the project lifecycle but objectives do not offer an end-state in the same way as ; instead they present a pathway to .
A sole applicant or a sole beneficiary is a legal entity formed by several entities (a group of entities) which collectively comply with the .
The entities which make up a sole applicant are generally treated as for the purposes of the project and design.
These sources can be external to the project (e.g. third-party reports focusing on related issues) or part of the and programme (e.g. survey results, the findings of focus group discussions, transcripts of key informant interviews, self-assessment questionnaires etc).
The sources should allow an external evaluator to see a direct link between project and anticipated .
It is good practice to state the frequency of data sources and ensure that they are consistent with and .
Some also include a requirement to specify who will take responsibility for collecting the data and how often.
The quality of external (third-party) sources should be assessed by interrogating the used and considering their scope.
Some donors – particularly the EU – ask for a Steering Committee to be established at the start of the project. The Committee’s role is to provide oversight as well as strategic advice to implementing organisations. Often it will include representatives from key in addition to the and partners.
The proportion of costed activities which can be sub-contracted usually has a limit that is stipulated in the (5% to 10% is common).
The idea is to ensure that the bulk of are delivered by implementing agencies drawing on their own trusted resources and networks.
In EU parlance, sub-grantees are third parties that receive financial support through designated sub-granting programmes (see “”).
US donors often refer to organisations other than the as “sub-grantees” and US budget templates provide room for presenting distinct budget allocations for these organisations (with a separate or ).
Supplies contracts can form part of a wider .
The proportion of the overall project budget which can be channelled through sub-granting is usually stipulated in the which also define funding ceilings and for grantees.
(a) how core can be continued after the end of grant funding or
(b) how they will be assimilated by the project’s .
Target groups are the stakeholders who benefit directly from envisaged in the project work-plan.
Several donors differentiate between and .
A Technical Offer is the term used to describe the narrative proposal in a competitive tender. It often includes a set of CVs for whose professional qualifications are evaluated as part of the bid.
Technical Offers come in response to drawn up by the and, as a rule, should seek to demonstrate that the bidder fully understands the prescribed tasks and has an effective for delivering them.
Technical Offers should also reflect an in-depth knowledge of the , challenges and opportunities inherent to the operating environment.
A tender is a competitive procurement process whereby a donor gives shortlisted applicants (often working in ) the chance to make a technical and financial offer for a predefined set of services. These services are described in detail in the for the tender.
It does this by identifying the long-term goals, then working back to identify the and which need to be in place for these goals to be achieved. The desired outputs provide the basis for identifying the most effective type of .
A Theory of Change can be developed for any level of intervention – an event, a project, a programme, a policy, a strategy or an organisation. It leads to improved evaluation since progress towards the long-term goals can be measured through the .
A Theory of Change is often presented as a graphic that comprises a series of boxes from inputs to outputs to outcomes and, finally, to impact. It thus provides a more visual perception of a project’s raison d’être than a .
*Although DFID no longer exists, the document referenced here is yet to be superseded by an alternative.
For larger programmes, issues of visibility need to be addressed in a communications plan which details the platforms and measures which will be taken in order to promote the project and share its .
A UK-based organisation will share job announcements with its network of 400 consultants and this service is offered free of charge.
Consultants who work extensively in the media development sector are likely to have CVs pre-prepared in multiple formats but, even in these cases, you are well-advised to invest time and effort into reworking CVs in order to ensure that they reflect the requirements of the as closely as possible.
It is worth scouring the to make sure that you pick up any constraints of this kind.
Module 6 - - offers a set of guidelines for developing and agreeing on a budget, both internally and with external partners.
As noted in , the best time to start drafting a budget is when the activities have been agreed in principle and the logframe has been created.
This allows the project design team to stress test the work plan and establish whether or not planned activities are financially viable. It is at this stage that the project’s ambition may need to be pared down in order to bring the budget under the .
The preparation stage is when the thorny question of should be addressed. If working with partners, you will need to decide on a fair division of the available overhead. The simplest way to do this is to calculate the overall percentage of the budget allocated to each partner and divide the overhead according to these percentages.
Other funders, such as , may not insist on a specific percentage of co-funding but may encourage applicants to present a cost-share plan that demonstrates other sources of financing.
The need for is generally implicit in a programme’s Terms of Reference and, therefore, applicants can simply reference the project rationale. It is also worth mentioning the systems that you will put in place to ensure that grants are properly allocated and monitored, thereby providing reassurances that you will be able to offer full accountability and oversight.
If an organisation is missing, .
If you would like to help us update this section, !
For a searchable list of current funding opportunities see the
For a searchable list of current funding opportunities see the
Funding opportunities: is funded almost entirely by UNESCO member states for work in developing countries. IPDC distributes about $1 million annually in small grants, and supervises a variable amount of “Funds-in-Trust” for specific projects suggested and funded by various governments.
(Last updated March 2017)
As the United Nations lead agency on international development, the (UNDP) works in 170 countries and territories to eradicate poverty and reduce inequality. The organisation helps countries to develop policies, leadership skills, partnering abilities, institutional capabilities, and to build resilience to achieve the Sustainable Development Goals. Their work is concentrated in three focus areas; sustainable development, democratic governance and peace building, and climate and disaster resilience.
: UNDP's Funding Windows are a pooled, flexible funding mechanism that provide a strategic opportunity for partners to contribute to achieving the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. The four thematic Funding Windows are:
For more information on grant allocations see .
: Established in 1992, the year of the Rio Earth Summit, the GEF Small Grants Programme embodies the essence of sustainable development by "thinking globally acting locally". By providing financial and technical support to projects that conserve and restore the environment while enhancing people's well-being and livelihoods, SGP demonstrates that community action can maintain the fine balance between human needs and environmental imperatives.
For a searchable list of current funding opportunities see the .
If an organisation or an opportunity is missing,
For the full (A-Z) go to
The EU likes to see activities divided into so-called “work packages” which are essentially homogenous blocks of activity that can contribute to more than one .
“factors outside the project management's control that may impact on the - linkage”.
These are likely to include environmental, political, social and economic issues. Assumptions are generally listed as part of the or and need to be considered in concert with the risks for evaluation purposes.
Often used in or frameworks, a baseline is the current value of an indicator that provides a measure of the situation before the project starts (it is likely to be 0 if the project is new).
and programmes need a starting point, a baseline against which progress can be measured. Sometimes this data is available from third-party sources but, for the most part, baseline research needs to be bespoke and properly geared to the anticipated and of a programme.
In broad terms, the strategy should consider ways of ensuring the proper inclusion of diverse stakeholder groups in all consultation processes; equitable participation in project ; to capture changes in the operating environment; and the consideration of conflict-related issues in organisational practices (e.g. recruitment and security).
Generally speaking, cross-cutting elements should have their own and targets and should, therefore, be measured and monitored as part of the wider effort.
Deliverables come as the result of a set of or a development process.
Donors are looking for implementing agencies to demonstrate that they are achieving good by making outputs as widely available as possible and working towards long-term by ensuring that key products are embraced or institutionalised by a range of stakeholders.
The stated aim of DFID* (now part of the ) is
*Although DFID no longer exists, the document referenced here is yet to be superseded by an alternative.
Contractors are often required to include a statement that they have a duty of care to informants, other programme stakeholders and their own staff, and that they will comply with ethical principles in all programme .
This phase of research may include qualitative and/or quantitative elements, demonstrating the extent to which a programme has been in meeting its declared and bringing about the desired change.
Independent external evaluations may be included as part of a project’s proposed or commissioned by donors and funded from sources outside the project budget.
Final beneficiaries are a much larger group who benefit from the project’s and are implicit in its .
Final beneficiaries can also be members of who are not directly involved in the project (e.g. the wider media community).
Inputs represent the starting point for a , generally covering the amount of money provided by the donor as well as the project management resources and expertise deployed by both the donor and the implementing agency.
KPIs give donors the opportunity to assess how the implementing agency is performing in terms of meeting , achieving high-quality standards and facilitating effective communications between stakeholders.
Continuous improvement and innovation including the ability to maximise and actively capture and incorporate lessons learned
What was once M&E is now often termed MEL, underlining the increasing emphasis on introducing mechanisms to learn from the findings of monitoring and work.
As noted above (under “”), the value of examining lessons learned throughout a project is that this enables implementing organisations to align planned as closely as possible to the perceived needs and interests of stakeholders. This ensures that projects are properly adaptive, evolving over time.
It offers project evaluators the opportunity to stress-test a project design by assessing the extent to which outcomes are realistic and the extent to which progress towards these outcomes can be measured. A logframe also provides project managers with a tool for progress and, potentially, for ensuring timely course-correction.
Donors tend to use different templates for logframes and some have abandoned them in favour of charts but they still represent the most common framework for project design, acting as a starting point for developing project ideas and also as a way of ensuring that partners and contributors have a shared vision of the programme.
In EU , there is no obligation to account for how the margin is spent.
In particular, a description of a project’s methodology should include a discussion of the sequencing of and the inter-relationship between them.
In some programmes, effective work may take the place of midline research, providing insight into audience response or take-up on a rolling basis.
They give managers the opportunity to revise or modify in those cases where milestones indicate that targets are not being met.
While monitoring, and (MEL) are often grouped together, they represent different stages in an ongoing linear effort to assess the impact of a project.
Monitoring is a regular activity that generates insights into a project’s progress and allows implementing agencies to learn from stakeholder feedback and, where necessary, recalibrate in line with this feedback.
Projects often enjoy resonance outside the parameters of the , bringing additional benefits to other target groups or stakeholders.
Outcomes should be achievable within the project lifecycle and progress towards them should be .
The outputs will provide the conditions necessary for achieving the , therefore the from output to outcome needs to be clear.
Outtakes are presented in as an interstitial phase between (e.g. programming) and (e.g. behavioural change).
will also be dependent on a number of external factors and influences.
*Although DFID no longer exists, the document referenced here is yet to be superseded by an alternative.
Implementing organisations are encouraged to describe the measures which will be taken by both the and implementing teams to ensure high-quality standards across the project lifecycle.
Although often treated in the same section of a grant application, replication and have different connotations.
that are replicated are adopted by other stakeholders outside the project’s immediate remit.
The terms “results” and “” are interchangeable.
According to this , programme strategies should build the capacities of citizens to claim their human rights and of duty-bearers to fulfil their obligations to respect human rights.
A robust and comprehensive risk matrix helps to reassure a potential donor that the project authors are fully aware of any factors or threats which might derail proposed or compromise the project’s ability to achieve its declared .
This area has much in common with '' but generally relates to measures that are put in place to protect vulnerable groups from any negative consequences of being involved in development programmes.
An application's specific objectives should be achievable in the proposed timeframe but this will ultimately rely on targets being met and on key being justified.
Progress towards the specific objectives will be assessed at key junctures along the project lifecycle but objectives do not offer an end-state in the same way as ; instead they present a pathway to .
These sources can be external to the project (e.g. third-party reports focusing on related issues) or part of the and programme (e.g. survey results, the findings of focus group discussions, transcripts of key informant interviews, self-assessment questionnaires etc).
The sources should allow an external evaluator to see a direct link between project and anticipated .
It is good practice to state the frequency of data sources and ensure that they are consistent with and .
Some also include a requirement to specify who will take responsibility for collecting the data and how often.
The quality of external (third-party) sources should be assessed by interrogating the used and considering their scope.
(a) how core can be continued after the end of grant funding or
(b) how they will be assimilated by the project’s .
Target groups are the stakeholders who benefit directly from envisaged in the project work-plan.
Several donors differentiate between and .
A tender is a competitive procurement process whereby a donor gives shortlisted applicants (often working in ) the chance to make a technical and financial offer for a predefined set of services. These services are described in detail in the for the tender.
It does this by identifying the long-term goals, then working back to identify the and which need to be in place for these goals to be achieved. The desired outputs provide the basis for identifying the most effective type of .
A Theory of Change can be developed for any level of intervention – an event, a project, a programme, a policy, a strategy or an organisation. It leads to improved evaluation since progress towards the long-term goals can be measured through the .
A Theory of Change is often presented as a graphic that comprises a series of boxes from inputs to outputs to outcomes and, finally, to impact. It thus provides a more visual perception of a project’s raison d’être than a .
*Although DFID no longer exists, the document referenced here is yet to be superseded by an alternative.
For larger programmes, issues of visibility need to be addressed in a communications plan which details the platforms and measures which will be taken in order to promote the project and share its .
We hope that the , , , and in give you most of the information that you need to successfully and effectively apply for MediaDev funds.
However, in case you are considering approaching funding experts for additional expertise, we have created - upon the request of our members - a vetted list of media development fundraising experts. Please contact project manager Anne Marie Hammer, to get this list.
If you would like to recommend a MediaDev fundraising expert to be included in this list, please contact Anne Marie Hammer, GFMD's Programmes and Project Manager,
For the full (A-Z) go to
The EU, in particular, makes a clear distinction between “service contracts” which are based on prescriptive and “” which give applicants greater freedom to present diverse ideas under broad thematic headings.
In service contracts, the relationship between the and the implementing organisation is different. Delivery is more closely controlled and formal sign-off is required for most activities and related expenditure.
are established by the donor and monitored by the donor’s project manager.
A significant part of the budget for EU service contracts (usually the lion’s share) is based on an agreed number of working days each of which carries a loaded (meaning that the rate covers the actual costs of the individual concerned as well as a management fee). The remainder of the budget is based on actual costs () which are calculated separately.
As a rule, they are allocated through formal but some donors allocate grants on an ad hoc basis and manage programmes that accept applications throughout the year.
Grant contracts are managed by the grantee who is required to report back to the donor according to a structured schedule but who can make decisions regarding implementation and without referring to the donor provided that agreed parameters are observed.
Supplies contracts can form part of a wider .
Implementing organisations can apply for framework contracts individually or as part of a (in the EU, the latter approach is more common).
Once the list of contractors has been determined, ad hoc opportunities are channelled through the framework contract and the preselected organisations or can decide whether or not to bid for them.
If you would like to suggest other ideas for GFMD webinars on MediaDev funding, !
This webinar, delivered in 2018, was aimed at building the fundraising capacities of GFMD members in the European Neighbourhood and the Global South, particularly those who were considering applying for Lot 3 of the (deadline 21/12/2018).
If you would like to suggest other ideas for GFMD webinars on MediaDev funding, !
!
For the full (A-Z) go to
In service contracts, there is no obligation to account for how the margin is spent.
For the most part, overheads are covered partly from indirect cost allowances (see “”) and partly from contributions to salaries which are presented as incurred by an action.
In other words, they are directly incurred by project and implementation. In most budget templates, direct costs are grouped under generic headings (personnel, travel, equipment etc) and include , sub-grants and partner allocations.
In most contracts, eligible costs will cover all deployments, production overheads, research costs etc but there is often a grey area around contributions to the salaries of full-time staff (see “” and “”).
and increasing opportunities for
For example, if it is envisaged that a manager is likely to spend one day a week supporting proposed , then the level of effort (LoE) will be presented as 20%. This is then used to calculate the proportion of a person’s salary which can reasonably be charged to the project budget.
These contributions are generally unquantifiable and, while they may bring added value to a project, in accountancy terms they cannot be considered to be an .
The proportion of the overall project budget which can be channelled through sub-granting is usually stipulated in the which also define funding ceilings and for grantees.
Where this option exists, applicants are usually not under any obligation to include a contingency budget which cannot, in any case, be used without the permission of the .
The proportion of costed activities which can be sub-contracted usually has a limit that is stipulated in the (5% to 10% is common).
The idea is to ensure that the bulk of are delivered by implementing agencies drawing on their own trusted resources and networks.
The rules for what this source can be are defined in the but, in general terms, co-funding is derived from other donors and/or from the implementing organisation’s own financial resources.
In the case of US funding, these must be sources outside the Federal Government. The principles set out by the US Office of Management and Budget can be found .
A cost-share element is often included in programmes, thereby passing on some of this responsibility to grantees.
The rules for incidental expenditure are usually detailed in the and include areas such as travel, the cost of holding events, research studies, graphic design, technical development, translation and visibility materials.
The amount allocated for expenditure verification is quoted in the and may not be modified.
This page contains a comprehensive list of donors and funders for media development. The page is regularly updated with new entries.
Geographical priorities: The foundation supports organisations in the Netherlands, as well as initiatives targeting the European community and the factors that affect it.
Type of funding: Core Funding. In addition to financial contributions, Adessium Foundation provides organisational support focused on strengthening grantees’ capacity.
Funding opportunities: The foundation reaches out to their (potential) beneficiaries themselves and invite them to submit an application. They do not accept unsolicited project proposals but proactively explore the charity sector and make choices based on their strategic framework.
Priorities related to media development and journalism:
Enhancing state and local news reporting, particularly through non-profit newsrooms
Providing access to AP content (text, video, photos), editorial tools, and training to participating newsrooms
Supporting public service journalism to ensure communities have access to reliable local news.
Geographical Focus: Primarily focused on the United States, with an emphasis on underserved and rural communities lacking robust local news coverage.
Funding Opportunities
Pilot programs collaborating with nearly 50 non-profit news organisations to support state and local news reporting
Provision of AP content and resources to participating newsrooms
Type of Funding Available:
In-kind support, including access to AP's journalistic content and editorial tools.
Training and capacity-building resources for newsroom staff.
Application Process Details on application procedures and eligibility criteria are forthcoming. Interested organisations should monitor APFJ's official communications for updates on funding opportunities and application guidelines.
Themes: Good Governance; Women’s Empowerment and Gender Equality; Inclusive Economic Growth; Environment and Climate Action; and Regional and International Relations
Asia Foundation Development Fellows
An award of up to US$5,000 is made available to each selected Fellow. This cash award allows Fellows the opportunity to design individualized plans to further their leadership skills and relevant professional experience in areas of particular importance to their career growth.
Luce Scholars Programme
The Asia Foundation has overseen the programme in Asia since its inception nearly four decades ago.
Applications for the 2023 programme are now closed.
Geographical priorities: Asia and the Pacific
Type of funding: Grants, Fellowships and Scholarships
Created in 2000 by Bill Gates, co-founder of Microsoft, and his wife Melinda, the foundation in their name works to “help all people lead healthy, productive lives. With a trust endowment of $40.3 billion, it is the world’s largest private foundation.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: Since its founding in 2000, the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation has spent more on media partnerships than almost any other philanthropy organisation.
The Foundation was slated to spend $20 million on media grants in 2018 with additional funding going to an insights team that conducts media research. Much of the budget for media grants is administered by the foundation’s Global Media Partnerships and often directly subsidizes reporting on less frequently covered topics such as health and development.
The foundation focuses primarily on development, sustainable development goals, global health, and gender equality, making it a priority to respond to the market failure of coverage on global health and development issues.
Geographical priorities: The foundation’s grant making is done through four programme divisions, namely the Global Development Program, the Global Health Program, the United States Program and the Global Policy and Advocacy Program.
Type of funding: Programmatic and Core grants.
Funding opportunities: The Global Media Partnership portfolio, where the bulk of media funding resides, is located in the foundation’s Program Advocacy and Communications team with the Global Policy and Advocacy division.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The Bloomberg Media Initiative Africa, launched in 2014, provides cross-disciplinary education programmes and mid-career fellowships to increase the number of highly-trained business and financial journalists, convene pan-African forums to examine worldwide media best practices and support research to stimulate media innovations.
BMIA has three core programs, namely: Financial Journalism Program, Fellowship Program, and Community Media Fund.
This programme has been primarily developed for mid-career journalists, financial professionals with an interest in financial journalism; government professionals responsible for public policy, communications, and finance portfolios; and development practitioners and civil society professionals with an interest in African development and financial and economic data.
The Initiative also offered technical assistance and training for media editors, to help them become more knowledgeable about the content of business and financial journalism, and contribute to their leadership development.
CMF has awarded 15 grants to organisations in Kenya, Nigeria and South Africa that are intended to strengthen citizen journalism, enhance the financial literacy of citizens, improve public access to relevant data and build the capacity of community media to advocate for improved governance and accountability.
Geographical priorities: Bloomberg Philanthropies works to improve the lives of millions of people in more than 700 cities and 150 countries. In 2022, Bloomberg Philanthropies invested $1.7 billion around the world.
Type of funding: Core grants. Bloomberg Philanthropies works with existing partners on all of their key initiatives and does not make grants outside their focus areas or directly to individuals
Funding opportunities: Grant proposals are by invitation only and news on grants competitions are posted regularly on their website.
Geographical priorities: Worldwide
Type of funding: Grants, Core grants, Programmatic, Awards, and Scholarships.
Funding opportunities: The EMIF supports fact-checking and media literacy initiatives, as well as fundamental research projects, with a view to addressing the phenomenon of online disinformation in Europe and promoting a more resilient and fact-based digital information ecosystem. The 4 key areas of the projects supported by this fund are:
Media Literacy
Online Disinformation
Fact-checking
Academic research into media, disinformation, and information literacy
Funding is available to organisations based in European countries, including namely the EU, EFTA and UK, and whose focus of activities is on the mentioned countries.
The John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation's Journalism & Media program aims to support and sustain an independent media landscape. It focuses on investigating institutional actions, examining policy impacts, challenging social norms, and amplifying diverse voices to foster public dialogue and action on important issues.
The program invests in creating and sharing accurate and inclusive news and stories through three key areas: Professional Nonprofit Reporting, Nonfiction Multimedia Storytelling, and Participatory Civic Media.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The Corporation has funded public interest journalism for 60 years, and today, the grants run into the millions annually. Some pay for programmes that train journalists or develop long-term sustainability models, but like most foundations, the Corporation primarily supports coverage of topics related to its programme priorities. These include K–16 education, voter access and voting rights, and international peace and security.
Key Areas of Support
The Corporation’s media-related funding primarily aims to strengthen the capacity of independent journalism and support the development of media that enhances public understanding of complex issues. Their funding priorities include:
Journalism education and training: The Corporation invests in initiatives that enhance the skills and capacity of journalists, particularly those reporting on international issues, science, and public affairs. This includes funding for journalism schools, fellowships, and training programmes that equip journalists with the tools needed to provide accurate, in-depth reporting.
Independent media outlets: Recognising the importance of a free and independent press, the Carnegie Corporation supports media organisations that strive to deliver impartial and trustworthy news. This includes grants to non-profit news organisations and investigative journalism outlets that cover critical issues with rigor and integrity.
Media literacy: To foster a more informed public, the Corporation also funds programmes aimed at improving media literacy among audiences. These initiatives help people critically assess the information they consume, particularly in the digital age where misinformation is widespread.
Geographic focus: While the Carnegie Corporation of New York is based in the United States, its media and journalism support often extends to global initiatives, particularly in regions where independent journalism faces significant challenges. The Corporation’s grants have a strong emphasis on advancing media in countries with emerging or fragile democratic institutions.
Type of funding: Grants
Funding opportunities: The Corporation does not accept or review unsolicited proposals or requests for funding. Instead, programme staff identify organisations to implement projects that are designed to help the foundation attain its various programmatic goals
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The Compton Foundation believes that there is a need for compelling stories about who we are, how we should live, and our purpose on this planet. This moment of global transition requires translation. "How can we imagine a new world without sharing brilliant stories about what the future could be—how it might taste, smell, sound, and feel?" One of two main strategic priorities in their grantmaking is therefore 'courageous storytelling' which aims to:
Disrupt our understanding of the status quo, or give voice to previously unheard narratives.
Use visual art, music, drama, film, writing, and creative social media to amplify critical issues and to blend personal with political, emotional with intellectual.
Geographical priorities: Worldwide
Type of funding: Grants
Funding opportunities: The Compton Foundation’s grantmaking is done by invitation only. They have a commitment to long-term, relationship-based grantmaking, and approximately two-thirds of their grantmaking budget in their final years of activity (end in 2027) will be allocated to sizable, multi-year, general operating support grants to longtime grant partners.
Craig Newmark Philanthropies is a foundation established by Craig Newmark, the founder of the online marketplace, Craigslist.
In 2016, Newmark established Craig Newmark Philanthropies with the purpose of supporting and promoting individuals and grassroots organisations that are making significant contributions in various priority areas.
The core of Newmark's philanthropic work is strengthening American democracy by supporting the values of fairness, opportunity, and respect.
Themes: Military Families and Veterans, Cyber Civil Defense and Cyber Security, Trustworthy Journalism
Funding opportunities: Craig Newmark Philanthropies supports public charities in good standing described under Sections 501(c)(3) and 509(a)(1) or (2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, that further their priorities.
In the year 2022, Craig Newmark contributed a total of $81 million to various charitable causes through both the Craig Newmark Foundation and the Craig Newmark Philanthropic Fund.
Type of funding: Programmatic
The Democracy and Media Foundation is the successor of Stichting Het Parool, founded in 1944 by the founders of the illegal resistance newspaper Het Parool. After the privatisation of the post-war newspaper in 2003, Stichting Het Parool changed its name to Stichting Democratie en Media (SDM) – in English the Democracy and Media Foundation (DMF).
Priorities related to media development and journalism: DMF supports organisations, projects and other types of initiatives that also invest in critical, independent media and a strong, just constitutional democracy. It achieves this among others through grants, (external) organisational advise and by connecting different initiatives with each other.
Type of funding: Programmatic
The Democracy and Media Foundation grants financial support to projects, organisations or individuals that contribute to the realisation of its objectives and includes publications, lectures, documentaries, exhibitions or training programs for journalists. This support may consist of a subsidy, a loan or another form of investment.
Funding opportunities: As DMF is in the process of working out the details of its new strategy, it will not issue its usual Calls for Proposals. The organisation is, however, still open to good ideas that contribute to independent, critical media and/or a strong, just, fair and democratic state. (As of 06/09/2022)
Priorities related to media development and journalism: the Democracy Fund is dedicated to bolstering a resilient and inclusive media ecosystem as a cornerstone of a healthy democracy. Their support emphasises:
Equitable Journalism: Investing in newsrooms led by and serving communities of color to ensure diverse voices are represented in the public discourse.
Local News Ecosystems: Strengthening local journalism infrastructure to provide communities with reliable information and to counteract misinformation.
Digital Democracy: Advocating for digital rights and equitable access to information technology, ensuring that online spaces support democratic engagement.
Geographical Priorities: While the Democracy Fund's initiatives are primarily U.S.-centric, focusing on national and local levels, their strategies often have broader implications for democratic practices and media development globally.
Funding Opportunities: The Democracy Fund provides grants through various programs and initiatives, including:
Press Forward Initiative: A collaborative effort planning to invest over $500 million in local news and information over five years to transform media across America.
Equitable Journalism Portfolio: Supporting newsrooms and media organisations that prioritize equity and representation in journalism.
Prospective grantees are typically identified proactively based on strategic priorities, and the Democracy Fund often collaborates with other funders to maximize impact.
Types of Funding Available: The Democracy Fund offers various types of funding, including:
General Operating Support: Providing flexible funding to help organisations achieve their missions effectively.
Project-Based Grants: Funding specific initiatives or programs that align with the Democracy Fund's strategic goals.
Multi-Year Commitments: Offering sustained support to ensure long-term impact and organisational stability.
DOEN provides start-up support to green, socially inclusive, and creative pioneers seeking innovative solutions for a better world. Once established, DOEN transfers the initiatives to other parties where possible to increase their impact. By supporting these pioneers, DOEN accelerates the transition to a sustainable, social and creative world.
Geographical priorities: Worldwide
Type of funding: Programmatic
Funding opportunities: DOEN offers grants to initiatives focused on supporting a green, socially inclusive and creative society. If your organisation works in achieving any of these, you can submit an application for financial support on their website.
An application can be submitted all year round but must reach the DOEN Foundation at least four months before the start of the project.
In principle, an application procedure takes four months.
Over nearly 60 years of serving as a US-based institution for public diplomacy in the Indo-Pacific region with international governance, staffing, students, and participants, the Center has built a worldwide network of 65,000 alumni and more than 1,100 partner organisations.
Geographical priorities: Global. The foundation currently maintain a worldwide network with 33 international offices at 32 locations.
Type of funding: Scholarships
Empower those who care;
Financial health for all;
Preserve a democratic Europe;
Protect contemporary culture.
Geographical priorities: As the main shareholder of Erste Group ERSTE Foundation secures the independent future of one of the largest financial services providers in Central, Eastern, and South-Eastern Europe. As a private Austrian savings banks foundation, the foundation is committed to serving the common good. They invest parts of their dividends into the region in which Erste Group operates.
Type of funding: Grants, Core grants, Programmatic, Awards, and Scholarships.
Funding opportunities: Differents types of opportunities based on their mains focus areas listed above. The foundation provides :
and many others programs and tools.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: Funding for media development falls under the Freedom of Expression portfolio because “The free flow of information and ideas is essential to healthy, progressive societies. Our work offers space for creative expression and supports efforts to ensure that media systems and policies are open and equitable,” according to the Ford Foundation website.
Geographical priorities: The Ford Foundation has a global scope. It seeks to invest in transformative ideas, individuals and institutions to catalyze leaders and organisations driving social justice and building movements across the globe.
Type of funding: Core Grants. Ford's funding prioritizes initiatives/ideas aimed at fighting inequality.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: Investigative journalism plays a crucial role in taking care society's well-being. Journalists have a monitoring role in promoting transparency and accountability of the rule of law. The foundation backs initiatives that expose abuses, promotes freedom of the press, and works for the safety of journalists, helping to promote an open society that will benefit everyone.
Geographical priorities: Global
Type of funding: Core
Funding Opportunities: The foundation does not send out calls for proposals nor does it accept unsolicited proposals.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: FES advocates for social justice, democracy, peace and international solidarity by
Strengthening civil society: Through political educational programs, FES empowers citizens to engage effectively in political, trade union, and civil spheres, enhancing their participation in social discussions and decision-making processes.
Advancing policy discourse: The foundation's think tanks develop strategies on economic, social, and educational policies, fostering public discourse for a just and sustainable economic and social order nationally, in Europe, and globally.
Promoting democratic values internationally: With offices in over 100 countries, FES supports peaceful cooperation, human rights, democratic structures, and free trade unions, actively contributing to the development of a social, democratic, and competitive Europe while fostering global democracy and social justice.
Geographical scope: Global
Type of funding: Grants and Scholarships
Based on the principles of liberalism, the Friedrich Naumann Foundation for Freedom offers political education in Germany and abroad. With the events and publications, they help people to become actively involved in political affairs. They support talented young students with scholarships. Since 2007, the addition "for freedom" has become an established part of the foundation's name. They have been doing this since their foundation on May 19th, 1958.
Geographical scope: Global
Type of funding: Scholarships
Funding opportunities: based on the idea of liberalism, the Friedrich Naumann Foundation for Freedom provides scholarships on political education in Germany and around the world.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: Fritt Ord Foundation supports journalism on a wide variety of topics that are important for the social debate and the public. Their highest priority is investigative journalism or journalism that calls for extra resources for other reasons. Local journalism and social debates in media all across the country are also important to Fritt Ord, as are criticism and reviews. The foundation supports journalism on all platforms – newspapers, magazines, journals, podcasts, radio and TV. Media debates, media conferences and media research also benefit from some funding. Fritt Ord has a separate annual grant for Norwegian journalists to study at the Reuters Institute for the Study of Journalism at Oxford University in England.
Geographical priorities: The projects that receive funding should benefit the Norwegian public and be accessible to all. For this reason most project funding goes to Norwegian organisations. However, in special cases, the Fritt Ord Foundation can help promote freedom of expression in other countries.
Type of funding: Grants, Study grants, and Awards.
Funding opportunities: There are six rounds of project applications each year, meaning that it does not take long to get an answer. Fritt Ord often contributes support in the early stages of new projects.The projects that receive funding should benefit the Norwegian public and be accessible to all. In special cases, the Fritt Ord Foundation can help promote freedom of expression in other countries.
In addition to grants in response to applications, the Fritt Ord Foundation takes a number of its own initiatives in Norway and abroad. Fritt Ord also offers awards support for projects that help promote freedom of expression, public discourse, art, and culture. The measures supported should contribute to the common good and be available to the public.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The foundation promotes social initiatives and citizen projects along with all activities aimed at broadening journalistic freedom, upgrading the quality of journalism, developing education and critical thinking.
Their aim is cultural and educational work in journalism, art and culture in Poland and abroad, as well as the integration of the scientific, journalistic, arts and business communities in the most important topics of the modern world – peace, freedom, democracy and civil rights.
Geographical priorities: Poland and Europe
Type of funding: Programmatic
Funding opportunities:
In the face of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and the spread of disinformation by the occupant, the Gazeta Wyborcza Foundation and its partners established a Fund for Ukraine dedicated to direct support of journalists and publishers in the war zone.
The current capital of the Fund amounts to €410.000.
The collected funds are being used to purchase the equipment necessary for journalists working in war zones, financial support for journalists and media organisations in Ukraine, and the relocation of journalists to Poland and other EU countries. To this end, the foundation is cooperating with the media and organisations in Ukraine and other parts of Europe.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: Heinrich Böll's encouragement of civil society interference in politics is a model for the work of the foundation. Its primary task is political education in Germany and abroad to promote the democratic will, the socio-political commitment and international understanding. It is guided by the basic political values of ecology, democracy, solidarity, and nonviolence. The foundation is particularly interested in the realization of a democratic immigration society as well as gender democracy as a relationship of the sexes that is free of dependence and domination.
The foundation's Transatlantic Media Fellowships programme has for several years supported well-researched transatlantic journalism. In 2020, the Heinrich Böll Foundation supported a selected number of journalists and publicists from the US and Europe for an independent, minimum five-day, transatlantic trip to research stories relevant to the foundation’s work on policies in 4 fields: energy & climate; transition in agriculture; democracy, human rights and social policy, as well as foreign and security policy. Fellowships are selected annually and are open to journalists and publicists in any medium. Please note that eligibility criteria differ by issue area and may vary between participating regional and national offices.
Geographical priorities: Global. The foundation currently maintain a worldwide network with 33 international offices at 32 locations.
Type of funding: Scholarships and stipends
Focus areas
Goals
To achieve this goal, Heising-Simons Foundation supports nonprofit journalism organisations across two focus areas: underrepresented groups and voices in media; and investigative journalism.
The Journalism portfolio maximizes its support by funding outstanding leaders and key organisations, and awarding general support as often as possible.
Geographical priorities: Global
Type of funding: Programmatic, awards
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The purpose of the Helsingin Sanomat Foundation is to secure the future of Finnish media and quality journalism as well as to support freedom of speech.
The Helsingin Sanomat Foundation promotes and supports research in the communications and the communications industry and interdisciplinary futures research.
Geographical priorities: Finland
Type of funding: Grants, Fellowships, and Awards.
Funding opportunities: The foundation finances post-doctoral projects that are linked to the communications industry. In addition, the Foundation awards fellowships to Finnish journalists who are in the middle of their careers to enable them to study at top universities abroad. The Helsingin Sanomat Foundation distributes grants throughout the year. Decisions are made approximately three times a year and the outcome is informed via the grant application system.
For more than 50 years, they have supported efforts to advance education for all, preserve the environment, improve lives and livelihoods in developing countries, promote the health and economic well-being of women, support vibrant performing arts, strengthen Bay Area communities and make the philanthropy sector more effective.
Today, it is one of the largest philanthropic institutions in the United States, awarding $465,869,000 in grants in 2020 to organisations across the globe to help people build better lives. Their philanthropic approach, and core areas of grantmaking, remain connected to the ethos and values of their founders.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The Global Development and Population Program makes grants to expand women’s reproductive and economic choices, amplify citizen participation, and improve policymaking through evidence. The foundation has made grants ranging from $27,000-1,200,000 to various media and media support organisations over the years.
Geographical priorities: Global
Type of funding: Programmatic
Funding opportunities: The foundation makes grants to a broad range of institutions – from research universities contributing to public knowledge and performing arts centres engaging local diverse communities, to grassroots organisations representing millions of individuals and multilateral groups working on international development.
At any one time, more than 2,250 Hewlett Foundation grants are active. In 2020, the foundation awarded $465,869,000 in grants and disbursed $471,308,000 in grant payments. As of December 31, 2020, the foundation’s assets were approximately $13.3 billion.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: HMF focuses on enhancing media literacy by supporting projects that educate and empower individuals to critically engage with media content. The foundation emphasises the importance of mental health and societal empowerment through improved media navigation skills.
Geographical priorities: While HMF has a global outlook, as of May 1, 2024, the foundation gives strong preferential treatment to applicants located in the U.S. Pacific Northwest—specifically Washington State, Idaho, and Oregon—or those whose programs primarily impact this region.
Funding opportunities:
HMF provides grants to allied organisations that align with its mission of promoting media literacy. The foundation has supported various initiatives, including:
Media Literacy Now, an organisation focused on integrating media literacy into public policy and education.
The Consortium for Media Literacy, which brings real-world media literacy skills to global and local communities.
Type of funding available:
HMF offers grants to organisations that share its commitment to media literacy. The grant application process begins with contacting the foundation via phone or email. However, as of March 20, 2025, the 2025 application cycle has ended, and no new Letters of Inquiry will be requested until after January 1, 2026.
The program focuses on investigative journalism and reporting on issues including emerging conflicts, human trafficking, and exploitation.
Geographical priorities: Global
Type of funding: Project and core funding. Approximately 40% of HU grantees receive multi-year funding and approximately 50% of grantees receive unrestricted funding.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: In the realm of journalism, the Inasmuch Foundation focuses on:
Oklahoma journalism: Expanding partnerships to further impact local journalism within the state.
Investigative journalism: Continuing support and investment in trusted partners engaged in in-depth reporting.
These priorities reflect the foundation's commitment to fostering a robust and informed media landscape.
Geographical priorities: While the foundation's grant-making in community and civic engagement, education, and human services is specific to non-profit organisations serving Oklahoma City, its journalism grants are open to organisations nationwide.
Funding type: The Inasmuch Foundation offers various types of funding, including:
General operating support grants: Providing $50,000 or $100,000 based on factors such as alignment with funding priorities and organisational capacity.
One-time funding grants: For specific projects that are transformational to the organisation, with no standardized amounts.
The foundation will fund general operating support for up to five consecutive years, with decisions made annually.
Funding opportunities: The foundation administers an open request cycle each spring and fall for all focus areas, including journalism. Requests must be submitted by 5 pm CST on February 15th or August 15th, with funding decisions communicated in May and November, respectively. Organisations are limited to a single grant request and a single sponsorship request within a 12-month period.
For detailed information on application procedures and to access the grants portal, prospective applicants should visit the foundation's official website.
It aims to boost the economic resilience of independent media organisations in crisis, to support experimentation and innovation, and to bring about a new paradigm of sustainability for independent public interest journalism.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The International Fund seeks to support the long-term sustainability and economic resilience of independent media across its focus regions. It does so through providing funding to media organisations in need of immediate financial support and through working across a series of cross-cutting priority areas, three of which are outlined below.
Building inclusive news ecosystems: Through its grant-making and other activities, the International Fund seeks to support greater diversity and inclusion within global news ecosystems and address inequalities in access to information, particularly within historically underrepresented communities.
Engaging young audiences: The International Fund supports independent media outlets innovating across several areas — including scope of editorial coverage, audience engagement models, formats, and newsroom practices — to create public interest media that engages younger generations.
Deploying new technologies effectively and ethically: The International Fund is dedicated to exploring the future landscape of AI and emerging technologies over the next decade, aiming to find solutions that benefit both the financial sustainability of independent media and the public interest. This involves backing newsroom AI experimentation and providing guidance to policymakers shaping regulatory frameworks. Moreover, organisations in the Fund's focus regions require investment in various enabling technologies beyond AI, such as customer relationship and content management systems, which are often financially burdensome to obtain and maintain. To address these needs, the International Fund offers support to newsrooms through dedicated grants and partnerships with technology providers to enhance their technological capabilities.
Geographical priorities: The fund supports media organisations and ecosystem-level interventions across four focus regions: Africa and the Middle East, Asia and the Pacific, Latin America and the Caribbean, and Eastern Europe.
Type of funding: Grants
Funding Opportunities: Funding decisions are decentralized and led by regional teams with direct experience working in the International Fund’s focus regions. These regional teams engage extensively with media organisations and other sector actors to explore opportunities for grants and other interventions.
The International Fund announced its inaugural open call for grant proposals at World Press Freedom Day in May 2022. That call resulted in more than 200 funding applications, from which the International Fund’s first cohort of 13 grantees was selected.
A second call for proposals has yet to be announced (as of February, 2024).
Priorities related to media development and journalism: IWMF believes that promoting the work and advancing the role of women in the news media across the globe is critical to transparency and a diversity of voices.
Geographical priorities: Global
Type of funding: Programmatic
Funding opportunities: IWMF has a host of funds catering to specific needs and topics.
Please note that the foundation is currently not accepting new applications.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The Foundation supports programmes that encourage enlightened public debate based on reliable, accurate information
Key participants in the public debate often expose themselves to considerable risk and are therefore especially in need of support and protection. The Foundation awards grants to organisations that make it their mission to defend and assist those individuals.
Type of Funding: Programmatic
The Foundation's determines the size of the grant based on the needs, quality and specific nature of each project. The largest grant awarded by the Foundation to date is CHF 50,000.
Funding opportunities: Applications are reviewed throughout the year, with no specific deadline, and can be written in English or French. Applicants will generally hear back within six weeks after the request has been received.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: Facilitating independent cross-border investigative journalism by connecting donors and journalists in order to promote democracy in Europe.
Geographical priorities: Facilitating independent cross-border investigative journalism by connecting donors and journalists in order to promote democracy in Europe.
Type of funding: Programmatic and core grants
The JX Fund is supported by a broad alliance of media, civil society organisations, and an extensive donor pool.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The JX Fund cooperates closely with media in exile and develops projects in collaboration with experienced partner organisations in order to close gaps in the funding structure and to come up with dynamic responses to needs which arise.
Geographical priorities: Afghanistan, Belarus, Russia, and Ukraine, with plans to expand the programme to more countries in future.
Type of funding: The JX Fund pools financial resources and – through its various projects and partnerships – distributes these resources according to current need. In doing this, it utilises public grants, institutional funding, and private donations. Because of its diverse sources of funding, the JX Fund is able to design flexible and unbureaucratic procedures that efficiently support media in exile.
When journalists and media outlets are forced to leave their home countries due to political persecution or war, the JX Fund supports them in resuming their journalistic work from exile. The goal is to contribute to the emergence of a sustainable exile media landscape. To achieve this, the fund constantly assess the needs of journalists in exile, survey the available resources, and develop projects together with partners that respond to the current challenges and conditions.
Criteria: The JX Fund supports media outlets and journalists who meet the following criteria:
The outlet / journalist is unable to carry out their work in their home country due to political persecution or repression.
The outlet / journalist has published work in their country of origin or their current country of residence within the last six months.
The outlet / journalist has no connection to political parties or institutions.
The support provided would allow the outlet/journalist to resume their journalistic work.
Funding opportunities: The JX Fund awards grants of varying amounts to help media outlets in exile get back on their feet. The outlets are selected based on transparent criteria and the advice of an expert committee that meets on a regular basis.
The duration of the funding, maximum grant sums, and additional conditions vary with each funding round. Applicants can apply for and receive funding more than once. The decision to fund a project, as well as how much to award, is made by a rotating five-person international expert committee on the basis of transparent selection criteria.
Headquartered in Brussels, the King Baudouin Foundation (KBF) is a European foundation that is active in Belgium, Europe and internationally. The foundation has developed an extensive network across the world as a leading actor in cross-border philanthropy. This network, which is constantly developing, is an essential tool for philanthropists wishing to act for the common good, in their own country and/or abroad.
KBF's activities cover eight programmes that serve the public interest. Each of these programmes is divided into various sub-programmes combining various working methods in order to maximise impact on society.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The Social Engagement programme's sub-programme 'Strengthening the NGO Sector' provides structural support to associations to boost their impact, stimulate the digital transformation of the voluntary sector and make effective tools of governance available.
Under its International programme KBF supports philanthropists and donors (citizens, businesses and organisations) that wish to act in support of the public interest internationally on whichever continent(s) and in whichever field(s) of activity. In the countries of the Global South, they support local projects and actors of change who contribute to the development of their country.
Type of funding: Grants
Funding opportunities: Organisations and citizens working for the common good in numerous fields such as health, the fight against poverty, the environment and heritage, in Belgium as well as internationally, can access funding calls on the dedicated KBF Call for Proposals page. The Foundation’s support is generally financial, but may also be in the form of coaching, made-to-measure support and networking.
The King Baudouin Foundation can also provide logistical and practical support for fundraising in Belgium, Europe, and/or internationally (e.g. in the USA, Canada and Asia).
Priorities related to media development and journalism:
1. Sustainability and revenue development
Knight aims to drive the business sustainability of independent publishers. Investments focus on diversifying revenue streams, lowering operational costs, and catalysing repeatable models for producing and distributing news. The goal is to provide newsrooms with the independence needed to effectively serve their communities.
2. Strengthening talent and leadership
Success relies on the skills, expertise, and collaborative culture within newsrooms. Knight's efforts include attracting and retaining top talent, fostering an inclusive workforce, and promoting a culture of innovation and continuous learning. This involves comprehensive training and development opportunities to empower journalists and build a dynamic and resilient workforce.
3. Technology and product innovation
Knight supports technological innovation in local journalism, including artificial intelligence for quality journalism, visuals as essential storytelling elements, and leveraging data for compelling narratives. The foundation aims to identify key areas driving change and support programs where these technologies can shine.
4. First amendment and journalist safety
Safeguarding journalists is pivotal for upholding a free press. Knight's commitment extends to legal and physical threats, supporting organisations offering litigation aid, assistance with Freedom of Information Act requests, and ensuring a secure environment for journalists to pursue their vital work.
Knight Foundation values align closely with the core tenets of the First Amendment, dedicating efforts to explore innovative approaches that uphold press freedom and free speech.
Geographical priorities: The Knights formed Knight Foundation to promote excellence in journalism and the success of the communities in which they worked, in the words of Jim Knight.
U.S. domestic programs receive the bulk of the foundation’s funding. International funding has receded in recent years, although some foundation support to U.S. organisations has an international component.
Type of funding: Programmatic and core grants.
Funding opportunities: The foundation seeks innovative ideas that advance informed and engaged communities. To apply for funding, you need to submit a brief letter of inquiry.
Geographical priorities: Nationally and internationally, the foundation is committed to peace, freedom and justice through political education. The consolidation of democracy, the promotion of European integration, the intensification of transatlantic relations and development cooperation are their particular concerns.
As a think tank and consulting agency, the Konrad Adenauer Stiftung develops scientific foundations and up-to-date analyses for political action. The Academy of the Foundation in Berlin is the forum for dialogue on future-relevant issues between politics, business, church, society and science.
Type of funding: Awards, Prizes and Scholarships.
Funding opportunities: Applications for funding to be considered by the Foundation should be forwarded to KAS’s Kenya office no later than September of the year prior to that in which funding is requested.
The Lenfest Institute was founded in 2016 by the late cable television entrepreneur H.F. (Gerry) Lenfest. Lenfest gifted to the Institute an initial endowment of $20 million, which has since been supplemented by other donors, for investment in innovative news initiatives, new technology, and new models for sustainable journalism. Lenfest also gifted his ownership of The Philadelphia Inquirer to the Institute.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: Quality, in-depth reporting remains the fundamental value proposition between local news organisations and their audiences. The Lenfest Institute invests in indispensable, public-benefit journalism for the communities it serves. Key priorities include:
High-Impact Journalism;
News Technology & Innovation;
Diverse, Growing Audiences;
Geographical priorities: The Lenfest Institute is an innovator and a change agent developing scalable solutions across Philadelphia’s news ecosystem that apply nationwide. Starting at home, The Lenfest Institute is building viable, replicable models for sustainable local news enterprises across the US.
Type of funding: Grants
Funding opportunities: The Lenfest Institute supports both the digital transformation of heritage news organisations and entrepreneurial news innovators. Its venture-inspired investment strategy is hands-on, kindling experimentation and entrepreneurship in news enterprises large and small. Sign up for the Institute’s email newsletter to receive updates on grant calls.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The foundation supports a strong and free information ecosystem in the digital age by helping journalism and civil society organisations that are independent of vested interests.
Geographical priorities: Worldwide
Type of funding: Grants, Core grants, and Programmatic.
Funding opportunities: The foundation provides different types and sizes of funding and support, depending on what is needed. They proactively look for funding opportunities that are in line with their mission and do not accept unsolicited proposals. Limelight Foundation funds and supports journalism and civil society organisations that are committed to: ● the production of independent quality information; ● the development of supporting technologies; ● an enabling environment for pluriform and independent information in the public interest.
Luminate does this by funding and supporting non-profit and for-profit organisations and advocating for policies and actions that will help people participate in and shape the issues affecting their lives, and make those in power more transparent, responsive, and accountable.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: Luminate prioritises delivering impact in four connected areas that underpin strong societies: Civic Empowerment, Data & Digital Rights, Financial Transparency, and Independent Media. The organisation seeks to defend a vibrant, free press that uncovers the truth and holds power to account.
Geographical priorities: Based around the world, Luminate's partners range from pioneering entrepreneurs to courageous global campaigners.
Type of funding: Programmatic and grants
Funding opportunities: Luminate does not accept unsolicited applications. The Foundation identifies potential partners through its own research and diligence, plus its extensive global network.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The Foundation's Journalism & Media programme seeks to strengthen and sustain an independent media ecosystem that investigates the actions of institutions, explores the implications of policies, challenges social norms, amplifies diverse perspectives, and creates opportunities for public conversations and individual and collective action on urgent contemporary issues.
The Journalism and Media program invests in the creation, dissemination, and amplification of accurate, just, and inclusive news and narratives across three areas of media: Professional Non-profit Reporting, Nonfiction Multimedia Storytelling, and Participatory Civic Media, pursuing the following approaches:
Building strong, independent, and sustainable organisations and networks that exemplify leadership and innovation in a rapidly changing media ecosystem and comprise the media infrastructure required to meet the democratic ideals of a multiracial, multiethnic America.
Addressing barriers that limit the creation of, access to, or participation in media activities, including the legal, safety, digital security, and technological challenges facing organisations and individuals.
Promoting learning, leadership, innovation, and field-building opportunities that explore timely and emerging issues related to the production, dissemination, and engagement with journalism and media.
Geographical priorities: The MacArthur Foundation supports media and media development initiatives with a focus on several key areas:
Africa: The Foundation funds media and media development projects in countries such as Nigeria and South Africa. These projects often focus on strengthening journalism and improving media sustainability.
United States: The Foundation provides funding to various media organisations and initiatives within the U.S. that promote investigative journalism, media innovation, and media literacy.
Mexico: The Foundation supports media projects in Mexico aimed at enhancing press freedom and promoting independent journalism.
India: Funding includes projects that support investigative journalism and media development efforts.
Type of funding: Programmatic and grants
Funding opportunities: The Foundation awards the majority of its grants to organisations identified by their staff. Each year they also award grants to individuals through the MacArthur Fellows program, which does not accept applications or nominations. The Journalism and Media programme is not currently accepting unsolicited proposals but can be contacted to share new ideas and perspectives:
Priorities related to media development and journalism: MDF focuses on several key areas pertinent to media development and journalism:
Equitable access: Promoting internet accessibility and the necessary resources for communities to thrive online.
Power building: Supporting individuals and movements in combating harms caused or exacerbated by digital technologies.
Accountability: Holding tech companies and institutions responsible for oppressive practices in the digital society.
These priorities align with MDF's mission to foster a media and technology environment that serves all communities effectively.
Geographical Priorities: While MDF's initiatives have a global perspective, a significant portion of its support is directed toward organisations in the United States. In 2016, 85% of its funding was allocated to North America, with the remaining distributed across Africa, Asia, Europe, Eurasia, and Latin America.
Funding type: MDF provides both core and programmatic funding. As an intermediary funder, it offers targeted grants and contracts to advocacy organisations working at the intersection of digital equity, tech accountability, and power building. MDF identifies emerging needs and provides grants promptly, enabling organisations to respond swiftly to pressing issues.
Funding opportunities: Since its inception, MDF has invested over $50 million in various initiatives. The Fund does not accept unsolicited proposals and does not fund media directly but rather "funds policies that have major impact on digital media."
MDIF provides affordable debt and equity financing to independent news and information businesses in countries where access to free and independent media is under threat. The organisation's capital and technical assistance help independent companies to compete with media that represent the interests of governments and the powerful, enabling them to build robust businesses around the values of fact-based news, informed opinion and open debate. They invest in companies from early to growth-stage and operate investments through a fund structure.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: MDIF invests in independent media around the world providing the news, information and debate that people need to build free, thriving societies. The organisation works with businesses from early-stage ventures to established players seeking to expand audience or revenues, and with companies that lack access to investment capital.
Geographical priorities: Since its inception in 1996, MDIF has invested more than $240 million in 128 independent news businesses in 44 countries. MDIF only provides financing in countries that have been approved by their Board of Directors. On receiving an application from a news outlet in a country in which they have not worked, the Board will decide whether it is a country they can work in after analysing its media, legal and business environments. Global (Asia 40%, Europe 35%, Latin A 20%, Africa 5%)
Type of funding: Loans and equity for Business Development
Funding opportunities: The purpose of MDIF funding is mostly business development which ranges from financing the launch of new products to working capital.
Applying for financing is a detailed process - it is a major commitment for a news company and for MDIF. They select clients based on three broad criteria: mission impact in relation to investment; potential for long-term viability; and editorial integrity.
Meedan is a global technology not-for-profit that builds software and programmatic initiatives to strengthen journalism, digital literacy, and accessibility of information online and off.
The organisation develops open-source tools for creating and sharing context on digital media through annotation, verification, archival, and translation.
Themes: Journalism, digital literacy, and accessibility of information online and offline
Working with civil society, educators, media, and human rights workers, Meedan supports efforts to ensure that quality, credible information reaches all people, including the historically underserved.
Check Global
Meedan’s Check Global program supports independent journalism, media literacy, and human rights efforts by providing software, training, and networking opportunities to independent media organisations, journalism schools, and human rights activists in the Asia Pacific, Latin America, and the Caribbean, North Africa/Western Asia and Sub Saharan Africa regions.
Geographical priorities: North Africa Western Asia, Latin America, Sub-Saharan Africa and the Asia Pacific region
Type of funding: Programmatic
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The organisation's long-term vision is to ensure relevant and reliable news for every community across the U.S. by strengthening the financial sustainability of nonprofit news outlets that serve them. NewsMatch has four intersecting strategic priorities to achieve this goal:
Dramatically increase the number of people that support nonprofit journalism
Grow local and regional investments from large donors and philanthropic institutions
Develop and strengthen sustainable fundraising capabilities within newsrooms
Increase awareness and public support for nonprofit journalism.
Geographical Priorities: USA only
Type of Funding: Programmatic and Core
In 2021, NewsMatch will concentrate the distribution of dollar-for-dollar match funds amongst newsrooms that have operating expenses below $1 million in the prior calendar year (January 1 to December 31, 2020).
Geographical Scope: Global
Type of funding: Fellowships
Fellowships at Neiman Foundation: Each year, the Nieman Foundation awards paid fellowships to up to 24 journalists working in print, broadcast, digital and audiovisual media with at least five years of full-time media experience. Furthermore, Neiman fellows receive a stipend of $80,000 paid over a nine-month period to cover living costs.
Funding opportunities: The Nieman Visiting Fellowships at Harvard offer both long-term and short-term research opportunities to individuals interested in working on special projects designed to advance journalism. Since this initiative’s inception in 2012, the program has awarded 69 visiting fellowships. In response to the coronavirus pandemic and the movement for racial justice, the Nieman Foundation dedicated the 2021 fellowships to projects that advance racial justice and public health journalism in the U.S.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: North Base Media specializes in independently owned media or technologies that enable consumers to participate in their countries’ civic, cultural and economic life.
Geographical priorities: The capital firm supports digital startups focused on news, business information, sports and gaming, entertainment media, and other digital-driven opportunities in growth markets around the world.
Type of funding: Core funding
Through its grant-making, Oak Foundation supports others to make the world a safer, fairer, and more sustainable place to live. The Foundation seeks to support innovation, visionary leaders and organisations. committed to social justice.
Geographical priorities: With offices in Europe, India, and North America, the Foundation makes grants to organisations in approximately 40 countries worldwide.
Type of funding: Programmatic and Core grants.
Funding opportunities: Since Oak Foundation was founded in 1983, they have made over 4,650 grants to not-for-profits across the globe. Oak Foundation partner with organisations that work to advance the foundation’s overall mission and the strategic goals within programmes. Each programme has its own funding criteria, geographic scope, and requirements. The Foundation has an invitation-only application process. Therefore, if an organisation believes that strong alignment exists with Oak Foundation’s funding priorities, they encourage the organisation to submit an unsolicited letter of enquiry. Oak Foundation will invite the organisation to apply for a grant if they also find alignment with their funding priorities and if there is an available budget.
They occasionally develop or join initiatives in our areas of interest by issuing calls for proposals on their website or convening policymakers and practitioners to explore solutions to critical issues.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The Open Society Foundations recognise that independent journalism serves as a check on abuses of power and corruption, and fuels and informs public debates and critical thinking in societies.
Geographical priorities: Open Society Foundations support independent investigative reporting outlets as well as international networks of investigative journalists across the world.
Type of funding: Programmatic and Core
Funding opportunities: The vast majority of grants are awarded to organisations they approach directly. Other funding opportunities are available through Open Society’s network of national and regional foundations.
The Francophonie refers to men and women who share a common language: French. We estimate over 300 million French speakers across five continents. The Francophonie is also an institution, dedicated since 1970 to promoting the French language and political, educational, economic and cultural cooperation among the 88 member countries of the Organisation internationale de la Francophonie (OIF) [International Organisation of La Francophonie].
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The OIF implements multilateral francophone cooperation projects alongside the Assemblée parlementaire de la Francophonie [Parliamentary Assembly of the Francophonie] and four operating agencies: Agence universitaire de la Francophonie [Association of Francophone Universities], TV5MONDE, Association internationale des maires francophones [International Association of Francophone Mayors], and Université Senghor [Senghor University] in Alexandria.
The OIF’s mission mandates are:
To promote the French language and cultural and linguistic diversity;
To promote peace, democracy and human rights;
To support education, training, higher education and research;
To foster economic cooperation to bolster sustainable development
Geographical priorities: To support projects in francophone countries around the world is the main focus of this organisation.
Type of funding: The financing of projects and the provision of capital goods are among the main types of funding the organisation offer. The programs deployed by the OIF are, for the most part, similar to incubators for development projects, with the support of donors. Made possible by a solid multi-partner approach and by the ownership of member states and governments, they have significant impacts on the ground for the benefit of Francophone populations.
Funding opportunities: Public calls for projects, applications or initiatives are announced by the OIF one or more times a year, within the framework of funds or programs financed by the organisation's budget.
The Pan American Development Foundation (PADF) aims to create equal opportunities for all in Latin America and the Caribbean. Their goal is to strengthen the region by promoting health, peace, justice, inclusivity, resilience, and sustainability for both present and future generations.
Over the past 60 years, PADF has focused on supporting the most vulnerable communities and investing resources throughout the hemisphere. They collaborate with civil society, governments, and the private sector to advance the collective well-being of the region.
Themes: Democracy, Governance, and Human Rights (Access to Information and Citizen, Oversight, Advocacy for Accountability, Citizen Participation, Electoral Processes, and Journalism and Freedom of Expression)
Program focuses
Access to Information and Citizen Oversight
Advocacy for Accountability
Citizen Participation
Electoral Processes
Journalism and Freedom of Expression
Funding opportunities: PADF works with journalists, media organisations, and civil society organisations to facilitate the free flow of independent information to ensure an informed citizenry and to hold government accountable for its responsibilities.
Geographical Priorities: Latin America and the Caribbean
Type of funding: Programmatic
The Park Foundation is a U.S.-based family foundation dedicated to advancing a more just, equitable, and sustainable society and environment, both nationally and in its local Ithaca community. It is committed to challenging the powers that threaten an independent media, a robust democracy, and the future of our planet.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The Foundation supports public interest media that raises awareness of critical environmental, political, and social issues to promote a better-informed citizenry in the U.S. It supports quality, non-commercial media that is substantive, fair, and accurate.
Program priorities include:
Investigative Journalism: Supports excellence in reporting on nationally significant public affairs issues in the U.S., with evidence of groundbreaking content employing multi-platform media tools with the potential to achieve broad distribution and social impact.
Media Policy: Supports nationally significant initiatives that promote fair and open media systems and policies in the U.S., including projects that advance universal access to communications, a "neutral" Internet, diverse and independent ownership, public interest media, and the future of journalism.
Public Broadcasting: Supports nationally distributed and aired television and radio programming, with preference given to in-depth, investigative reporting projects that include diverse, public interest voices and perspectives.
Documentary Films: Provides a very limited number of small grants to individual documentary projects related to civil society and democracy, the environment, and animal welfare. Preference is given to projects with wide distribution and community engagement.
Geographical Priorities: While the Foundation's media funding is national in scope, it also supports local initiatives in Tompkins County, New York, under its "Sustainable Ithaca" and "Community Needs" programs.
Funding Opportunities: The Foundation accepts proposals for both project-specific and general operating support. The availability of general support funds depends on factors including an organisation's fit with program priorities.
Type of Funding Available
Grants: Offers grants for project-specific initiatives and general operating support. Grants are typically awarded for 12 or 24 months.
Program-Related Investments (PRIs): Provides PRIs such as loan guarantees, capital construction, lines of credit, bridge loans, and revolving loan funds to nonprofit organisations. These are structured to support organisations with the capacity to take on and repay loans.
Application Process
Submission: Applicants are encouraged to submit proposals and letters of inquiry through the Foundation's web portal.
Deadlines: Proposals and letters of inquiry are reviewed on a quarterly basis. Upcoming deadlines include:
July 8, 2025
September 19, 2025
January 7, 2026
Eligibility: Eligible organisations must be classified under section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Foundation does not make grants to individuals, for-profit entities, endowments, or for debt reduction.
Themes: The Patrick J. McGovern Foundation catalyses the transformative potential of technology to solve humanity’s greatest challenges. In partnership with leading social change organisations, innovators, and fellow philanthropies, their work has spanned the application of these technologies in digital health, climate change, information technology, neuroscience, educating future generations of technologists, and empowering vulnerable communities.
Geographical priorities: Global
Type of funding: Programmatic
Funding opportunities: The Patrick J. McGovern Foundation periodically issues public calls for proposals. Keep an eye on the foundation's website.
Geographical priorities: Worldwide; Porticus collaborates with partners around the globe to foster human dignity, social justice, and sustainability.
Type of funding: Grants, Core grants, Programmatic, Awards, and Scholarships.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The Pulitzer Center raises awareness of underreported global issues through direct support for quality journalism across all media platforms and a unique program of education and public outreach.
Geographical priorities: Global
Type of funding: Programmatic
Grant amounts for journalists depend on the project and range from $3,000 to $20,000. It also brings journalists to schools, colleges and universities around the United States to engage students with global issues. In 2015, it launched an online lesson builder that allows educators use Pulitzer Center journalism in original lessons.
Funding opportunities: The Pulitzer Center partners with individual journalists and news organisations to support in-depth, high-impact reporting on topics of global importance. The Center provides grants to cover the hard costs of reporting projects. Grants are open to all journalists: writers, photographers, radio producers, and filmmakers; staff journalists as well as freelancers.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: Reset wants to change the way the internet prioritises the spread of news and information so that Big Tech's business model serves the public good instead of purely corporate interests. They believe there is a need to restore the critical connection between media and democracy in order to sustain a polity that is more informed and less divided. They seek to neutralise the threats posed to democracy by digital media monopolies and re-establish the power of information technology as a force for effective self-government.
Type of funding: Funds and Fellowships
The foundation encourages the development of the investigative drive by offering teaching, workshops, and symposiums. It also promotes active engagement of the public as collaborators in the journalistic journey and experimentation with different formats and methods of delivery.
Geographical priorities: USA and global
Type of funding: Programmatic
Through grantmaking, convening, mission-aligned investing, and leadership, the RBF supports the people and organisations building lasting solutions to the challenges facing today’s increasingly interdependent world.
Priorities related to media development and journalism:
RBF has a number of geographical programmes with similar strategies and priorities:
Enhance transparency, accountability, and the rule of law for democratic governance.
Empower democratic culture and civic participation.
Promote transitional justice, reconciliation, and conflict transformation.
Advance sustainable development, including renewable energy and environmental health.
Geographical priorities: US and global, with special focus on Central America, Western Balkans, and China.
The Rockefeller Brothers Fund (RBF) has been engaged in grantmaking in the Western Balkans since 2001, following 20 years of experience supporting transition processes and EU accession in Central and Eastern Europe. RBF grantmaking in the Western Balkans has aimed to nurture healthy democratic processes, support regional initiatives to debunk persistent myths and prejudices, and encourage development of indigenous philanthropy and a vibrant civil society.
The Fund supports efforts of civil society groups, governmental institutions, and other partners to strengthen democratic practice, advance reconciliation and durable peace, enable sustainable development, and promote a European future for the region.
The persistent and growing impacts of corruption, impunity, and climate change in Central America undermine its citizens’ efforts to secure justice, peace, and sustainable futures. The Rockefeller Brothers Fund believes the region’s diverse cultural traditions and ecosystems, its proven resilience, and its young and creative population are a strong basis for constructing a future of peace and shared prosperity.
The Fund focuses on Guatemala, El Salvador, and Honduras, a subregion that shares an interdependent history and ecosystem and that will benefit by taking a regional approach to its most pressing issues and important international engagements.
The Rockefeller Brothers Fund established its China-focused grantmaking program in 2005 with an emphasis on southern China, one of the fastest growing and most dynamic regions of the world.
China’s rapid development has been accompanied by profound challenges including environmental degradation and growing disparities between rich and poor, urban and rural which, if not addressed, threaten the sustainability of development in the region, the country, and the world. The Chinese government and people have been responding vigorously to these complex challenges. The RBF’s grantmaking seeks to assist these efforts.
Type of funding: Programmatic
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The organisation commemorates one of the most important German journalists of the 20th century; through the foundation’s work, the concerns that motivated their namesake and thought leader Rudolf Augstein can continue to be addressed into the future.
They do this by encouraging critical and independent journalism, improving the starting and development opportunities of disadvantaged children and young people, and enabling artistic experiments.
Type of funding: Programmatic
Funding opportunities: The foundation does not use calls for application, encouraging unsolicited proposals. Funding opportunities are published on the philanthropic initiative Civitates.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: SPF views media and journalism as vital tools for peacebuilding and international collaboration. Its priorities in this area include:
Promoting freedom of expression and media independence: SPF funds initiatives that protect press freedom and foster independent journalism, especially in regions with limited access to reliable information.
Facilitating cross-cultural understanding: Through media and storytelling projects, SPF seeks to build bridges between different cultures, with a focus on fostering dialogue between Japan, Asia, and the Islamic world.
Addressing global challenges through media: SPF supports media projects that bring attention to critical issues such as climate change, ocean conservation, and social inequality, ensuring these topics are communicated effectively to diverse audiences.
Geographical priorities: SPF’s media-related initiatives align with its broader geographical focus areas:
Asia: Strengthening media capacity in developing Asian nations to address local and regional challenges.
Middle East and Islamic world: Enhancing understanding of Islamic cultures through media projects and facilitating dialogue between Islamic and non-Islamic communities.
Global: Supporting projects with global reach, particularly those related to climate change, maritime issues, and cross-border cooperation.
Funding type: SPF primarily provides programmatic funding, focused on supporting specific projects or initiatives that align with its thematic priorities. While the Foundation does not subsidize general operating expenses, its grants may indirectly bolster grantees by funding:
Capacity-building activities like training or workshops.
Project-specific costs such as content creation, research, or publication. This approach ensures that funding is directed toward achieving concrete objectives while strengthening the capacity of organisations to deliver impactful work.
Funding opportunities: SPF has transitioned from traditional grant submissions to an “idea submission” approach, where prospective grantees can propose innovative concepts that align with the Foundation’s goals. This shift underscores SPF’s openness to creative and impactful projects while maintaining its commitment to fostering international dialogue and addressing critical issues.
Key opportunities include:
Project grants: Open to organisations and individuals proposing initiatives in line with SPF’s objectives, including media-related projects fostering international dialogue or addressing social and environmental issues.
Collaborative opportunities: SPF actively partners with other institutions, media outlets, and non-profits to co-develop impactful projects.
Emerging focus areas: Recent priorities include advancing storytelling about the ocean and addressing cross-cultural misperceptions through journalism.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The Schmidt Family Foundation views journalism as an essential tool for societal change, particularly in addressing climate change and environmental challenges.
Key priorities include:
Supporting climate journalism: The Foundation funds initiatives that enhance reporting on climate solutions, technological innovations, and the environmental impact of policies and industries.
Investigative reporting: Grants are directed toward independent outlets and journalists investigating underreported issues such as corporate greenwashing, extractive industries, and human rights abuses.
Empowering non-profit media: The Foundation supports nonprofit journalism start-ups like Climate Central, Civil Eats, and the Food and Environment Reporting Network, which focus on climate, food systems, and social equity.
Documentary films: Funding is also provided for impactful environmental documentaries like Gasland and Virunga, which have influenced public narratives and policies.
The Foundation encourages cross-sector collaboration by connecting media grantees with other partners in renewable energy, agroecology, and nature-based solutions to foster nuanced and impactful storytelling.
Geographical priorities: While the Schmidt Family Foundation is headquartered in the United States, its journalism funding has both domestic and global reach. Key areas of focus include:
United States: Strengthening investigative reporting on environmental and social issues at the national and local levels.
Africa: Funding African-led journalism to address issues like extractive industries, energy, and agriculture. Grantees such as The Fourth Estate in Ghana and Africa Is a Country emphasise independent reporting and amplify local voices.
Global climate journalism: Supporting worldwide reporting on climate resilience and the impacts of climate change, often through partnerships with international organisations.
Funding type: The Foundation offers a mix of core support and programmatic funding to grantees:
Core support: Enables nonprofit journalism outlets to maintain operational independence and long-term viability.
Programmatic grants: Focused on specific projects, such as investigative series, data-driven reporting, and documentary film production.
Funding decisions are made by a centralized, cross-functional team within the Foundation, ensuring alignment with broader programmatic goals.
Funding opportunities: The Schmidt Family Foundation does not have an open call for proposals; instead, it identifies potential grantees through proactive research and collaboration. However, prospective partners can engage with the Foundation’s team through networking events or by demonstrating alignment with its focus areas.
Key grantees: Climate Central, Capital B, Civil Eats, The Fuller Project, and FERN are among its flagship partners.
Film projects: Filmmakers working on environmental and climate documentaries are encouraged to explore funding opportunities through the Foundation’s media initiatives.
Emerging focus areas: African-led journalism and collaborations between nonprofit media outlets are growing priorities for the Foundation.
The Foundation also supports capacity-building efforts, such as training sessions that connect journalists with climate experts, helping to produce more nuanced and impactful reporting.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The Schöpflin Foundation recognises that Media diversity is under threat. They believe it is a necessary addition to state-funded and commercial journalism because a free press is a prerequisite for an open society and a vibrant democracy.
Through its various charitable funding activities, the Schöpflin Foundation supports and promotes the building of a sense of critical awareness in children, young people and young adults; equally it supports and promotes strong democracy and its further development.
Geographical priorities: As well as supporting actual journalism projects and initiatives, they also want to support all those business activities that are vitally important for the further development of non-profit journalism in Lörrach in southern Germany and throughout Europe.
Type of funding: Programmatic and Grants
Funding opportunities: Grants are awarded through the Foundation's different funding programme, which can be found below:
The Sidney Hillman Foundation has sought to illuminate the great issues of the day—from the search for a basis for lasting peace, to the need for better housing, medical care, and employment security for all people, the promotion of civil liberties and the battle against discrimination based on race, nationality, or religion.
Deeply concerned with the responsibilities of a free press, the foundation launched the Hillman Prize program in 1950, and it continues today. The program aims to honour and foster investigative reporting and deep storytelling in service of the common good. Since 1950, the Hillman Prize program has honoured contributors to the daily, periodical, and labor press, as well as authors and broadcasters.
Geographical Priorities: United States and Canada
Type of funding: Awards
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The Trust prioritises freedom of expression and public interest media under its Open Societies program. It supports initiatives that promote independent journalism, counter disinformation, and ensure transparency in governance. Specific grants have been directed to organisations such as the Institute for War and Peace Reporting (IWPR), which builds media capacity in conflict zones, and other grantees working to foster investigative journalism and media innovation in challenging environments.
Geographical priorities: While the SRT is active globally, it has a particular focus on regions where democratic norms are under threat, specifically Central and Eastern Europe. This focus aligns with its commitment to addressing issues such as press freedom, civic participation, and corruption in areas where independent media is vital but under-resourced.
Funding type: The Sigrid Rausing Trust primarily provides programmatic funding for specific initiatives and projects. While it supports operational costs for activities like capacity building or investigative reporting, it does not typically subsidise general organisational expenses. Grants are structured to maximize impact on defined objectives, especially in fostering free expression and supporting independent media.
Funding opportunities: The Trust does not accept unsolicited applications. Instead, it identifies potential grantees through its networks and partnerships. Organisations working in public interest journalism, combating corruption, or advancing freedom of speech are often considered for funding. For example, its grantees include media outlets that expose human rights abuses or create platforms for marginalized voices in regions of political or social instability.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The bulk of Skoll’s support goes to entrepreneurs, and thus does not focus on the news media as a sector or on building institutions. However, the foundation gives some support to journalists with the express aim of improving the public’s understanding of entrepreneurship.
Funding opportunities: In 2020, the Skoll Foundation and the Skoll Fund awarded a total of $173 million in grants and disbursed $170 million in grant payments. Funding opportunities are published on the organisation's website. Information on how and when to apply can be found below:
Priorities related to media development and journalism:
Strengthening independent journalism and media organisations
Investing in technological innovations that improve media efficiency and effectiveness
Supporting media ventures that contribute to a sustainable and diverse media ecosystem
Geographical Focus Primarily focused on Europe, with an emphasis on initiatives that bolster the European media landscape.
Funding Opportunities Stichting Veronica offers funding through:
Direct investments in media companies and startups
Support for projects that align with their mission to innovate and strengthen media operations
Type of Funding Available
Equity investments in media ventures
Grants for projects with significant impact potential
Strategic partnerships and collaborations
Application Process Stichting Veronica does not have a publicly detailed application process. Interested parties are encouraged to reach out directly through their official website to inquire about potential funding opportunities and partnerships.
Stiftung Mercator wants:
Geographical priorities: Activities in Germany, Europe and worldwide; it has a particular affinity with the Ruhr area, the home of its founding family and of the foundation’s headquarters.
Type of funding: Programmatic and core grants.
Funding opportunities: Stiftung Mercator selects projects to fund that help to achieve the sociopolitical objectives set in their thematic clusters and fields of activity.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The UN Foundation recognises the importance of informed societies and the role of media in fostering transparency, accountability, and public engagement on critical global issues. While not a core funder of journalism, it supports initiatives that intersect with its broader goals, particularly in areas like:
Promoting accurate and ethical reporting on global health, climate, and development issues.
Strengthening the use of data and digital tools in journalism to combat misinformation and raise awareness about the UN’s agenda.
Advocating for media's role in advancing democracy, human rights, and public access to credible information.
The Foundation often collaborates with partners in the media and technology sectors to amplify its messaging and encourage innovation in journalism practices.
Geographical priorities: The UN Foundation’s funding and programmes are global in scope, reflecting the worldwide mandate of the United Nations. Its initiatives focus on both developed and developing countries, with particular emphasis on:
Low- and middle-income countries where the UN’s development goals are most urgently needed.
Regions experiencing conflict or humanitarian crises, where independent media and reliable information are critical.
Countries with significant challenges related to public health, climate change, or access to technology and digital tools.
Funding type: The UN Foundation’s funding is largely programmatic, supporting specific initiatives that align with its strategic goals and the priorities of the UN system. While it doesn’t typically provide unrestricted core funding, it works with grantees and partners to co-design programmes that advance shared objectives. Occasionally, the Foundation channels funds to other organisations through grants or partnerships, depending on the scope and focus of the project.
Funding opportunities: While the UN Foundation itself doesn’t run open funding calls specific to media development, there are several avenues for collaboration:
Project-based partnerships: Organisations working on media-related initiatives that align with the Foundation’s focus areas—such as public health communication, climate reporting, or combating misinformation—may find partnership opportunities through UN Foundation programmes.
Collaborative initiatives: The Foundation frequently works with NGOs, media organisations, and tech platforms on campaigns and projects that advance the SDGs. For example, it has partnered on campaigns to amplify credible climate and health reporting.
Thematic grants: Funding is sometimes available as part of broader UN-aligned initiatives, particularly for projects with measurable impacts in public awareness or behaviour change.
Organisations interested in potential collaboration are encouraged to monitor the Foundation’s website and stay connected through its newsletters and events. Building relationships through shared programmatic goals is often key to unlocking opportunities.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The Varenne Foundation encourages and promotes the profession of journalism in all media through the national Varenne Prizes, awarded annually to professional journalists in the print, radio and television media, and to press photographers, by juries made up of the great names in the profession.
Geographical priorities: France (open to foreign journalists in some specific cases)
Type of funding: Awards
Their mission is to create a more equitable and sustainable world by investing in women leaders who are taking on the world’s greatest challenges. They have directly invested in more than 20,000 changemakers across 184 countries and territories for the past 25 years. Serving as a “venture catalyst, ” Vital Voices identifies leaders "with a daring vision for change and partners with them to make that vision a reality."
Priorities related to media development and journalism: Vital Voices does not have a journalism or media development programme but has provided support for women working in media through their fellowships. Their programmes focus on empowering women leaders, social entrepreneurship, and providing crisis support to women exercising their freedom of expression.
They provide connections, increased capacity, a peer network, financial support, skills training, and increased visibility for their work, which ranges from gender-based violence and climate justice to economic inequities and political disempowerment, and more.
Geographical priorities: Vital Voices works in Africa, Asia, Eurasia, Latin America and the Caribbean and the Middle East and North Africa, focusing on the business, political and civil society sectors.
Type of Funding: Fellowships and mentoring. Emergency grants.
The Foundation’s scholarship, fellowship and leadership programs, coupled with Awards programs like the Walkley Young Australian Journalist of the Year, have supported early and mid-career journalists, lowered barriers to entry to the profession for a more diverse group of journalists, and helped ensure that the future of the industry is in good hands.
Type of funding: Grants, Fellowships and Scholarships
ZEIT-Stiftung, also known as the ZEIT-Stiftung Ebelin und Gerd Bucerius, is a prominent German private, non-profit foundation headquartered in Hamburg. Established in 1971, the foundation is dedicated to advancing education, culture, research, and politics and society initiatives. Its 'Bucerius Lab' examines the 'effects of digitization' in public discussions and at conferences.
With a commitment to fostering critical thinking, democratic values, and societal progress, ZEIT-Stiftung plays a pivotal role in supporting projects that promote informed public discourse and media excellence.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The foundation's goal is to stimulate public discourse surrounding contemporary matters and encourage thoughtful examination of contentious political and societal subjects. Through initiatives such as the 'Bucerius Summer School' and the 'Asian Forum,' the foundation facilitates networking opportunities for emerging leaders. Additionally, it invests in bolstering independent journalism in Eastern Europe.
Projects aimed at advancing digital innovation in journalism, fostering cross-border collaboration, and addressing emerging challenges in media freedom are also of significant interest.
With “Publix”, the foundation supports a project for quality journalism that is unique in Germany: a house for journalists, editorial teams and NGOs with office and event rooms, etc. is being built on 6,000 square meters in Berlin-Neukölln -Working spaces and studios in which – designed as a competence center – journalistic knowledge and resources are brought together. The aim of the project and the pooling of expertise in one place is to promote journalistic innovations, develop strategies against disinformation and strengthen a diverse, independent media landscape in Germany and Europe.
Free Media Awards
In many Eastern European countries, the media is under enormous pressure. Many journalists work under the most difficult conditions, some risk life and limb for free journalism and independent reporting. With the Free Media Awards, the ZEIT-Stiftung and the Norwegian Stiftelsen Fritt Ord want to encourage these journalists and media to continue their work despite threats and violent repression. The two foundations present the awards annually to outstanding journalists, editorial teams and media companies from Russia, Ukraine, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia and Armenia who tirelessly stand up for an independent press against all odds.
Geographical priorities: While ZEIT-Stiftung primarily focuses on supporting initiatives within Germany, it also extends its reach to projects with broader European and international dimensions. The foundation values cross-cultural exchange and collaboration, and therefore, it considers funding opportunities beyond national borders, particularly in regions where media freedom and quality journalism are under threat.
Types of funding: Grants, Fellowships and Scholarships
Funding opportunities: The ZEIT-Stiftung provides funding primarily for its own initiatives. The foundation also welcomes applications for funding provided that the proposed projects conform to its statutes and aims. The key criteria for approval are the innovative potential and sustainability of the project as well as collaborative efforts to create synergies - ideally across national boundaries, and the originality of the proposal. The foundation attaches great importance to the investment made by the applicant and to his endeavours to find other partners. No funding is granted to cover budgetary deficits.
These donors are often linked to (or part of) the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the given country.
Their job is to fund programmes that reflect or complement the national foreign policy and this funding is either channeled through diplomatic missions or disbursed through regional programmes.
There was a time when government agencies gave the bulk of their funding to organisations of the same nationality but this is no longer the case.
However, it is true to say that they are often more accessible for organisations from the same country due to existing networks and physical or professional proximities.
The AFD Group is France's main player in public development aid. As such, it funds development projects in 115 countries through loans, grants, guarantees and equity investments. AFD's funding is aimed at governments, local authorities, public and private companies, including banks, French NGOs and foundations.
AFD does not directly finance NGOs in developing countries: its funding is channeled through French NGO programs. Nor does it fund projects carried out by individuals.
Themes: Overall goal: ending hunger and poverty. Other focus areas: Climate, biodiversity, peace, education, urban planning, health, governance, including anti-corruption
With an eye to promoting more transparent, inclusive, and democratic societies, AFD supports the development of citizen participation, particularly through digital tools, as well as freedom of information by supporting public, private, and community media. They support "Civic Tech" digital technologies and multi-level on-and offline spaces where citizens can discuss issues with their governments, thus addressing their increasingly strident calls for greater inclusion.
As part of their mandate, they help operationalize this approach through the law, developing a financial facility or fund to finance operations specifically designed to strengthen human rights and democracy.
Geographical Priorities: AFD allocates grants to a limited number of countries: A minimum of two-thirds of grants are earmarked for priority poor countries.
List of priority poor countries: Benin, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Democratic Republic of Congo, Djibouti, Ethiopia, Gambia, Guinea, Haiti, Liberia, Madagascar, Mali, Mauritania, Niger, Senegal, Togo
AFD regularly issues themed calls for projects that are open to a range of applicants, from CSOs to private-sector organisations. Their aim is to finance projects that have a local impact in the countries in which AFD operates, in line with the key priorities set out in its Strategic Orientation Plan.
Amount of funding available: EUR 9 billion (2021)
Themes: Through DANIDA, the Danish Government concentrates its development assistance on four strategic priority areas: human rights and democracy, green growth, social progress, and stability and protection.
Geographical Priorities: DANIDA's partnerships are present in the following regions: Africa, Asia, Latin America, The Middle East and North Africa, and EU's Eastern Neighbours.
DANIDA’s overseas development assistance includes bilateral programs with specific media interventions managed by Danish embassies in DANIDA’s priority countries, which include Pakistan, Myanmar, Zimbabwe, Burkina Faso, and Niger. Other priority countries may also have been provided support in the media and freedom of expression categories through broader human rights and democratization programs.
The Danish-Arab Partnership Programme (DAPP)
The Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade (DFAT) is the Australian government agency that works with international partners and other countries to tackle global challenges and is responsible for the design and delivery of the Australian aid program.
Themes: Agriculture, Trade and Other Production Sectors, Economic Infrastructure and Services, Education, Governance, Health, Humanitarian, Multisector and General Support
Funding opportunities: The department has a variety of mechanisms for engaging with and supporting civil society– organisations, individuals and community groups– from high level strategic partnerships to small grants schemes managed in partner countries.
It is a partnership between the Australian Government and Australian Non-Government Organisations (NGOs). The ANCP provides funding – in the form of annual grants – to accredited Australian NGOs.
Base accredited NGOs receive a fixed annual grant amount ($150,000). NGOs with full accreditation receive a higher annual grant amount ($300,000) plus a proportion of the funding pool based on their respective Recognised Development Expenditure (RDE). This funding supports their projects in developing countries. The projects span a range of sectors, including education, health, water and sanitation, food security and economic development.
The DAP may provide funding to civil society groups to pursue small-scale development projects and provide humanitarian assistance in developing countries, in line with Australia's national interest and public diplomacy objectives.
There is no minimum amount that a single DAP project can receive but the maximum is $60,000 over the life of the project (dependent on the country). Activities can run up to a maximum of two years.
Applications for local in-country projects should be directed to, and are considered, at the respective Australian High Commission or Embassy.
Types of funding: Programmatic, Core grants
Amount of funding: $4.6 billion
The Dutch Ministry of Foreign Affairs is the channel through which the Dutch Government communicates with foreign governments and international organisations. It coordinates and carries out Dutch foreign policy. The Ministry has two halves: its headquarters in The Hague and its missions abroad (embassies, consulates, and permanent representations).
Themes: According to the Dutch Government website, "freedom of expression is an essential part of a properly functioning democracy and a free society. People in general, and journalists in particular, should be free to express themselves both online and offline. But in many parts of the world freedom of expression is under threat."
Nationally, the Dutch government makes an active contribution to independent journalism and thus to safeguarding freedom of expression with grants from the Journalism Promotion Fund. The Fund targets not only newspapers and magazines but also journalistic websites.
The Dutch government also supports the independent position of journalists and media organisations worldwide in a variety of ways, with a particular focus on:
Geographical Priorities: Dutch development cooperation concentrates mainly on regions near Europe: West Africa/the Sahel, the Horn of Africa, the Middle East and North Africa. Aid to these focus countries are earmarked to address the root causes of poverty, migration, terrorism and climate change.
Types of funding: Core grants
Funding opportunities:
The Journalism Promotion Fund (national)
The Journalism Promotion Fund promotes high-quality, diverse and independent journalism. The Fund may, for example, support newspapers or news magazines whose existence is under threat. It also supports journalistic websites and innovative projects relating to the press and journalism.
To prevent journalistic media from becoming dependent on government aid, support from the Fund is always temporary.
Human Rights Fund (international)
Themes:
strengthening global peace, security and governance
strengthening resilience and response to crisis
promoting global prosperity
tackling extreme poverty and helping the world’s most vulnerable
delivering value for money
Geographical Priorities: The FCDO works in countries across Africa, Asia and the Middle East, many of which are fragile or at risk from fragile neighbours. They also have regional programmes in Africa, Asia and the Caribbean, and development relationships with 3 aid dependent Overseas Territories – St Helena, the Pitcairn Islands and Montserrat. In addition to working directly in countries, FCDO also gives UK Aid through multi-country global programmes and core contributions to multilaterals.
Types of funding: Programmatic
Amount of funding: £15,174m (2019)
The majority of French government media development funds are managed by Canal France International, a subsidiary of the France Médias Monde group.
Themes:
CFI teams work annually on some 30 projects, falling within three wider programmes:
Media and governance: tackling democratic governance issues, notably by strengthening the rule of law, media plurality, the ethical conduct of public debates and the search for pluralistic and high-quality information.
Media and Development: helping media organisations to take ownership of development issues (education, health, gender) by strengthening the relationship of trust between journalists and civil society.
Media and Enterprise: addressing the economic issues that have an impact on the activities of media organisations as businesses. The programme contributes to the consolidation of business models and training, particularly for young talents, with the aim of enabling financial autonomy and thereby encouraging editorial independence.
Geographical Priorities: Developing countries in Africa and Asia
Types of funding: Programmatic
Funding opportunities:
The German Federal Ministry for Economic Cooperation and Development (Bundesministerium für wirtschaftlich Zusammenarbeit und Entwicklung—BMZ) is the cabinet-level ministry of the German government that works to encourage economic development within Germany and in other countries through international cooperation and partnerships.
Themes: Financial sustainability of the media sector, legal frameworks for the media sector, managing the digital transformation and using digital innovation to strengthen freedom of expression; integrating marginalized groups.
Core areas: peacebuilding; food security; training and sustainable growth; climate and energy; the environment and natural resources. We will also be increasing our efforts in the health sector.
Initiative areas include: population development and family planning; sustainable supply chains; digital technology. Another important area is human and animal health. We will be in- creasing our focus on this by setting up a dedicated Global Health/One Health unit.
Types of funding: Programmatic, Core Grants
Funding opportunities:
Amount of funding: €19,200,000 (2016)
Development workers advise partner organisations in Africa, Asia, Central Asia, Latin America and the Middle East on achieving their development objectives independently in a participatory manner. Currently about 850 experts are assigned as development workers on behalf of GIZ.
GIZ provides tailor-made, cost-efficient and effective services for sustainable development. They work to shape a future worth living around the world.
Funding opportunities: GIZ administers funds within the context of the projects it implements on behalf of its commissioning parties. It also advises partner institutions on establishing and implementing funds.
Themes: Rural development, sustainable infrastructure, security, reconstruction and peace; social development and democracy; economic development and employment; climate, environment, management of natural resources.
Types of funding: Programmatic and grants
Amount of funding: N/A
Themes: Access to Information, technology and innovation for human rights protection, civic education in media literacy; training, capacity building of independent media and protection of journalists
Types of funding: Programmatic
Amount of funding: $3 million (Funding for International Media Development Projects in 2016)
The Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA) coordinates the Japanese government’s official development assistance (ODA).
JICA extends assistance for a range of measures to strengthen the foundations for democratic rule in developing countries. The assistance covers such measures as improving the capacity of election management committees in order to ensure fair elections, strengthening the functions of parliament, and reinforcing the capacity of the media, which functions as a monitor of the use of power and influence.
Funding opportunities: JICA’s media development funding falls within its "Democratic Governance" program.
Themes: The agency has supported media development by providing technical assistance to improve bills and regulations governing media activity; supporting the reorganization of state media into public broadcasting institutions; fostering a journalistic culture by providing training on election reporting, investigative reporting, and a Code of Ethics for journalists; and providing equipment to improve the quality of program production.
According to the Centre for Media Assistance (CIMA) profile on JICA, the agency has three primary goals in its media support. They include:
Emphasizing the establishment of a model of a ‘trustworthy’ media outlet.
Addressing public broadcasters in their efforts to be independent from the influence of the state and markets in order to disseminate unbiased information to all citizens.
Enhancing the capacity of the media as a whole, rather than simply focusing on particular programs.
Types of funding: Programmatic - grants and loans
Amount of funding: $4.02 million (Media Support in 2015)
Funding opportunities: Norad grants funding to organisations within civil society, research, higher education and private sector development that work with partners in poor countries. Call for proposals are posted on the company's website.
Themes: Climate and environment, education, energy, global health
Types of funding: Core grants
Amount of funding: 37,8 billion NOK (2019)
Themes: In 2022 Sida continued to focus a large part of the funds on long-term support to what can be called the building blocks of democracy, i.e. a vibrant civil society, free and fair elections, freedom of expression, independent media and respect for human rights.
Types of funding: Programmatic and core grants. Local CSO's receive support through Sida's thematic and geographical units or through Swedish embassies. Either in direct cooperation with Sida or through Swedish, international or multilateral organisations.
Sida has bilateral development cooperation with some 35 countries in Africa, Asia, Latin America and Europe. In terms of regional distribution, most funds are allocated to Sub-Saharan Africa (30 percent of total allocation 2022), followed by Asia & Middle East/North Africa (21 percent) and Eastern Europe, Western Balkans and Turkey (15 percent). Support to global programmes, for example through the UN or international NGOs, constitutes 27 percent of the total disbursement.
Funding opportunities:
Sida's support to civil society is often channelled through their Swedish strategic partner organisations. Sida's selection of partners follows an established process. What initiative or programme Sida can support, and during what period, is determined by strategies decided by the Swedish government.
Funding opportunities: SDC makes multi-year contributions to support the programs of 15-20 large Swiss civil society organizations active in the developing world. Programme grants are negotiated by each Swiss NGO directly with SDC. Mandates are open to public competition, sometimes including eligibility by non-Swiss organizations and individuals.
The SDC supports training courses for media professionals, for example, and encourages fair and balanced reporting that is properly researched. It also supports efforts to create a legislative framework to protect media freedom and raise public awareness on dealing with the media.
Themes: Good governance, fragility, conflict and human rights; climate change and environment.
Democratisation is a key concern for the SDC, which aims to promote community involvement and responsible government action. By enabling different population groups to have an equal say in political life and determine issues that affect their daily lives, diverse interests can be represented, supporting broad-based decision-making. This lends greater legitimacy to political processes and creates a climate of shared responsibility for implementation. Other key democratic principles include power-sharing, checks on power, accountability, the rule of law and equality before the law.
Free media ensure that the public have access to independent sources of information. Free media can scrutinise the actions of the government and provide impartial platforms for public debate. Switzerland supports training courses for media professionals, for example, and encourages fair and balanced reporting that is properly researched. It also supports efforts to create a legislative framework to protect media freedom and raise public awareness on dealing with the media. The activities of the SDC are increasingly focused on social media channels, given the enormous influence that these now exert.
The SDC aims to strengthen different aspects of a healthy media sector in order to promote the media’s multiple roles in fostering inclusive, just and peaceful societies. This ultimate vision encompasses the following overarching goals:
to provide access to information for building informed public opinion – providing a truthful, comprehensive and intelligent account of events in a context that gives them meaning;
to ensure freedom of expression for citizens’ voices and participation – giving voice to different groups within society, projecting the opinions and attitudes of groups to one another, and facilitating civic engagement among all sectors of society;
to offer public space for open and non-violent debate;
to provide mechanisms for controlling public and private powers – increasing transparency among public and private powerholders and holding them to account for their actions.
Types of funding: Programmatic and core grants
Amount of funding: Grants are typically one to several million Swiss francs (CHF) per year.
Themes: USAID provides technical leadership and assistance on civil society and media issues. USAID promotes innovations in the civil society, labour, youth and media arenas (including the use of new technologies) as a means for addressing development challenges. USAID's funding themes are broad and align with its mission to support sustainable development. Key themes include:
Civic Space: As civil society globally has experienced increased restrictions in civic and political space, USAID has collected analysis from our posts around the world and developed a three-pronged strategy of Prevention -- Adaptation – Continued Support.
Media: USAID supports programs in more than 30 countries to strengthen journalistic professionalism, establish media management skills, and promote free and independent media.
Youth Civic Education, Engagement, and Leadership: USAID’s civil society- and media-focused youth activities aim to help the next generation of civil society leaders, students and activists build more inclusive, stable, prosperous and democratic societies.
Humanitarian Assistance: Providing relief in response to crises such as natural disasters, conflicts, and pandemics.
Greater Internet Freedom (GIF): The GIF Program, a four-year USAID-funded initiative, run by Internews with a budget surpassing $22 million, stands as the largest global effort dedicated to advancing Internet freedom. Since its launch in 2020, the project has been a catalyst for change, nurturing digital security and digital rights in some of the most disconnected regions. Through its dual objective of enhancing digital security for civil society and media and increasing citizen engagement in Internet government, GIF considers and supports a diverse range of elements that impact Internet freedoms.
Geographical Priorities: USAID's programs have a global reach, with missions operating in more than 100 countries across Africa, Asia, Europe and Eurasia, Latin America and the Caribbean, and the Middle East. While the agency's work spans the globe, specific focus areas include conflict-affected regions, transitioning democracies, and countries experiencing humanitarian crises.
Types of funding: USAID primarily administers its funding through grants, cooperative agreements and contracts. These mechanisms involve substantial involvement by USAID in the implementation of projects, ensuring alignment with strategic priorities and accountability for outcomes. Cooperative agreements often allow for more collaborative relationships between USAID and implementing partners, while contracts are more prescriptive and deliverable focused.
Funding Opportunities
Most funding is allocated through Acquisition and Assistance (A&A) mechanisms.
To solicit support for its programs, USAID typically uses a Request for Proposals (RFP) for contracts and a Notice of Funding Opportunities (NOFO) for cooperative agreements and grants.
Other opportunities for media-related funding from USAID can arise through multiple channels:
Country Development Cooperation Strategy (CDCS): Each USAID mission develops a five-year strategy that outlines its priorities and planned programs. These strategies provide a roadmap for where media programming may be prioritized. The current strategies are expected to expire in 2025, with new strategies currently under development—this is a key period for influencing future priorities.
Pre-Competed Mechanisms: Initiatives like the CSM-STAND (Civil Society and Media – Strengthened Together and Advancing in New Directions) provide entry points for media assistance, including in countries such as South Sudan, Nepal, and Mongolia.
Office of Transition Initiatives (OTI): USAID's OTI provides funding in countries undergoing political transitions, where media support is often critical for ensuring transparency and democratic processes.
Sectoral Entry Points: Media assistance may also be integrated into broader sectoral programs, such as health, education, or economic development initiatives.
You can learn more about how to write a USAID proposal in these two blogposts:
The Bureau of Democracy, Human Rights and Labor Affairs (DRL) is a bureau within the United States Department of State. DRL's responsibilities include promoting democracy around the world, formulating U.S. human rights policies, and coordinating policy in human rights-related labour issues.
Themes: A central goal of U.S. foreign policy is the promotion of respect for human rights, as embodied in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.
DRL assists independent media outlets and journalists in some of the most sensitive environments around the world to build their own capacity and develop high-impact, in-depth news reports covering governance and human rights topics. DRL programs support media in collaborating across borders while utilizing skills and technology to reveal grand-corruption among public officials and undemocratic practices that decrease the quality of governance in the region. They also provide security trainings that help journalists proactively address and minimize the risks from their work. Combined with DRL’s work to protect freedom of association in these environments, these programs aim to create better informed citizens that are able to organize and assemble freely to hold their governments accountable.
The Department of State works with democratic partners, international and regional organizations, nongovernmental organizations, and engaged citizens to support those seeking freedom.
Geographical Priorities: Global
Types of funding: Programmatic and core grants
There are a number of donors that do not fall into any of the above categories but that are long-standing supporters of media development work.
All have a reputation for being approachable, flexible and keeping the administrative burden to a minimum.
The European Endowment for Democracy (EED) is an independent, grant-making organization, established in 2013 by the European Union (EU) and EU member states to foster democracy in the European Neighborhood and beyond.
Funding opportunities: Support to media initiatives remains an important priority for EED. Over the past year, EED has continued to enable the development and maintenance of independent media as a key contribution to facilitate a transition to democracy in the countries in the EU neighborhood. EED grant-making is almost entirely demand-driven, and takes place in an open-ended application and funding cycle. EED prioritizes activities that would be difficult to fund through other channels.
Geographical Priorities: EED works predominantly in the European Neighbourhood (Eastern Partnership, Middle East and North Africa), the Western Balkans and Turkey. The countries eligible for support in the eastern neighbourhood are: Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Moldova, and Ukraine. The countries in the southern neighbourhood are: Algeria, Egypt, Jordan, Libya, Lebanon, Morocco, Palestine, Syria, and Tunisia.
Types of funding: Programmatic and Core grants
Amount of funding: $4 million
The National Democratic Institute is a nonprofit, nonpartisan organization working to support and strengthen democratic institutions worldwide through citizen participation, openness and accountability in government.
Themes:
Democracy & Good Governance
Indigenous Communities
Women & Gender
Geographical Priorities: The Institute has worked in more than 156 countries, and currently has more than 50 field offices working to strengthen and support democracy around the globe.
Types of funding: N/A
Amount of funding: N/A
This page is regularly updated with crisis and emergency resources available to media and journalists.
It is an informal forum for sharing information on journalists in distress and developing joint initiatives for emergency response. It was formed in 2006 to allow international organisations with freedom of expression mandates to more easily discuss specific cases, coordinate joint efforts, and avoid duplication.
Please note that as of June 23, 2023, ICORN has not been accepting new applications. For updates, please check the ICORN website.
More than 70 cities have joined ICORN to promote freedom of expression and human rights, and host writers, artists, and journalists at risk.
You can find the list of cities providing refuge here.
The ICORN Secretariat receives, assesses, and approves applications from writers, artists, and journalists. When an applicant has been approved for an ICORN residency, ICORN tries to match the writer/artist/journalist with an ICORN City of Refuge as suitably as possible. This depends on the urgency of the case, the capacity of the city, and other factors such as cultural profile.
ICORN then presents a list of potential residents to the city which makes the final decision and issues an invitation.
the victims of violence connected with their reporting to obtain appropriate medical care
wrongfully prosecuted journalists to pay their legal fees
threatened journalists to find a safe refuge journalists to resolve their most urgent needs if they decide to flee abroad because of threats and persecution
families of journalists to cope with the consequences of the reprisals to which their loved-ones have been exposed.
by facilitating training for their employees or members
by supporting campaigns and lobbying for freedom of information and for the protection of information providers.
The processing of applications for support and capacity-building requires more examination and preparation, and is therefore not as fast as the processing of applications by media outlets and NGOs that have been the victims of attacks or vandalism.
Requests by individuals, NGOs or media outlets for assistance should be sent to:
Reporters Without Borders
Assistance Desk
CS 90247
75083 Paris Cedex 02
France
assistance(a)rsf.org (+33 1 4483 6056): for NGO and media outlet requests for assistance
assistance2(a)rsf.org (+33 1 4483 8466): for individual requests for assistance
"Newsrooms have also offered to provide working space, use of technology and editorial resources to displaced journalists. In some cases, the newsrooms would be able to host multiple journalists, allowing small teams to stay together. The situation remains uncertain and it is not clear how many journalists will be forced to flee and where they will move to, but IPI is coordinating the offers of support to ensure it can be given when needed."
International organisations such as the OSCE and the World Bank are known to give small amounts of funding for needs assessments, training workshops and projects focusing on legal or regulatory frameworks.
These sometimes come as a result of direct approaches and sometimes through calls for proposals.
The CoE advocates freedom of expression and of the media, freedom of assembly, equality, and the protection of minorities. It has launched campaigns on issues such as child protection, online hate speech, and the rights of the Roma, Europe's largest minority. The CoE helps member states fight corruption and terrorism and undertake necessary judicial reforms. Its group of constitutional experts, known as the Venice Commission, offers legal advice to countries throughout the world.
Themes: Human rights, democracy and rule of law
The aim of the Council of Europe Cooperation Programme is to foster an enabling environment for freedom of expression in the Council of Europe Member States and more recently in the Southern Mediterranean Region, taking into account the challenges of a changing media environment. The CoE does this by providing human rights expertise and assistance to media and new-media actors, as well as guidance to governments and regulatory authorities in target countries.
Over the past decade, the CoE has implemented 20 projects in member states and partner countries promoting media freedom, including independence and efficiency of public service media.
Types of funding: Grants
Amount of funding: N/A
The Commission helps shape the EU's overall strategy, proposes new EU laws and policies, monitors their implementation and manages the EU budget. It also plays a significant role in supporting international development and delivering aid.
Geographical priorities: EU countries and the Eastern and Southern neighbourhoods
The Commission offers funding through several directorates, including:
The countries covered by DG NEAR are Algeria, Morocco, Egypt, Israel, Jordan, Lebanon, Libya, Palestine, Syria, Tunisia in the South; and Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Moldova, Ukraine in the East.
By implementing assistance actions in Europe's eastern and southern neighbourhood, DG NEAR aims to support reform and democratic consolidation, and strengthen the prosperity, stability and security around Europe.
The European Commission makes direct financial contributions in the form of grants in support of projects or organisations which further the interests of the EU or contribute to the implementation of an EU programme or policy. Interested parties can apply by responding to calls for proposals.
The main objectives of the programme are to
safeguard, develop and promote European cultural and linguistic diversity and heritage
increase the competitiveness and economic potential of the cultural and creative sectors, in particular the audiovisual sector
The programme is divided into three strands, of which the third, the CROSS-SECTORAL, aims at reinforcing collaboration between different cultural and creative sectors, in order to help them address the common challenges they face and find innovative new solutions.
Creative Europe offers funding to the news media sector in order to promote media literacy, pluralism and media freedom, as well as activities to help the sector adjust to the structural and technological changes it faces.
promote sector-wide, cross-border collaboration among news media professionals in Europe
stimulate sharing of best practices for collaborative business transformation
encourage journalistic collaboration by developing standards, new business models, training programmes, funding schemes and other activities that aim to uphold quality journalism.
The support targets the wider European news media sector, including small media.
The Commission also offers funding through multiple funding instruments such as the:
European Instrument for Democracy and Human Rights (EIDHR)
The European Instrument for Democracy and Human Rights (EIDHR) aimed at providing support for the promotion of democracy and human rights in non-EU countries.
The Instrument for Stability and Peace
The Instrument contributing to Stability and Peace (IcSP) was the EU's financial instrument to respond quickly and flexibly to conflicts and crisis. IcSP had provided funding for short and mid-term actions on conflict prevention, crisis response and peacebuilding around the world, and longer term-assistance to projects linked to global and trans-regional threats.
Types of funding: Programmatic and core grants
Smaller organisations often say that they find the volume of paperwork required for some EU bids unmanageable
Others are discouraged by the perception that these funding programmes are something of a lottery.
Very little coherent feedback is given for unsuccessful applications.
Funding opportunities: Find open and upcoming calls for funding proposals, get background information on funding processes and programmes, and apply online. Learn about the tendering process and opportunities for doing business with the European Commission.
It monitors media freedom, promotes democratic values, and conducts field operations dedicated to fostering stability, human rights, and cooperation among its member states.
Priorities related to media development and journalism:
The OSCE recognizes the pivotal role of free and independent media in democratic societies. The OSCE actively monitors and addresses violations of free expression, emphasizing media development through various initiatives.
Key Initiatives
Monitoring and Accountability:
Observing media developments for violations of free expression.
Holding accountable those responsible for murders, attacks, and harassment of journalists.
Advocating for the prosecution of journalists and media members for professional activities.
Reviewing legislation affecting free expression and media regulation.
Media Development:
Conducting training and providing support for editors and journalists.
Facilitating national reforms in broadcasting.
Offering technical expertise for transitions from analogue to digital broadcasting.
Advising media outlets on best practices.
Role of the Representative on Freedom of the Media:
Operating as an independent OSCE Institution with a unique mandate.
Observing media developments for early warning purposes.
Assisting participating States in fulfilling commitments to freedom of expression and free media.
Field Operations' Activities:
Monitoring the work of media regulators.
Assessing the improvement and implementation of media legislation.
Providing technical expertise to national authorities.
Fostering transparency, credibility, and independence of media.
Organizing training for various stakeholders.
Documenting cases of media rights violations.
Holding public discussions.
Supporting independent media outlets.
Focus Areas:
Emphasizing safety of journalists.
Advocating for media self-regulation.
Promoting access to information.
Encouraging professional reporting on the internet.
Addressing freedom of expression and new media technologies.
Promoting Best Practices
The OSCE fosters the sharing of best practices across its region to strengthen freedom of the media in alignment with international standards and OSCE principles and commitments. By actively engaging in monitoring, development initiatives, and advocacy, the OSCE remains committed to safeguarding and advancing media freedom.
Geographical priorities: Most of the OSCE’s staff and resources are deployed in the OSCE’s field operations in South-Eastern Europe, Eastern Europe and Central Asia. These operations have tailor-made mandates, which are agreed by consensus of the participating States.
Funding opportunities: Grants are to nonprofit civil society organizations in many of the countries where OSCE is active. Grant making is administered through OSCE’s country offices. Grant seekers should consult national newspapers and OSCE’s websites in these countries to find calls for proposals.
The process for applying for funding may vary depending on the specific program or project you are interested in. Generally, the OSCE provides funding for various projects related to security, stability, and cooperation among its member states.
Type of funding: Programmatic
With 189 member countries, staff from more than 170 countries, and offices in over 130 locations, the World Bank Group is a global partnership: five institutions working for sustainable solutions that reduce poverty and build shared prosperity in developing countries.
Funding opportunities: The World Bank Group issue a Request for Proposals (RFP) inviting colleagues to apply for funding. Applicants should submit an application after they have considered the above requirements and assessed whether their proposal is suitable for support under the call.
Themes: Climate Change, Fragility, Conflict & Violence, Gender; Infrastructure, PPPs & Guarantees; and Knowledge Management.
The Bank's Strategic Impact Evaluation Fund (SIEF) works directly with journalists in low-income countries to improve understanding of development issues and the importance of impact evaluation in identifying what works.
Types of funding: Grants & loans
Amount of funding: N/A
Why It’s Useful for Media Organisations: Crowdfunder is particularly beneficial for media outlets focused on public-interest journalism, local news, and investigative reporting. The platform’s community emphasis and potential access to match funding can help media organisations amplify their fundraising efforts.
Key Features:
Flexible and All-or-Nothing Funding – Choose between keeping all funds raised or only receiving funds if the goal is met.
Match Funding Opportunities – Some projects may receive additional funds from partnered grant organisations.
Community-Driven Approach – Designed to support projects with strong local or niche audience engagement.
Rewards-Based Crowdfunding – Offer perks such as exclusive content, event access, or merchandise to backers.
Considerations:
Primarily serves UK-based projects, limiting accessibility for global media organisations.
Platform and transaction fees apply, typically around 5% plus payment processing fees.
Success depends on strong community engagement and promotional efforts.
Ideal For: Local news organisations, independent journalists, and community-driven media projects seeking crowdfunding support, particularly in the UK.
Why It’s Useful for Media Organisations: Facebook Fundraisers are particularly effective for media organisations with a strong social media presence. The built-in audience and easy sharing features make it a powerful tool for engaging supporters and raising funds for independent journalism, investigative reporting, and media sustainability.
Key Features:
Seamless Integration – Donations happen directly on Facebook, reducing friction for supporters.
Social Sharing – Supporters can easily share fundraisers with their networks to increase visibility.
Recurring Donations – Supporters can choose to make one-time or monthly contributions.
No Fees for Non-profits – Registered non-profits receive 100% of donations (standard payment processing fees apply for personal fundraisers).
Considerations:
Personal fundraisers (for individuals) incur standard transaction fees.
Primarily suited for organizations with an active Facebook following.
Limited customisation compared to platforms like Patreon or Kickstarter.
Ideal For: Non-profit media organisations, independent journalists, and investigative projects looking to leverage social media for fundraising campaigns.
Why It’s Useful for Media Organisations: Kickstarter is ideal for media projects with a clear scope and funding goal. The all-or-nothing model encourages backers to contribute by creating urgency, while the platform’s built-in audience can help projects gain visibility.
Key Features:
All-or-Nothing Model – Campaigns must reach their goal to receive funding, reducing risk for backers.
Built-In Community – Access Kickstarter’s large user base, increasing potential backer engagement.
Reward-Based Funding – Offer exclusive content, early access, or branded merchandise as incentives.
Multimedia Campaign Pages – Use videos, images, and updates to showcase your project’s impact.
Considerations:
Kickstarter charges a 5% platform fee, plus payment processing fees (around 3%–5%).
Only one-time project funding—does not support ongoing contributions like Patreon or Ko-fi.
Ideal For: Journalists, documentary filmmakers, and media organisations looking to fund investigative projects, special reports, or new media ventures through a time-limited campaign.
Why It’s Useful for Media Organisations: Ko-fi provides a straightforward way for journalists, writers, and independent media organisations to receive contributions without the pressure of hitting a campaign target. Supporters can make one-time or recurring payments, making it ideal for sustaining independent reporting efforts.
Key Features:
No Platform Fees – Ko-fi does not take a percentage of donations (only payment processor fees apply).
One-Time and Recurring Support – Accept both one-off contributions and monthly memberships.
Shop Functionality – Sell exclusive content, merchandise, or services directly to supporters.
Customizable Pages – Personalize your page to reflect your brand and mission.
Considerations:
While donations are fee-free, Ko-fi takes a small percentage from sales and memberships unless you upgrade to Ko-fi Gold.
Lacks the community-driven visibility of platforms like Kickstarter, meaning promotion is crucial.
Ideal For: Freelance journalists, independent media creators, and investigative reporters looking for a low-cost, flexible way to fund their work directly through audience contributions.
Why It’s Useful for Media Organisations: Indiegogo is particularly beneficial for independent media and journalism projects that need adaptable fundraising options. The platform enables campaigners to build direct relationships with their supporters through regular updates, perks, and engagement features.
Key Features:
Flexible or Fixed Funding – Choose between receiving all funds raised or only collecting donations if the goal is met.
Global Reach – Open to creators worldwide, supporting multiple currencies.
Engagement Tools – Use perks, updates, and analytics to connect with backers.
InDemand Option – Continue raising funds even after the initial campaign ends.
Considerations:
Indiegogo charges platform and payment processing fees (usually around 8% in total).
Success depends on strong promotion, as projects are largely self-driven.
Ideal For: Media startups, investigative journalism projects, and independent news outlets looking for a crowdfunding platform with flexible funding options.
Why It’s Useful for Media Organisations: Patreon is particularly effective for media outlets and journalists who produce regular content and want to build a dedicated community of supporters. The platform's tiered membership structure allows for predictable funding, making it easier to plan long-term projects.
Key Features:
Recurring Revenue Model – Secure ongoing financial support through monthly or per-creation payments.
Membership Tiers – Offer exclusive content, Q&A sessions, early access, or other rewards based on contribution levels.
Community Engagement Tools – Communicate directly with patrons through posts, messages, and special events.
Custom Branding – Personalise your page to reflect your media brand and mission.
Considerations:
Patreon charges platform fees (5%–12% of earnings, depending on the plan) plus payment processing fees.
Success relies on consistent content creation and active audience engagement.
Ideal For: Independent journalists, investigative reporters, podcasters, and small media outlets looking for sustained audience funding and community-driven support.
In this section of the GFMD MediaDev Fundraising Guide you will find tools and resources about emergency funding.
CJFE's Journalists in Distress program provides humanitarian assistance to journalists around the world whose lives and well-being are threatened because of their work. Since its creation in 1999, the program has disbursed over $300,000 and supported dozens of journalists in need.
The programme covers expenses for:
Legal fees when journalists are detained.
Medical expenses when journalists are caught in the line of fire or traumatized by their coverage.
Transportation costs to flee a dangerous situation.
Financial support for the families of journalists who have been killed or imprisoned.
Resettlement costs within first year of arriving in a final safe country.
The fund was renamed in honour of Gene Roberts, the veteran U.S. journalist and former chairman of the CPJ board who was instrumental in the creation of the Journalist Assistance program.
The program also raises funds for journalists from outside sources and collaborates with other freedom of expression organizations.
The IEF provides up to €10,000 and can be used to cover costs which will directly reduce the risk or impact of a digital attack. The funding covers activities for a maximum of four months, and the fund aims to respond to requests within two weeks.
The fund covers, amongst other things:
Replacement of hardware or software
Purchase of more secure hard- and/or software and costs related to installation of the new systems.
Technical or non-technical activities to respond to urgent issues such as internet blockages.
Measures to improve physical security (related to information management and digital security).
Measures to address the psychological and psychosocial impacts of digital threats and risks.
DDP target groups are women, feminist and LGTBQIA+ organisations; land and environmental rights defenders; and journalists and other actors who make information available to the public. However, each regional team defines the target groups for each call. Check the call for your region.
The fund helps filmmakers by providing them with the most necessary filming equipment (e.g. batteries, hard drives, memory cards, chargers, adapters, microphones, replacement of damaged lenses, etc.) and covering expenses for fuel, medicine and first aid kits, as well as basic needs in emergency situations (one-time payments of up to 4,000 UAH).
Help is provided primarily to Ukrainian filmmakers who are currently filming actively, participating in the organization of the filming process or the development of filmed footage.
Requests are processed on a first-come-first-served basis. Assistance is provided depending on whether funds are available.
DOCU/HELP is no longer accepting responses.
Priorities for Media and Media Support: The Foreign Aid Bridge Fund primarily focuses on sectors such as health, agriculture, sanitation, climate adaptation, livelihoods, education, and humanitarian response. It does not explicitly prioritise media or media support. However, organisations operating within these fields that have a significant media or communication component may be considered for funding, especially if their media activities are integral to delivering essential services and information to communities.
Geographical Priorities: Global. The fund addresses urgent needs across various regions impacted by the U.S. foreign aid freeze.
Type of Funding Available: The Foreign Aid Bridge Fund offers critical, short-term grant-based financing designed to ensure immediate impact and program continuity. This rapid-response mechanism provides flexible funding to high-impact organizations with sustainable business models, enabling them to maintain or resume essential operations disrupted by the aid freeze.
Through various programmes they provide urgent advocacy and resiliency grants, and preventive security training to ensure that civil society organizations are able to continue working even in hostile and unpredictable environments.
Improving physical security of home or office
Temporary relocation, including for dependents affected by the threat
Medical expenses, including psycho-social support
Legal representation and trial monitoring
Humanitarian assistance and dependent support
Equipment replacement if confiscated or damaged
Short-term support is provided irrespective of the medium and the area covered by the journalist or outlet and covers, among other things:
Medical assistance: for injuries sustained in the course of the journalists work;
Subsistence costs: short term support for journalists who are not able to work, or costs to temporarily flee an unsafe or vulnerable situation;
Legal defense support: legal representation for journalists facing prosecution, disputable lawsuits, or any other form of legal intimidation related to their work; cover the costs of judicial proceedings; assist media workers that have been arbitrarily detained or imprisoned (and their families);
Psycho-social support: advice, referral, and funds to seek psychosocial assistance;
Work provisions: replacement of confiscated or destroyed equipment due to a work-related emergency;
Family support: temporary support for family members of journalists who are unable to work, who are imprisoned, or who are deceased;
(Preventive) safety measures: security advice, digital tools such as VPNs for digital protection, PPE protection materials like face masks, and safety equipment like bulletproof vests.
The amount of assistance varies according to the particular circumstances of the applicant but may include medical and rehabilitation costs, subsistence costs or relocation costs.
Protection Grants can pay for provisions to improve the security and protection of human rights defenders and their organisations including, but not limited to:
improving physical security of an organisation or individual, digital security and communication security;
supporting legal fees for HRDs who are being judicially harassed
paying for medical fees for HRDs who have been attacked or who have suffered a medical condition as a result of their peaceful human rights activities
providing family assistance for imprisoned HRDs or family members who are at risk because of a HRD's activities
The Safety Fund
The fund is used in cases where:
A journalist has been killed or rendered otherwise incapable of sustaining his/her family;
A journalist is in need of immediate protection as a result of a direct threat (relocation, safe houses, evacuation out of the country or region);
Urgent legal or medical assistance is required.
Support is given only in the short-term, and no longer than 6 months, covering the immediate needs of the individual or his/her close relatives. It cannot be used as humanitarian support to journalists in cases where individuals are affected by natural disasters.
The fund provides women journalists with:
Small grants for psychological and medical care for incidents directly related to threats and crises caused by one’s work as a journalist;
Three months of temporary relocation assistance in the event of crisis or threat;
Legal aid to counter threats of imprisonment or censorship;
Non-financial assistance in the form of information about additional access to resources.
To be eligible for the emergency fund candidates must meet the following criteria:
Be a staff or freelance woman reporter, working in any medium, whose primary profession is journalism;
Have worked full-time as a journalist within six months of applying for assistance;
Apply for assistance with a crisis situation directly connected to work as a journalist.
are employed full time, part-time, freelance, or as an intern;
were laid off/furloughed due to COVID-19 or who quit due to harmful workplace practices;
are former journalists suffering from lasting emotional or physical trauma from their time in the field.
The JX Fund is supported by a broad alliance of media, civil society organizations, and an extensive donor pool.
When entire editorial teams have to leave their home country due to repressive laws and legal threats, it’s important that they are able to continue their reporting in exile seamlessly. The JX Fund supports media outlets in exile at every step of the way – filling a previous gap in support. The efforts of the JX Fund range from resolving humanitarian difficulties in the initial arrival phase (such as residence permits, health insurance, psychological support) through to consulting on business and funding models that are tailored to the media market of their current country of residence, and developing effective strategies to ensure that they can continue to reach their target audiences back home. The overarching objective is to rebuild a sustainable media landscape in exile.
Grants: The JX Fund awards grants of varying amounts to help media outlets in exile get back on their feet. The outlets are selected based on transparent criteria and the advice of an expert committee that meets on a regular basis.
Financial support is awarded both to media outlets that were already established in their countries of origin and which had clearly defined audiences, as well as to outlets that have developed new models for their work in exile and are in a start-up phase. The prerequisite for applying is a clear and workable editorial concept and a medium-term financial and strategic plan for further development and strengthening of the medium.
The duration of the funding, maximum grant sums, and additional conditions vary with each funding round. Applicants can apply for and receive funding more than once. The decision to fund a project, as well as how much to award, is made by a rotating five-person international expert committee on the basis of transparent selection criteria.
Backed by 17 governments and foundations, their short-term grants address security, medical expenses, legal representation, prison visits, trial monitoring, temporary relocation, equipment replacement, and other urgently needed expenses to, among others.
If you are a freelancer operating in Ukraine, please feel free to email as well. Although the consortium cannot offer any guarantees, they are looking into providing support to freelancer colleagues. This is more difficult for various administrative and governance issues, but they are working to solve them.
If you are the victim of a DDOS attack, NED can refer your organisation to Cloudflare, an American web infrastructure and website security company that provides content delivery network and DDoS mitigation services. Cloudflare offers pro-bono protections against DDOS attacks for organisations referred by NED.
Priorities for Media and Media Support: While NEAR's primary focus is on promoting equitable and dignified partnerships within the aid system, it does not explicitly prioritise media or media support. However, media organisations that function as local or national CSOs and align with NEAR's mission and values may be eligible for membership and support. NEAR's emphasis on local participation and capacity building can indirectly benefit media entities committed to community engagement and development.
Geographical Priorities: NEAR operates globally, with a significant presence in Africa, Asia, the Middle East, and Latin America. The network comprises nearly 300 local organisations deeply rooted in their communities, enabling them to respond swiftly and effectively to crises.
The total yearly budget for Flexible Response Mechanism is DKK 5,000,000.
The Flexible Response Mechanism strives to support projects that focus on:
Countering restrictions and human rights abuses, to overcome risks and emergencies and reclaim civic space
Using new windows of opportunity and new political openings
Providing emergency assistance to individuals of all genders and groups under threat, where the support is channelled through a civil society organisation
Maximum grant amount awarded: 400.000 DKK. Co-financing is allowed if needed.
PEN America distributed grants of $500 to $1,000 based on applications that demonstrate an inability to meet an acute financial need, especially one resulting from the impact of the COVID-19 outbreak.
"October 15, 2020 Update: The response to the PEN America Writers’ Emergency Fund has been enormous, a reflection of the impact the pandemic and the ensuing economic crisis have had on the literary community. We are proud to have mobilized a five-fold increase in funding and distributed grants to more than 500 writers. We have now secured additional funding to resume grant-making for a limited period. The fund is open again on a first-come, first-served basis for eligible applicants who have not previously received a Writers Emergency Fund grant. We will accept applications until our available funds are exhausted."
The 2024 call for applications is closed.
Applications from freelancers based in Ukraine are encouraged. A grant from the Crisis Fund can help with the costs of temporary relocation and temporary accommodation as well as safety kits including flak jackets and helmets etc. These applications will be treated as a priority.
Please note that this fund is currently closed. Check back soon for updates.
The fund will award a one-time aid in the amount of 8,000 NIS to journalists and news professionals who meet the following requirements:
Citizen/resident of Israel
Holder of a journalist certificate by the Government Press Office
Covered/is covering the "Swords of Iron" war from the combat areas in the Gaza envelope and the northern border of Israel
Urgent Action Fund accepts applications in any language using online, text and mobile funding applications 365 days of the year. We respond to applications within 24 hours of submission. Decisions are usually made within 1-10 business days. (Translation needs may increase the time to decide.) Once a grant is approved, funds can be wired within 24 hours to 10 business days, dependent on need. Grant amounts are up to $8,000 USD.
Vital Voices operates three urgent assistance funds. Two of these funds are for women in crisis and are managed by the Crisis Response Team. The third fund, dedicated to survivors of gender-based violence, is managed by their Global Network and Regional Engagement Team.
Freedom of Expression Initiative
The Freedom of Expression Initiative provides immediate, emergency assistance to women exercising their right to freedom of expression. The Initiative provides assistance to journalists, bloggers, activists, and others who are unsafe and subject to gender-based threats and violence. This Initiative is administered as part of the Voices Against Violence initiative.
The Crisis Response Fund
The Crisis Response Program supports women leaders with small and short-term emergency funds to cover immediate assistance needs such as legal, relocation, mental health, well-being and more. The Program also provides small grants to organizations that support crisis-affected women and girls.
The program works with women leaders and organizations in the Vital Voices Global Network, but it is also open to other women leaders outside the network.
Voices Against Violence: The Gender-Based Violence Global Initiative
These are for expenses that include, but are not limited to:
medical expenses
psychosocial support or counseling
emergency shelter or other safe accommodation
temporary relocation expenses
temporary livelihood
dependent support.
Individual survivors of gender-based violence can request emergency assistance directly or through intermediaries such as civil society organizations, services providers, and/or community or faith-based groups. Get in touch with the Global Network and Regional Engagement Team.
EDMO has established a task force on disinformation about the war in Ukraine focusing on EU and EEA countries, as well as the western Balkans, "collecting and sorting relevant material covering various aspects such as fact-checking, investigations, rapid analysis, and research on disinformation campaigns, as well as specific media literacy initiatives."
The Self-Investigation, a non-profit focusing on creating a healthy work culture in the media and communication industries, was created in mid-2020 as a direct response to the rise in mental health challenges during the COVID-19 pandemic.
Self Investigation provides consultancies, training, coaching, and awareness support to help individuals and media companies integrate well-being and mental health into their work routines, policies, and guidelines.
Registered in The Netherlands since November 2021, the organisation works globally to prove that a healthier way of working in the media is possible, urgent and makes smart business sense. Courses, workshops, and training are also offered in Spanish.
"Whilst much has been learned about the late psychological outcome of traumatic exposure, , for most civilians the task at hand now is to successfully survive whatever level of adversity and horror they have been exposed to; efficiently protect themselves and others around them, and ultimately emerge victorious and minimally scathed by war."
"Journalists' mental health is at risk when the news cycle is dominated by death, destruction and uprooted lives. Trauma therapist Olivia James shares soothing techniques and aftercare tips for reporters covering the toughest of news stories."
This guide offers guidance on a number of key issues such as culture of safety, exposition to trauma, resilience, and risk of serious mental health issues.
"While scores of journalists were confronting trauma and danger to cover the Iraq War, a group of seasoned veterans of such assignments took a brief break to gather at Bretton Woods, N.H., and talk about the emotional challenges raised by their duties in the field."
"Journalists are generally resilient but they are not immune to trauma and distress, which Kinman said can lead to headaches, muscle tension, fatigue, intrusive thoughts, sleeping problems and nightmares. Some may miss deadlines because they can’t concentrate, or their time management skills may also deteriorate. They might experience panic attacks, anxiety, depression or substance abuse."
This page is under construction.
This series features voices from exile media outlets across the globe sharing their successes and challenges, so that other actors in the exiled media sphere can benefit from lessons learned.
This guide is intended for Ukrainian citizens who left Ukraine on or after 24 Feb 2022, and addresses issues such as visa, work permit and required paper for specific jurisdictions."
Newspapers, news sites and public broadcasters across Europe are helping Ukrainian refugees with this transition by creating news products and publishing information in their own language. These media outlets are offering crucial details regarding issues such as claiming asylum, finding accommodation and accessing education and health services in their respective countries."
"Newsrooms have also offered to provide working space, use of technology and editorial resources to displaced journalists. In some cases, the newsrooms would be able to host multiple journalists, allowing small teams to stay together. The situation remains uncertain and it is not clear how many journalists will be forced to flee and where they will move to, but IPI is coordinating the offers of support to ensure it can be given when needed."
This page contains resources for Lebanese media. If you know of any resources that are not yet listed here, please feel free to reach out and share them with us.
Established in 2007, Samir Kassir Foundation’s SKeyes Center aims to defend the rights of free speech and cultural freedom in the Middle East. Skeyes focuses on establishing an Arab public opinion that can defend, protect, and advocate for the freedom of expression.
Focus areas:
Defend press and cultural freedom in the Arab World
Journalism support and training
Financial and legal support to jailed journalists and intellectuals
SKeyes Center monitors all forms of violations against freedom of the press and culture and acts to preserve an atmosphere that allows journalists and intellectuals to work freely against censorship and repression of power.
Since October 2023, Lebanese journalists have faced immense dangers while covering the ongoing conflict, with five media professionals killed and many others wounded by Israeli forces. The situation worsened on September 23, 2024, with one of the largest air raids by the Israeli army, forcing over a million residents to flee from South Lebanon, the Bekaa Valley, and Beirut’s southern suburbs.
In response to these dire conditions, the Samir Kassir Foundation (SKF) has launched the Emergency Journalist Assistance Fund to support over 130 journalists who have been displaced and lack adequate insurance, aiming to cover medical expenses and provide essential relief.
The Emergency Journalist Assistance fund is structured to cover the following needs:
Housing assistance, for journalists who had to evacuate their home and those whose houses were destroyed. Priority goes to those who have not found any shelter, those who are in public shelters, those who are in private but over-crowded locations, and those who cannot afford ever-increasing rent.
Medical support to wounded, uninsured journalists, especially freelancers, including follow-up needs (physiotherapy, prosthetics, medication) as well as those requiring treatment for chronic conditions.
Trauma and psychological support.
Equipment replacement in case of damaged laptops, cameras, transmitters, owned by the journalists and essential for their work.
Reporters Without Borders (RSF), in partnership with the SKeyes Foundation, has launched a new "Regional Press Freedom Center" in Beirut, for the protection and support of journalists.
Journalists covering the conflict in Gaza, Lebanon, and the region can now rent protective gear and receive psychological support thanks to the initiative of the NGO in partnership with SKeyes.
As the conflict continues, RSF, in partnership with the SKeyes Foundation, has decided to mobilize to support journalists in the region covering the war in Gaza, as well as in Lebanon and neighbouring countries. Journalists can rent equipment for a minimal deposit and receive necessary support for safe reporting. This initiative was launched in response to the increasing dangers journalists face in conflict zones, with over 100 journalists killed in Gaza in recent months and several more injured or killed in Lebanon. RSF aims to ensure journalists receive proper training, insurance, and equipment to safely report on regional events.
Amidst the ongoing war in Lebanon, which has resulted in significant casualties and displacements, journalists face numerous challenges while reporting under dangerous conditions. The International Journalists Network (IJNet) provides essential guidelines to support journalists navigating these difficult circumstances.
Key recommendations include:
Preparing for Displacement: Journalists are advised to pack an essential backpack containing critical items such as ID documents, technical tools, personal protection gear, and medical supplies. This ensures they can continue reporting safely if forced to relocate.
Safety During Gunfire and Air Strikes: Guidelines on how to protect oneself in case of shootings or air strikes, whether outdoors, in a vehicle, or indoors, are outlined. Immediate actions include hiding, crawling, and moving to safer locations depending on the situation.
Password Management: Journalists should keep their passwords secure and accessible, either by storing them in a personal notebook or using reliable password management tools. This helps prevent data access issues, especially when using new devices.
Physical and Mental Health: Maintaining both physical and psychological well-being is vital during displacement. The IJNet suggests accessing online first aid courses and mental health resources to help manage stress and trauma. Keeping hygiene a priority is also recommended to avoid illness.
Fact-Checking: Journalists should have basic fact-checking skills to avoid spreading misinformation during crises. This is especially important as misinformation can affect the safety and decisions of affected populations.
Leveraging Professional Networks: Professional relationships can be instrumental in providing support, shelter, or equipment during emergencies. Journalists should maintain communication with colleagues and use their networks for logistical and emotional support.
By following these guidelines, journalists can better prepare for the challenges of covering the Lebanon war while protecting their safety and mental health.
Maharat Foundation is a women-led freedom of expression organization based in Beirut dedicated to campaigns grounded in research and strengthening connections between journalists, academics, and policy makers.
It advances and enables freedom of expression, quality information debate and advocates for information integrity online and offline. Maharat promotes innovation and engages the journalistic community and change agents within Lebanon and the wider, MENA region to promote inclusive narratives and debates and to counter misinformation, disinformation, and harmful content. Among its initiatives, Maharat Foundation has produced critical reports that shed light on the challenges facing journalists in Lebanon. These reports provide an in-depth look into the threats and difficulties these journalists encounter:
In this report, Maharat Foundation documents the experiences of journalists during the war, presenting details of the suffering endured by these individuals who are now paying the price for their commitment to conveying the truth. The report provides an overview of the field and legal obstacles that hinder journalists' roles in promoting transparency and disseminating reliable information, concluding with practical recommendations aimed at enhancing the protection of journalists and ensuring accountability for crimes targeting them.
In this report, Maharat examines the dynamics of the media war taking place in Lebanon surrounding Israel’s military offensive against Hezbollah. It underscores the importance each conflicting party assigns to media as a tool for psychological warfare—a phenomenon observed in conflicts worldwide, where each side seeks to control propaganda and impose its narrative to sway public opinion. The report also explores the difficulties journalists encounter when covering wars and crises, where reporting under such conditions becomes significantly challenging.
This page contains requests for financial and logistical support and donations for the media community in Ukraine. The page is updated regularly.
GFMD has collated these initiatives as part of our information sharing effort to support media and journalists in Ukraine and the region. Please check any site that you choose to donate to for authenticity.
Priority funding:
Direct operational and financial support to media in Ukraine (e.g., covering IT costs, insurance, transport, purchase of supplies)
Long-term needs:
Support for media staff relocation to EU countries
Setting up offices and accommodation of media staff in EU countries
To date, Creators Media Group and its websites have remained operational. Its staff of 40 journalists continues to file stories – all of them now about war – for their specialist audiences.
As the conflict continues, journalists reporting on frontlines need first aid kits, flak jackets, helmets and medical supplies. All donations made to the fund will go directly to support in this emergency.
Each $99.99 key gives access to curated content across the publications' teams of journalists and photographers as well photos, videos, links to stories, and recommended readings. Proceeds from key sales directly support efforts to deliver reporting and sustain operations.
See the official request for donations in the letter below.
"We have a duty to tell the truth. We have millions of readers in Russia who need us. Without independent journalism, it will be impossible to stop this monstrous war."
A lifeline for journalists from Ukraine, Belarus, and Russia
You can find more information about the initiative and on how to donate on their Kickstarter page.
"Official protective safety kit is expensive, with a flak jacket and helmet combined costing at least £1000."
"Journalists in Ukraine are in the line of fire, putting themselves in danger to ensure people have access to information, and need all the backing they can get!" Donations will go to keeping journalists safe (e.g. through equipment and training) and to ensure that Ukrainian independent media and fact-checkers can continue to operate. IMS is also pushing global players to protect the free word and combat fake news."
"Over the past decade, Ukraine has grown into a regional leader in journalism and press freedom. Now, after Russia's invasion, the future of the country and of the independent media is in grave danger. Reliable information saves lives!"
With its Ukrainian partners, Fondation Hirondelle is developing projects to:
give local journalists access to useful, concrete, reliable information in Ukrainian language
provide useful and reliable information to newly displaced refugees as well as access to adapted psycho-social programs
help Ukraine to defend itself under international law and to document the human rights violations it suffers. Ukrainian journalists need support to be able to testify, to explain the mechanisms, and to be heard in places of debate on international justice.
Safety equipment, including flak jacks, helmets, and first aid kits
Immediate relocation assistance and living stipends
Emergency digital consulting to secure social media accounts, servers, and databases
Support for media organizations to set up remote operations
“News that moves” services that direct refugees to resources
Film screenings and entertainment for refugee children
The invasion of Ukraine has created shockwaves that threaten journalists throughout Eurasia. As the crisis unfolds, Internews will also direct emergency support to aid reporters and others at risk across the region.
In the face of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and the spread of disinformation by the occupant, the Gazeta Wyborcza Foundation and its partners has established a Fund for Ukraine dedicated to direct support of journalists and publishers in the war zone.
The collected funds will be used to purchase the equipment necessary for journalists working in war zones, financial support for journalists and media organizations in Ukraine, and the relocation of journalists to Poland and other EU countries. To this end, the organisation is cooperating with the media and organizations in Ukraine and other parts of Europe.
IPI is also mobilizing its network to help provide displaced journalists a place to work and support in finding accommodation so they can continue doing their jobs.
IPI is making a database of members to match offers of support with Ukraine journalists and media in need. The needs of colleagues in both Russia and Belarus fighting censorship and repression is a part of their solidarity strategy.
"Freelance journalists and video reporters are already being killed and captured. In a world where barefaced lies are being deliberately spread, and have been dangerously gathering public purchase, they are risking their lives in Ukraine’s cities under siege to make the real truth heard. We must do what we can to keep them as safe as possible and ensure that their work gets out and is widely seen."
Provide a 24/7 home base for all freelancers in or going to Ukraine, delivering the support functions that a staff journalist would normally get from their employer and more
Liaise with all other relevant groups to reduce duplicated efforts and build collaboration. This will include media organisations, news safety outfits, logistical specialists and volunteers.
Use their connections to determine and provide whatever possible to support Ukrainian journalists. These journalists have a particularly important role in ensuring the safety of international and freelance journalists, who they often work alongside, as well as the best access to events on the ground.
The fund helps filmmakers by providing them with the most necessary filming equipment (e.g. batteries, hard drives, memory cards, chargers, adapters, microphones, replacement of damaged lenses, etc.) and covering the expenses for fuel, medicine and first aid kits, as well as basic needs in emergency situations (one-time payments of up to 4,000 UAH).
hosting services,
website technical support services,
Assistance to individual units of the Armed Forces of Ukraine.
The Kyiv Independent has launched a fundraiser to support three Ukrainian newsrooms struggling due to the recent U.S. aid suspension. These independent media outlets—Tsukr (Sumy), Gwara Media (Kharkiv), and MykVisti (Mykolaiv)—operate near the front lines, providing critical reporting despite financial and security challenges. With advertising revenues collapsing and international funding halted, these newsrooms face an uncertain future. The campaign aims to raise £40,000 to sustain their operations. Donate, share, and stand with free press.
The Guide provides advice about several legal issues in a way that is accessible to non-legal experts, including:
Privileges regarding the protection of confidential sources and not having to testify
What constitutes an international crime
Different types of evidence and basic rules regarding admissibility of evidence
How to gather information in a way that promotes its legal reliability and tips on doing this
Interviewing victims and witnesses
The Guide also includes a section on Resources with links to various written documents, apps and civil society organisations which can provide support.
The Guide was inspired by the invasion of Ukraine, but it is not tailored to that conflict and is, instead, applicable globally.
Reporters Without Borders together with UNESCO have published a survival kit for journalists working in high-risk situations.
SAFE equips individuals with the means to resiliently continue their important work, and manage—as well as mitigate—the risks and threats they face in their day-to-day work. SAFE addresses safety through the unique lens of digital identity, physical awareness, and psychosocial care by delivering trainings in five regions spanning the globe.
"Covering certain stories–such as human rights abuses, corruption, or civil unrest–can place you at a higher risk of arrest and detention, particularly in countries with authoritarian regimes or with a heavy militarized and police presence."
The course is designed for local journalists in particular as they may not have access to the safety experts and kit (such as gas masks) that are available to staff working for large international news organisations.
The course is available only on smartphones via Telegram. It is available in both Ukrainian and English.
A directory for emergency and crisis funding organisations
Östgötagatan 90
SE-116 64 Stockholm
Sweden
+46 (0)8 545 277 30
P.O. Box 2675
New York, NY 10108
212-465-1004
IPC-Residence Palace
Rue de la Loi 155
B-1040 Brussels, Belgium
+32 (0)2 235 22 00
+32 (0)2 235 22 19
ifj@ifj.org
ECPMF
Menckestr. 27
04155 Leipzig
Germany
+49 341 200 403 13
Weesperstraat 3
1018 DN Amsterdam
+31 20 8000400
CS 90247
75083 Paris Cedex 02
+33 1 4483 8466
+44 (0)203 219 7860
1201 Pennsylvania Ave, NW, Suite 1100,
Washington, DC 20004
(202) 378-9700
Rue de la Loi 34
1040 Brussels
Belgium
Square Marie - Louise 72
1000 Brussels
Belgium
+353-1-210-0489
Menckestr. 27
04155 Leipzig / Germany
+49 (0) 341 200 403 13
Nørregade 18
1165 Copenhagen K
Denmark
CVR: 26487013
+45 8832 7000
+45 5210 7800
Vartov, Farvergade 27 L, 2
DK-1463 København K
Fundacja Solidarności Międzynarodowej
ul. Mysłowicka 4, 01-612 Warszawa, Polska
+48 222 90 66 22
588 Broadway, Suite 303
New York, NY 10012
(212) 334-1660
2601 Blanding Ave Suite C,
#155 Alameda,
CA 94501 USA
+1 415-523-0360
Flat 4 Tompion Houe
Percival Street
London
England – EC1V 0HU
Legal threats to journalists and media houses are not a new phenomenon. But in an increasingly hostile media environment, lack of funding has resulted in a diminished appetite for legal cases on the part of the media houses and newsrooms, leaving journalists high and dry when it comes to legal protection and, inevitably, resulting in increased self-censorship. But what do you do when your story leads to litigation regardless of precautionary measures and how do you protect yourself from future law-suits?
We have compiled a list of pro bono legal aid resources and tools to help journalists, media, and media support organisations in need of legal counsel.
The programme helps reduce the risk of lawsuits through training and pre-publication review and also fund legal assistance to fight lawsuits meant to intimidate and financially burden reporters (such as “strategic lawsuits against public participation,” or SLAPPs). Reporters Shield is a solution to the increasing danger these lawsuits pose to investigative journalism in the public interest.
The network's legal members comprise over 120,000 lawyers who volunteer their time, skills and expertise to help NGOs and social enterprises achieve their social mission.
MFIA has provided pro bono representation to clients on matters addressing fundamental principles of transparency, free speech, and press freedom. Clients have included independent journalists, start-up and established news organisations, public interest organisations, activists, academic researchers, and others. MFIA has also litigated gag orders, defended libel claims, and pursued scores of access lawsuits, including both cases brought under the Freedom of Information Act and cases seeking to extend and enforce the First Amendment right of access.
The MFIA practice is largely focused in the state and federal courts of Connecticut, New York, and the District of Columbia, although the clinic has represented clients in many other parts of the country, from Massachusetts to Arizona, and Florida to Nebraska.
Journalists frequently receive death threats, threats of sexual violence, and threats directed at their families and are targeted by disinformation campaigns. Research has shown that these attacks disproportionately affect women journalists.
How to prepare for online harassment
What to do during and after an attack
A list of resources to support women journalists with responding to online harassment
"Journalists should protect themselves and their sources by keeping up to date on the latest digital security news and threats such as hacking, phishing, and surveillance. Journalists should think about the information they are responsible for and what could happen if it falls into the wrong hands, and take measures to defend their accounts, devices, communications, and online activity."
Risks are inherent in using any form of communication tool when speaking truth to power. Satellite communication tools are often rolled out quickly during crises as they provide critical access and are difficult – but not impossible – to block. However, the risks of using these tools must be considered.
Internews has published a guide discussing threats which are widely applicable to 2-way satellite communications devices, such as satellite phones and pagers, Inmarsat BGANs, Starlinks, and VSAT terminals.
Listed below are trusted service partners that offer technological services:
Their main objective is for the people they work with to manage their own protection without intermediaries, without expensive software licenses, and gradually strengthening their own capacities.
Tierra Común provides the following services:
Advice: Consulting on digital security diagnosis and risk analysis and design of protocols and regulations in computing
Information backup
Communications receipt
Trainings: Basic and advanced computer self-defense
Technical support
Web services: Website creation and security audit
Languages supported by Tierra Comun:
English
Spanish
Greenhosts' web hosting services includes:
Clustered web hosting
Cloud platform
Deflect anti-DDoS protection
Infrastructure as a Service (IAAS)
Real-time Monitoring
Please reach out to this dedicated address for rapid response requests: rr@greenhost.net.
The support that Qurium assists with is classified in thee categories:
Preventative measures:
Sanitation and audit of at-risk websites – cleaning and upgrading outdated and insecure websites to improve resilience against attacks
Mentorship – a 3-6 months remote mentorship program to strengthen and improve existing organizational procedures in digital security. Available in English, Spanish and Arabic.
Customized support during special events – secure hosting and close monitoring of websites of public interest under election periods, military coups, and situations of civil unrest.
During attack:
Mitigation of ongoing attacks against websites, including:
DDoS attacks
Scanning and probing
Brute-force attacks
Unauthorized access
Post attack:
Sanitation of compromised website – identification and removal of malware/backdoors as well as insecure code to prevent future attacks.
Digital forensics – forensics investigation with focus on modus-operandi and attribution of targeted attacks, including:
Website attacks (DDoS, unauthorized access, scanning, probing)
Targeted phishing
Internet blocking of websites and web applications – forensics investigation of Internet blocking with focus on how the blocking is taking place, by whom and by which means.
Compromised mobile phones – digital forensics investigation of compromised mobile phones
Qurium may offer services that are not listed above, depending on its scope and the human resources available. If your needs don’t fit within the list of services, feel free to send an encrypted email to rr@virtualroad.or.
The following are featured courses from Totem:
Risk analysis
Human rights documentation
Device security
How to protect your identity online
How to be a journalist and manage your online privacy
Tools for journalists to help identify their online abusers and the tactics that they use
Why field research matters
Going undercover on Instagram
How to bypass internet censorship
Good password management
Secure messaging apps
Phishing attacks
How the internet works
The following solutions have also been employed by journalism and media organisations globally.
For a searchable list of current funding opportunities see the
is a Dutch grantmaking organisation founded by commodities trader Gerard van Vliet that provides grants to left-leaning organisations across the world. Adessium means “to bring into being.”
The (APFJ) is a U.S.-based nonprofit initiative launched by The Associated Press in 2024 to bolster state and local journalism. Established as a 501(c)(3) charitable organisation, APFJ enables AP to raise philanthropic funds to support local newsrooms and public service journalism. The fund aims to raise at least $100 million to strengthen local news coverage and sustainability.
is a nonprofit international development organisation committed to improving lives and expanding opportunities across Asia and the Pacific. The Asia Foundation works through its network of 18 country offices across Asia and the Pacific.
Through its , the Foundation continues its work in Technology; Leadership and Exchanges; and Books for Asia/Let’s Read in order to bridge the digital divide, support emerging leaders, increase literacy, and improve access to information.
The programme is a dynamic and multifaceted learning programme designed for highly talented Asian individuals under the age of 40 to enhance their leadership skills, Asian development knowledge, professional networks, and international exposure.
The me promotes and broadens awareness of Asia among young future leaders. Launched in 1974, the program targets highly qualified young Americans – under the age of 29 – across a variety of professional fields, including but not limited to the arts, journalism, law, medicine, science, public health, environmental studies, and international relations.
Funding opportunities: You can find out more about The Asia Foundation Development Fellows Programme .
(Last updated on March 2018)
works to ensure better, longer lives for the greatest number of people by focusing on five key areas: the arts, education, the environment, government innovation, and public health.
The BMIA is part of Bloomberg’s which is offered in North America, Europe, Asia, Africa, Australia, and the Middle East.
(Last updated on March 2017)
is a leading private philanthropic institution which contributes to a more just and united society preparing citizens of the future. It is committed to full independence and preservation of its heritage, and its main priority is defined as the development of a society that provides equal opportunities and that is sustainable. The Foundation’s main purpose is to improve the quality of life through art, charity, science, and education.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The Foundation promotes and manages (EMIF) in partnership with the . The European Media and Information Fund pursues objectives of public interest and provides grants, on a competitive basis, to researchers, fact-checkers, not-for-profits and other public interest-oriented organisations working on disinformation research and strengthening media literacy and fact-checking.
Also, the Calouste Gulbenkian Foundation promotes and supports that reflect on themes of contemporary society, looking for innovative answers to the problems of the current world, and offers prizes like .
The is a prominent philanthropic foundation with a longstanding commitment to advancing education, knowledge, and understanding. Among its diverse areas of focus, the Corporation actively supports media and media development initiatives, recognising the crucial role that independent and informed media play in fostering democratic societies.
For over 50 years, has supported work in climate change, progressive foreign policy, and reproductive rights and justice. The foundation supports transformative leadership and courageous storytelling, inspiring action toward a peaceful, just, and sustainable future.
The organisation uses the American Press Institute's to guide them in supporting news organisations.
Geographical priorities: Craig Newmark Philanthropies mainly funds news initiatives in the United States. However, some funding has also gone to global enterprises, such as the .
Geographical priorities: The foundation is primarily focused on Dutch projects but is open to collaboration with organisations and initiatives outside of the Netherlands, whose objectives fit those of the foundation. For instance, the foundation is one of the initiators of the , a European prize for quality journalism that was launched in 2012.
is a foundation working to build an inclusive, multiracial democracy that is open, just, resilient, and trustworthy. Created by eBay founder and philanthropist Pierre Omidyar, Democracy Fund and its partner organisation Democracy Fund Voice have together committed almost $425 million in grants since 2014 to support those working to strengthen democracy.
The was established more than 30 years ago by the Nationale Postcode Loterij (Dutch Postcode Lottery) to support small, innovative initiatives. Through the and the (FriendsLottery), DOEN receives an annual contribution from each lottery. It uses the money to help fund more than 250 pioneers with grants, loans and investment capital (via the investment company ).
Priorities related to media development and journalism: In the area of International Media, DOEN has been working through the since 2014. Free and critical media are indispensable in a pluralistic society. MDIF is an investment fund that provides funding to independent news media in countries where freedom of the press is not self-evident. MDIF focuses on newspapers, radio stations and TV companies in Africa, Asia, Latin America and Eastern Europe. These media organisations are strengthened through financial support, training and advice.
All applications must fit the that DOEN wants to accelerate and meet the criteria of the DOEN foundation or related brands. In addition, specific criteria apply to each theme or sub-theme.
Established by the US Congress in 1960, the serves as a resource for information and analysis on critical issues of common concern, bringing people together to exchange views, build expertise, and develop policy options. The Center is an independent, public, nonprofit organisation with funding from the US government, and additional support provided by private agencies, individuals, foundations, corporations, and governments in the region.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The Center has been supporting independent journalism in the Indo-Pacific and the United States since 1967. The EWC Alumni network includes more than 4,000 journalists working in the United States, Asia, and the Pacific Islands who have participated in the Center’s prestigious reporting fellowships, dialogue exchanges, collaborative professional development programs, and a flagship held every two years in a major Asia-Pacific hub.
Programme opportunities: The , or PIDP, is a distinct entity based at the East-West Center in Honolulu, Hawai‘i, that works toward empowering Pacific peoples through programs informed by the voices of the region itself.
It recently launched the Pacific Islands , supporting the establishment and expansion of financial investigative reporting units within local newsrooms committed to public service journalism.
empowers initiatives for change, contributes to civil society development and regional progression. The foundation initiates and acts as an innovative driver, connector, and knowledge disseminator.
ERSTE Foundation is a creative workshop for ideas and innovation, a lab for topics of the future which increases its effectiveness through strategic cooperation with networks. focus on four strategic goals: :
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The ERSTE Foundation have co-founded a cross-border journalistic platform called . Independent journalists research and question the topics, trends and events that are shaping the future of democracy in Central, Eastern and South-Eastern Europe. Reporting Democracy publishes reports, interviews and analyses by correspondents from 14 countries. Journalists on the ground receive commissions and grants for in-depth reports and research.
with the largest management capacity-building programme for civil society organisations in Central and Eastern Europe,
is an American private foundation with the mission of advancing human welfare. It was founded in 1936 with an initial grant from Edsel Ford, Henry Ford’s son to be used “for scientific, educational and charitable purposes, all for the public welfare.”
Funding opportunities: The foundation has an online, searchable that provides good funding information you might need.
The , founded in 1996 by Fred Matser, supports social initiatives dedicated to living life in harmony – harmony with ourselves and each other, and with nature. The foundation supports a variety of third-party initiatives from large to small, in the Netherlands and elsewhere, choosing initiatives that help make tomorrow’s world a nicer place.
The (FES) is a non-profit German foundation funded by the Government of the Federal Republic of Germany and headquartered in Bonn and Berlin. It was founded in 1925 and is named after Germany's first democratically elected President, Friedrich Ebert. FES is committed to the advancement of both socio-political and economic development in the spirit of social democracy, through civic education, research, and international cooperation. Friedrich-Ebert-Stiftung is the oldest political foundation in Germany.
is the media project of the Friedrich-Ebert-Stiftung (FES) in Africa. They believe that a free and open media landscape enables ordinary people to actively take part in, influence and improve their lives, as well as those of the communities and societies they live in. As such, their work seeks to promote the development of a free and open media landscape, safe and inclusive digital spaces and robust access to information environments which enable people to become the driving force for their economic, social and political progress.
Funding opportunities: FES is committed to the fundamental values of - freedom, justice and solidarity. Fair access to educational opportunities is therefore an important concern of their student funding. Without support, many young people find it difficult to assert themselves at university, even though they have talent for it. This is where they make a contribution.
is a private non-profit foundation that seeks to promote freedom of expression, public debate, art and culture. The work of a foundation is different from the work of an activist or special interest organisation. They primarily operate by funding the ideas, projects and initiatives of others. Fritt Ord itself also organises events and debates that address timely social issues, the culture of freedom of expression, non-fiction prose, documentary films and journalism/media research.
The , based in Poland, was established in 2019 to promote media freedom and integrity. The foundation aims to develop independent journalism through broadly understood educational and cultural activities. Projects realised within the Foundation are nationwide and international, and are achieved in collaboration with the biggest media in Europe.
The supports projects that aim to foster democracy and uphold human rights, take action to prevent the destruction of the global ecosystem, advance equality between women and men, secure peace through conflict prevention in crisis zones, and defend the freedom of individuals against excessive state and economic power. They maintain close ties to the German Green Party (Alliance 90/The Greens) and, as a think tank for green visions and projects, are part of an international network encompassing partner projects in approximately 60 countries. The Heinrich Böll Foundation works independently and nurtures a spirit of intellectual openness.
The is a family foundation based in Los Altos and San Francisco, California. The Foundation works with its many partners to advance sustainable solutions in climate and clean energy, enable groundbreaking research in science, enhance the education of our youngest learners, and support human rights for all people.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The foundation's recognises and supports journalism as a critical element of a healthy and multicultural democracy.
Underrepresented Groups and Voices in Media: The Foundation invests in journalism leaders and organisations that help increase coverage, stories, and amplification of voices of underrepresented and misrepresented communities. The is part of this line of work, in addition to such leading organisations and projects as , , , , , and , among others.
Investigative Journalism: The Foundation supports key organisations conducting quality investigative journalism. This type of journalism, critical to holding the powerful accountable, is too often both expensive, time-intensive, and underfunded by newsrooms. Examples of their investigative journalism grantees include , , and , among others.
Funding opportunities: The Foundation does not accept unsolicited proposals. Program staff proactively seek out new opportunities and aligned partners in accordance with their programmatic strategies and initiatives, as well as the Foundation’s and . In addition, the foundation believes in preserving nonprofits’ time by soliciting proposals only after the organisation has been invited to apply for a grant.
Program staff look for organisations that are well-aligned with their program strategy. Information about program strategies can be found on the webpages.
You can find more information about their grant-seeking process .
is a private, non-profit organisation. Its purpose is to promote and support high-level research and the implementation of freedom of speech.
The William and Flora is a nonpartisan, private charitable foundation that advances ideas and supports institutions to promote a better world.
The foundation was established in 1966 by engineer and entrepreneur and his wife, , with their eldest son, Walter Hewlett.
The (HMF) is a private foundation established in 2021, dedicated to financially supporting organisations that promote media literacy worldwide. Its mission is to assist initiatives that help individuals navigate the media landscape, fostering mentally healthier and more empowered participants in society.
(HU) is a philanthropic organisation dedicated to cultivating the conditions for enduring peace and freedom. The organisation supports and works alongside partners working to advance human dignity and change the systems that enable violent conflict and human exploitation around the world.
Humanity United is a member of , a diverse collection of independent organisations and initiatives that pursue different ways to improve the lives of people and societies.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: Within the Public Engagement portfolio, the (IJAM) program is grounded in the belief that there is a for need for high-quality, independent journalism to help make sense of the world and to shift harmful systems and practices towards peace and freedom. HU supports journalism and media that aligns with their mission, adhering to .
Funding opportunities: HU does not accept unsolicited proposals. You can read more about their funding process .
The is a grant-making organisation based in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, dedicated to championing community and civic engagement, education, human services, and journalism to improve the quality of life for Oklahomans.
The (IFPIM) aims to enable global media markets to work for democracy.
Expressions of interest: If you are interested in collaborating with or receiving funding from the International Fund you can submit an expression of interest .
The located in Washington, D.C., is an organisation working internationally to elevate the status of women in the media. The IWMF has created programs to help women in the media develop practical solutions to the obstacles they face in their careers and lives.
Established in Sion in 2011, the , formerly known as the Nicolas Puech Foundation is a private foundation under Swiss law.
is the first independent non-profit organisation, established in 1998 with the purpose of stimulating independent investigative journalism in Europe.
Funding opportunities: provides several funding opportunities related to their priorities including: , , and .
The , established in April 2022, supports media and journalists who have fled war and crisis regions, providing them opportunities to quickly and with flexibility continue their work in exile. It acts as an international clearing house, identifying which resources are required at any given moment, collating offers of assistance, and distributing them to where they are needed most.
The publishing work of the outlet/journalist is in keeping with the
The , founded by John S. and James L. Knight, originates from a prosperous newspaper enterprise that embraced technology while remaining rooted in local communities. Thriving journalistically and as businessmen, the Knight brothers championed great journalism while adapting to changing times. For years, the foundation supported journalism education, later shifting to fund technological innovation and sustainable models for local news.
In 2019, Knight announced a $300 million commitment over five years to invest in scalable organisations serving communities at the local level. These investments played a role in encouraging developments in local journalism. Recognising the ongoing need for funding, in September 2023, Knight increased its commitment by $150 million over five years as part of the collaborative funding effort, . This new funding aligns with Knight’s decades-long focus on informing and engaging communities through robust news ecosystems, adding to the more than $632 million in investments made since 2005.
The letter of inquiry is one way to apply for funding but not the only way. about challenges and other funding opportunities.
(Last updated on March 2018)
is a political foundation committed to peace, freedom and justice through political education, both nationally and internationally.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: Konrad Adenauer Stiftung supports young journalists in special projects. They have been awarding since 1980. Since 2002, the "Social Market Economy Award of the Konrad Adenauer Foundation" has honored personalities who have been outstanding in their commitment to the preservation and further development of the social market economy.
was founded in 2021 by John Caspers. Caspers is an internet entrepreneur and one of the co-founders of payment platform Adyen. The organisation is an independent philanthropic foundation, based in the Netherlands.
Established in 2018 by the , is a global philanthropic organisation with the goal of empowering people and institutions to work together to build just and fair societies.
Through its , Luminate calls on international donors and policy makers to recognise the urgency to increase funding to public interest media.
(Last updated March 2018)
supports creative people, effective institutions, and influential networks building a more just, verdant, and peaceful world.
The (MDF) is a nonprofit grant-making initiative dedicated to advancing racial justice and equity in the digital realm. Established in 2006, MDF collaborates with diverse stakeholders to design inclusive solutions and empower public interest advocates, ensuring that digital technologies and the internet have a long-term, positive societal impact.
(Last updated on March 2018)
With its headquarters in New York City, is a registered not-for-profit corporation with public charity status.
The organisation's equips clients with the information they need to make critical decisions about the direction of their business.
MDIF is also partnering with a consortium of other media development organisations in the programme to support the provision of public interest media in Bangladesh, Ethiopia and Sierra Leone.
(Last updated on March 2018)
Funding opportunities: The makes available micro-grants of up to $5,000 for individuals, and up to $15,000 for collectives and organisations. Each year, Meedan looks at one global challenge, and how it affects hyperlocal communities. The focus for 2022-23 is .
is the largest grassroots campaign to support nonprofit news in the U.S. Since 2016, the campaign has helped raise over $150 million to jumpstart emerging newsrooms and support independent media outlets that produce fact-based, nonpartisan news and information.
Funding Opportunities: NewsMatch is open to nonprofit news organisations that are active members of the (INN) (Please note: US news organisations only). The deadline to apply for INN membership in time to apply for NewsMatch 2021 is July 7, 2021. .
Both active, prospective, and pending INN members must apply to participate in NewsMatch 2021 by the application deadline. The NewsMatch application window will open in June 2021. Subscribe to to receive notification of the NewsMatch application process and deadline when it is announced.
The began as a fellowship for select journalists who were invited to spend an academic year at Harvard in pursuit of individual study plans to strengthen their knowledge and leadership skills. Its primary goal is to promote and elevate the standards of journalism. Since 1938, the program has awarded Nieman fellowships to more than 1,500 journalists from nearly 100 countries.
(NBM) is a global venture investment firm that has pioneered in digital media investment over the last decade.
Their portfolio includes , a Philippines-based digital media company founded by Nobel Peace Prize laureate Maria Ressa and Taiwanese independent news and commentary site .
is a Non-governmental organisations committed to social justice. In all its work Oak pursues rights-based approaches, gender equality, and partnership with the organisations they fund. The foundation supports civil society as a pillar of democracy & justice and nurtures innovation and visionary leadership within it.
The (OSF) are the world’s largest private funder of independent groups working or justice, democratic governance, and human rights.
The OSF's works directly with journalists, media outlets, media associations, and media freedom groups “to promote independent and viable media and professional, quality journalism in countries undergoing a process of democratization, and building functioning media markets.
(IRF) is one of the largest Ukrainian charitable foundations that has been developing an open society in Ukraine since 1990 where everybody has a sense of dignity, citizens are involved in the formation of the state, and the authorities are transparent and responsible. They work on the development of Ukraine in which human rights are securely protected and positive changes work for the benefit of the citizens. The foundation was founded by the philanthropist George Soros and is part of the Open Society Foundations international network.
(Last updated on March 2018)
Through their programme PADF supports national and local governments, civil society, and the private sector to identify, promote, and implement reforms and policies to enhance transparency, separation of powers, and protections for democratic processes and human rights.
The (PJMF) is a philanthropic organisation dedicated to advancing artificial intelligence and data science solutions to create a thriving, equitable, and sustainable future for all. PJMF works in partnership with public, private, and social institutions to drive progress on the world's most pressing challenges, including digital health, climate change, broad digital access, and data maturity in the social sector.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: In late 2023 the foundation announced that it was partnering with more than 148 organisations leveraging artificial intelligence (AI) and data science to address the world’s most urgent and complex challenges. You can find the list of 13 media and journalism-related organisations receiving funding .
n is the international organisation that manages and develops the philanthropic programmes of charitable entities established by Brenninkmeijer family entrepreneurs. Through their work in education, society, faith, and climate they enable changemakers to create societies and systems that work for everyone.
The on Crisis Reporting is an American news media organisation established in 2006 that sponsors independent reporting on global issues that other media outlets are less willing or able to undertake on their own. The center's goal is to raise the standard of coverage of international systemic crises, and to do so in a way that engages both the broad public and government policymakers.
For more information about current grants, see .
is a non-profit, philanthropic organisation that both provides grants and contracts, and works programmatically alongside partners with shared policy, technology and advocacy goals. Through Open Calls, Reset supports the individuals, organisations, and communities working around the world to address the damage inflicted by surveillance capitalism on human rights, democracy, and open societies.
Funding opportunities: With their funds and fellowships, Reset helps enable new ideas to surface and flourish by providing funding to projects operating within their core . The hope is that the technology-focused interventions developed through will ultimately help change the way information spreads online and enable the internet to once again serve the public good over corporate interests.
You can find more about open calls in this 2020 article published by GFMD entitled "."
The is a Chicago-based family foundation that provides strategic grants to support social justice, the arts and investigative journalism both in Chicago and around the world.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: The Logan Foundation believes that , informed by a diversity of opinion and uncompromising in the accuracy of its reported fact, is essential for the health and vitality of civic participation and debate, and consequently the surest protection of freedom and democracy.
Funding opportunities: The Reva and David Logan Foundation only funds 501(c)3 organisations, fiscally-sponsored individuals or organisations, or international applicants with a U.S. based fiscal sponsor or Equivalency Determination Certificate. See more about how to apply .
The (RBF) advances social change that contributes to a more just, sustainable, and peaceful world.
Funding opportunities: For more information about the grant-seeking process,.
If you believe that your project is a good fit for the RBF's support, you can submit a. You will be prompted to create an account on the online portal and then respond to questions about your organisation and the work for which you are seeking support. While the review process is generally completed within three months, the exact timeline may vary. The RBF rarely funds unsolicited grant requests.
The is a non-profit and independent foundation under civil law.
Geographical priorities: The s grants almost 2.5 million euros to 11 independent public-interest journalism organisations in 8 European countries.
The (SPF), based in Japan, is a leading organisation dedicated to fostering international peace, security, and sustainability. Established in 1986, the Foundation supports projects that address pressing global challenges, including international diplomacy, regional stability, and environmental conservation. As part of its broader mission, SPF also recognises the critical role of media and journalism in promoting informed public discourse and enhancing mutual understanding across cultures.
Prospective applicants are encouraged to explore the Foundation’s for detailed information on the submission process and funding priorities.
Established in 2006 by Eric and Wendy Schmidt, focuses on promoting climate resilience, sustainable energy, and community empowerment. With Wendy Schmidt’s journalism background, the foundation also prioritises the dissemination of clear, accurate information to drive action on critical social and environmental issues. A cornerstone of their work in media and journalism has been supporting innovative, independent journalism that bridges the gap between expert knowledge and public understanding, particularly in climate and environmental reporting.
The is committed to helping young people and future generations create a self-reliant life for themselves. The foundation uses social venture capital to allow young people to experiment and spread these ideas throughout civil society.
The is an American charitable foundation that awards prizes to journalists who investigate issues related to social justice and progressive public policy. Established in honour of Sidney Hillman, a labor leader and President of the Amalgamated Clothing Workers of America, who championed workers' rights and social justice, the foundation focuses on supporting media that addresses social and economic justice, democracy, and workers' rights.
Funding opportunities: The Sidney Hillman Foundation offers several awards, see for more information. Since 1950, the Sidney Hillman Foundation has honoured journalists who pursue investigative reporting and deep storytelling in service of the common good. Recipients exemplify reportorial excellence, storytelling skill, and social justice impact. In 2011, the Sidney Hillman Foundation inaugurated the Canadian Hillman Prize, honouring journalists who seek out stories that change lives, whose work exposes important social and economic injustices in Canada and helps bring about change for the better.
The (SRT) is a prominent UK-based grant-making foundation that focuses on supporting human rights, open societies, and environmental initiatives globally. Established in 1995, the Trust emphasises freedom of expression and the strengthening of civil society as integral to its mission. Its Open Societies program prominently features funding for public interest media and journalism.
For further information on their programs and partnerships, visit their .
The gives grants to social entrepreneurs – change makers who use innovative approaches to address difficult social problems. The Foundation’s work is organised around six priority issue areas: environmental sustainability, education, economic opportunity, health, peace and human rights, and sustainable markets.
Geographical priorities: The Skoll Foundation is a global organisation without regional focus. Over the past 12 years, the foundation has invested approximately $800 million worldwide, including the to 144 social entrepreneurs and 116 organisations on five continents.
Type of funding: Grants, Awards and
(Last updated on February 2022)
is a Dutch nonprofit foundation committed to fostering a strong and independent media landscape in Europe. Operating through its investment arm, V-Ventures, the foundation supports media companies and journalists producing impactful content, and invests in enterprises developing innovative tools and technologies to enhance media operations.
Stiftung Mercator is a private and independent foundation. Through its work, it supports and develops projects that improve in an increasingly diverse society.
to strengthen ,
address the ,
drive forward .
The (UN Foundation) is a non-profit organisation based in Washington, D.C., dedicated to supporting the United Nations' mission and its work worldwide. Established in 1998 through a historic $1 billion gift from philanthropist Ted Turner, the Foundation has become a vital partner in advancing the UN’s priorities, including the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). With a focus on mobilising resources, partnerships, and public support, the UN Foundation works on a wide range of issues such as climate change, public health, gender equality, technology, peace, and humanitarian assistance.
Recognised as a public utility since 1988, the works to support and promote the press and communication professions among journalists, schools and researchers, following in the footsteps of Alexandre Varenne, a lawyer, journalist and major politician of the 20th century.
Funding opportunities: Awards are given by a jury of professionals. You can find out more about the awards and how to
is a US-based international, non-profit, non-governmental organisation that works with women leaders in the areas of economic empowerment, women's political participation, and human rights.
Vital Voices also hosts the annual honouring women leaders working in the areas of human rights, economic empowerment, or political reform.
Funding Opportunities: Vital Voices connects women leaders from the Vital Voices Global Leadership Network to financial resources so that they can bring their vision for change to life and amplify the solutions they have created to scale. Through their Investment Portfolio, the organisation provides grant awards, capacity building and grant oversight to support leaders in achieving impact.
You can see more about the Vital Voices Crisis Response funds, including their Freedom of Expression Urgent Assistance Fund .
The was established by Sir William Gaston Walkley and the first awards were handed out in 1956. The foundation's objectives are to recognise great Australian journalism and lift the craft of journalism through professional development.
Funding opportunities: Grants are funded by the Walkley Foundation’s Public Fund. You can find out more about the fund, what they support, and how to .
Sean Dorney Grant for Pacific Journalism: The grant offers up to $10,000 to assist an Australian journalist to produce a significant work of journalism in any medium that gives voice to Pacific island perspectives on an under-reported issue or development of importance to Australia and the region. Find more information and apply .
Walkley Grants for Freelance Journalism on Regional Australia: Grants worth a total of $89,000 were awarded to seven freelance journalists in 2020. For more information click .
Judith Neilson Institute Freelance Grants for Asian Journalism: This grant aims to encourage more and better reporting on Asia by Australian media professionals and news outlets. Three grants worth a total of $25,000 were awarded to three freelance journalists in 2020. For more information click .
The foundation's application form can be found .
For a searchable list of current funding opportunities see the .
If an organisation or an opportunity is missing,
For a searchable list of current funding opportunities see the .
group funds, supports and accelerates transitions to a fairer and more sustainable world.
Types of funding: Programmatic, loans and
The main aim of this mechanism is to co-finance projects or programmes put forward by French civil society organisations (CSOs) that are deployed at local level with the aim of improving how local CSOs are organised and expanding their capabilities.
: The FISONG, which is managed by AFD’s Operations Department, is a “call for ideas” based on themes defined in consultation with non-governmental organisations (NGOs), with the aim of encouraging CSOs from France and beyond to develop innovative practices.
: Since 2013, AFD has been developing a wide range of instruments to provide a more effective response to unstable situations, including crisis and post-crisis calls for projects (APCC). APCCs are based on specifications set out by AFD and allow projects to be codeveloped with CSOs and other French and international not-for-profit organisations.
(scroll to bottom of the AFD page)
The , better known by its acronym DANIDA, is responsible for Denmark’s development cooperation, an area of activity under the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Denmark.
In line with Denmark’s strategy for development cooperation, “," Denmark is engaged in efforts to promote human rights with various focus areas including freedom of expression, emergency support for human rights defenders, digital resilience, freedom of association and assembly, and free media.
The (DAPP) is Denmark’s collaboration programme with the Middle East and North Africa (MENA), in particular Morocco, Tunisia, Egypt and Jordan. Strengthening free, independent, and diverse media is a programme objective under its Programme on Human Rights and Inclusion.
Amount of funding: €3.9 mill (2022 )
(Last updated March 2017)
Geographical Priorities:
A critical element of their engagement is the dialogue with Australian aid and development NGOs, a partnership with the , through country and thematic strategies, development programs and projects, and through responses to humanitarian emergencies.
For four decades the Australian Government has provided funding to Australian development NGOs through the .
The is a flexible small grants program funded by the Australian Government through the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade, which is administered through Australia's overseas diplomatic posts.
(Last Updated: March 2018)
provides funding to organisations in three ways: through Dutch missions abroad (embassies and consulates-general), through calls for grant proposals, and through contributions to international organisations. The Fund focuses on the priorities of Dutch policy for .
Through its Human Rights Fund, the Netherlands also supports various projects relating to freedom of expression. For an up-to-date overview of projects, see the which is submitted to Parliament each year.
Amount of funding: According to the the Dutch government "doesn’t support media companies directly, but makes funding available for research and programs in the field of innovation, investigative journalism, regional and local journalism and talent-development. Thereby allowing media to reinvent themselves."
(Last Updated: March 2018)
The is the UK government department responsible for protecting and promoting British interests around the world. The organisation works in the UK and in 178 countries and territories.
Funding opportunities: The FCDO helps potential applicants to view, sort and filter UK Official Development Assistance (ODA) funding opportunities, across all UK government departments. Each funding call includes a high level overview and information on how to apply.
The French works to represent, defend and promote the interests of France and French nationals in all areas in foreign countries and international organisations.
(CFI), a French media development agency, works as a public sector operator to support media outlets in developing regions, including sub-Saharan Africa, the Mediterranean, and the Levant. CFI initiates projects that revolve around local media, aiming to amplify and fortify local information and discussions, especially in regions vulnerable to conflict, political instability, and health crises. The organization primarily focuses on youth in African and Mediterranean nations, digital technologies, new distribution methods, and the promotion of Francophone culture and its associated values.
CFI regularly launches to select the most suitable companies to provide services of works, services or supplies.
(Last updated 2016)
BMZ’s principal partner in implementing media development projects is , a division of Germany’s largely state-funded international broadcaster, (DW). Other grants are implemented by the (), various German NGOs, political party foundations, and church-affiliated development services.
Geographical Priorities:
(Last updated March 2018)
manages the Government of Canada’s international assistance, as well as its diplomatic and consular relations, humanitarian assistance, and international trade.
Funding opportunities: Organizations seeking funding can search for different sources of funding, including current “Calls for Proposals,” some of which are open only to Canadian organizations. If a group’s project corresponds to Canada’s international development priorities, it can submit an unsolicited proposal for work in a country where Canada is doing development assistance. A group can also reach out to Canadian diplomatic or consular missions on funding for local initiatives.
(Last updated March 2018)
Dr. Keiichi Hashimoto, a Senior Advisor at JICA and a specialist in media and peacebuilding, has been involved in media assistance in Nepal, South Sudan and other countries. Drawing on his experiences in an on Kosovo’s public broadcaster Radio Television of Kosovo (RTK), he notes, “To entrench democracy and peace, it is essential to have media institutions that provide fair, neutral and accurate information. As the spread of fake news and hate speech becomes a problem worldwide, we expect there will be a need to establish trustworthy public broadcasts.” JICA continues to offer media assistance in Africa, Asia and other regions.
(Last updated March 2017)
The Norwegian Agency for Development Cooperation (Norad) is a directorate under the Norwegian Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Norad works to ensure effective foreign aid, with quality assurance and evaluation. Norad finances and does its own research and projects.
(SIDA) is Sweden’s government agency for development cooperation. Through cooperation with civil society, multilateral organisations, public agencies and the private sector they work for sustainable development and help create conditions for people living in poverty and oppression to improve their living conditions.
Amount of funding: In 2022, Sida disbursed EUR 6 billion in the area of . This is Sida’s largest area and represents around a quarter of total aid.
Sida's process for applying for support, from concept note to agreement on contribution, can be found :
You can find current announcements and calls for proposals :
Sida also makes to research organizations, universities and research institutes in partner countries; regional research networks; and international research programs:
(Last updated March 2018)
The (SDC) is Switzerland’s international cooperation agency within the Federal Department of Foreign Affairs. SDC works in partnership with other Swiss federal entities for development coordination, cooperation with Eastern Europe, and humanitarian aid.
The (USAID) is an independent agency of the United States federal government that leads the U.S. Government's international development and disaster assistance through partnerships and investments that save lives, reduce poverty, strengthen democratic governance, and help people emerge from humanitarian crises and progress beyond assistance. With a budget of over $27 billion, USAID is one of the largest official aid agencies in the world and accounts for more than half of all U.S. foreign assistance—the highest in the world in absolute dollar terms.
Labor: USAID supports the design and development of programs on worker empowerment, labor rights, and access to justice for workers worldwide, including through the .
There are many different opportunities for funding at USAID. The majority of USAID’s funds are awarded through a competitive process. These funding opportunities are posted daily on (grants and cooperative agreements) and (contracts).
USAID’s , updated daily, features business and partnership opportunities. You can download information about current opportunities and use filters to sort by date, sector, award type, and more.
(Last updated March 2017)
The leads America’s foreign policy through diplomacy, advocacy, and foreign assistance. For media development agencies, the most relevant State Department programmes are those channelled through the (DRL).
Funding Opportunities: DRL awards the vast majority of its program funds through open competition. You can find a collection of current and previous Bureau of Democracy, Human Rights, and Labor calls for Statements of Interest, Requests for Proposals, and Notices of Funding Opportunity the and on the .
(Last updated March 2017)
For a searchable list of current funding opportunities see the .
If an organisation or an opportunity is missing,
For a searchable list of current funding opportunities see the .
(Last updated on March 2018)
Funding opportunities: NDI is not a grant-making organization. The institute supports democratic institutions and practices in every region of the world. The NDI and its local partners work to promote openness and accountability in government by building political and civic , safeguarding elections, and promoting citizen participation.
For a searchable list of current funding opportunities see the .
If an organisation or an opportunity is missing,
For specific information about emergency resources for journalists and media in Ukrainian see (Інші ресурси)
Para la version / Click here for .
Натисніть тут, щоб ознайомитися з / Click here for
Нажмите здесь, чтобы ознакомиться руководства / Click here for .
Click aici pentru / Click here for
/ Click here for
The (JiD) Network is a network of media freedom organisations which provide direct assistance to journalists and media workers who are at risk because of their work.
For assistance, visit the to find the relevant member organisation that can provide the help you need. Many of JiD members are featured in the resource listed in this Guide.
The , ICORN, is an independent organisation of cities and regions offering shelter to writers and artists at risk, advancing freedom of expression, defending democratic values and promoting international solidarity.
The Center for Human Rights provides legal technical expert assistance to HRDs activists/lawyers. Please see contact: for more info.
The provides and administrative assistance to professional journalists and citizen-journalists who have been the victims of reprisals because of their reporting. RSF helps:
When the results of its research allows, may also support applications for international protection or asylum submitted by professional journalists and citizen-journalists who have fled their country.
is also in a position to support the activities of media outlets and local NGOs that defend the media or freedom of information. This assistance is intended to help media outlets and NGOs to maintain or restore operational capacity in the event of problems (such as attacks, ransacking and vandalism). It may also contribute to capacity-building and development:
Leading independent media in Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland, Slovakia and Slovenia, who form part of the ’s (IPI) , have offered to who may end up in their countries by hosting them in their newsrooms.
IPI's partners have already offered support in different ways, for example by promoting fundraising efforts to support Ukrainian media, and in the case of by hosting refugees in their offices.
Journalists from Ukraine or Russia who wish to be put in contact with one of the partner newsrooms can email . They are also happy to hear from other newsrooms who would be happy to host displaced journalists
For a searchable list of current funding opportunities see the
The (CoE) is an international organisation founded in the wake of World War II to uphold human rights, democracy and the rule of law in Europe. Founded in 1949, it has 46 member states, with a population of approximately 675 million; it operates with an annual budget of approximately 500 million euros.
Funding opportunities: The CoE does not post calls for proposals on its website. Follow the GFMD page for new calls for proposals from the organisation.
The is the of the , responsible for proposing legislation, implementing decisions, upholding the and managing the day-to-day business of the EU.
In its , the Commission decided to launch a 'news initiative', bundling existing and new actions and support to the news media sector. This initiative looks holistically at the challenges facing the news media industry and provides a coherent response, bringing together different policy and funding instruments under a common banner.
Themes: The European Commission funds areas such as , , , , and .
The Commission is organised into policy departments, known as (DGs), which are responsible for different policy areas. DGs develop, implement and manage EU policy, law, and funding programmes. In addition, service departments deal with particular administrative issues.
The mission of is "to contribute to sustainable development, to eradicate poverty, and promote peace and the protection of human rights through international partnerships that uphold and promote European values and interests."
As part of the European Union’s external relations, the DG is at the forefront of the European Union’s efforts to implement global commitments, notably the and the Paris Agreement on Climate Change.
INTPA's main funding instrument, Global Europe, is committed to supporting countries in overcoming long-term developmental challenges and will contribute to achieving the international commitments and objectives that the Union has agreed to, in particular the 2030 Agenda and its and the Paris Agreement.
You can apply for a grant from the European Commission in the field of External Actions by searching on the .
The mission of is to take forward the EU's . DG NEAR works closely with the European External Action Service and the line DGs in charge of thematic priorities.
Calls for proposals are published on the
is the Commission department responsible to develop a digital single market to generate smart, sustainable and inclusive growth in Europe. It invests in research, innovation, deployment and uptake of trustworthy and green digital technologies.
The EU has a series of programmes and funds financed from the EU budget and , a temporary instrument designed to boost the financial recovery of the region. Some of these programmes are aimed at
is a European Union programme for the cultural and creative sectors. It "invests in actions that reinforce cultural diversity and respond to the needs and challenges of the cultural and creative sectors."
In particular, in 2021, . The action aims to:
Applications for all Creative Europe calls are processed through the European Commission's .
The EU merged several instruments and funding programmes with the objective of streamlining funding for its external diplomacy. For the period 2021-2017, the new , dubbed "Global Europe", replaces the EIDHR as well as other programmes, including (IcSP), the (EDF), the (ENPI), and the (DCI).
The EU merged several instruments and funding programmes with the objective of streamlining funding for its external diplomacy. For the period 2021-2017, the new , dubbed "Global Europe", replaces the IcSP as well as other programmes, including, the (EDF), the (ENPI), and the (DCI).
You can find open and closed calls for proposals awarded by the European Commission on issues related to communication and audiovisual services .
The (OSCE) is an intergovernmental organization with 57 participating States, working to address security challenges in Europe. The organisation has a comprehensive approach to security that encompasses politico-military, economic and environmental, and human aspects. It addresses a wide range of security-related concerns, including arms control, confidence- and security-building measures, human rights, national minorities, democratization, policing strategies, counter-terrorism and economic and environmental activities.
The World Bank has two systems which will run in parallel for an estimated seven years: the current environmental and social policies of the Bank are known as the "" and a new set of environment and social policies called the that applies to all new World Bank investment project financing. Emphasis here is that project development outcomes are improved by taking environmental and social aspects into consideration.
For a searchable list of current funding opportunities see the .
If an organisation or an opportunity is missing,
For a searchable list of current funding opportunities see the .
is a UK-based crowdfunding platform that supports a variety of projects, including journalism and media initiatives. It offers both all-or-nothing and flexible funding models, making it a versatile choice for independent media organisations, investigative journalists, and community-driven reporting projects. Crowdfunder also provides match funding opportunities through partnerships with grant-giving organisations.
allow individuals and organisations to raise money directly through Facebook’s platform. Designed for non-profits, personal causes, and creative projects, this tool enables media organizations to leverage their existing audience for crowdfunding efforts. Supporters can donate without leaving Facebook, and fundraisers can be easily shared across the platform to maximize reach.
is a widely recognised crowdfunding platform that helps creators fund projects through an all-or-nothing funding model. Media organisations, documentary filmmakers, and investigative journalists can use Kickstarter to raise money for specific projects, such as special reports, new publications, or multimedia storytelling initiatives. Campaigns must set a funding goal and deadline, and funds are only collected if the goal is met.
is a creator-friendly crowdfunding platform that allows individuals and organisations to receive financial support through one-time donations, memberships, or sales of digital and physical products. Unlike many other crowdfunding sites, Ko-fi does not take a cut of donations, making it an attractive option for independent journalists and media creators seeking direct audience support.
is a global crowdfunding platform that supports a diverse range of projects, including media and journalism initiatives. Unlike some competitors, Indiegogo offers both fixed and flexible funding models, allowing media organisations to choose whether they only receive funds if they meet their goal or keep all contributions regardless of the target.
is a subscription-based crowdfunding platform that enables creators, including journalists and media organisations, to receive ongoing financial support from their audience. Supporters, or "patrons," subscribe to different membership tiers in exchange for exclusive content, behind-the-scenes access, or other perks. This model fosters long-term relationships and provides a steady revenue stream for independent media projects.
For a searchable list of current funding opportunities see the .
If an organisation or an opportunity is missing,
For crisis and emergency funding and resources for Ukraine, see the section. For a Ukrainian translation of this Guide, please visit the .
provides to HRDs and CSOs, including journalists, including financial assistance for relocations, equipment, transportation and various other aspects.
The ' Journalist Assistance program dispenses emergency grants to journalists in distress worldwide through CPJ’s .
The is rapid response mechanism provided by the for human rights defenders, journalists, activists and organisations facing digital threats and attacks.
The NGO and festival team has initiated a documenting the events of the war in Ukraine right now: recording war crimes, filming footage for the international media and for their future films which will later give the world a more in-depth perspective on the situation in Ukraine.
For additional questions, email DocuDays UA at .
To apply for funding, fill out this .
provides no grants at the moment, but temporary relocation of journalists/media workers at risk to Leipzig, Germany (up to 6 months). Individual guidance and financial support in exile for journalists who arrived in Germany are guaranteed as part of the (JiR) Programme which includes: Visa assistance; Shelter; Health insurance; Psychosocial support; Stipend. For more information contact the JiR Programme Manager at journalistsinresidence@ecpmf.eu.
The (EED) is an independent, grant-making organisation that supports people striving for democracy in the European Neighbourhood - the Eastern Partnership, Middle East and North Africa, the Western Balkans and beyond. In exceptional and clearly justified situations, EED may process a limited number of requests on an urgent basis. You can apply for support on the EED website. To request emergency support you should tick the box at the bottom of the application form and provide a brief explanation as to why your request is urgent, and the potential consequences if you do not receive funding urgently. You can apply for support through the secure application form on the EED website:
The is an emergency initiative established by in collaboration with various partners to support frontline organisations affected by the recent U.S. foreign aid freeze. This fund aims to prevent disruptions in critical services provided by high-impact organisations worldwide.
For eligibility criteria, please see their FAQs. For more information or to apply for funding, visit .
provides assistance to journalists and media staff as well as civil society organisations working on media/press freedom at risk.
Freedom House administers which offer emergency assistance to organizations and individuals around the world who are under threat because of their human rights work. See more under . Through the fund Freedom House supports requests for:
manages the international . This international emergency fund provides direct assistance to journalists and media outlets, enabling them to resume work as quickly as possible when faced with a crisis situation.
In 2001 launched its to provide rapid and practical financial support to human rights defenders at risk.
Grants are for amounts up to a maximum of €7,500. The organisation provides an .
The is the world's largest organisation of journalists represents 600,000 media professionals from 187 trade unions and associations in more than 140 countries. The organisation organises collective action to support journalists, promotes international action to defend press freedom and social justice, fight for gender equality in all its structures, policies and programmes, and opposes discrimination.
The is a lifeline for journalists facing violence, persecution and threat or needing medical treatment. The Safety Fund offers financial assistance in a range of emergency cases such as threats, violence and threats thereof, prosecution, settlement in exile and illness.
Download the application form .
The for emergency relocation, family, legal and medical support. To provide immediate support for journalists who are victimised as a direct result of their journalistic work.
IMS has created a special email address to funnel applications:
You can find more information .
The is an organization that is dedicated to strengthening the role of women journalists. The organization provides safety training, byline opportunities, and emergency support tailored to women journalists and photographers around the world.
The was established in 2013 to provide women journalists with a lifeline of support in times of crisis.
(BJTRF) was started by Sonia Weiser in May 2020. The fund is designed to provide financial assistance for Black journalists facing financial hardship who are unable to pay for the mental health support they need during this time. While publications ask Black journalists — both freelance and full-time staff members — to put their lives at risk to report on racial injustices and embed themselves within the protests, they rarely provide resources for these same journalists to process the trauma incurred both on the job and in daily life. BJTRF will consider supporting Black journalists globally who:
The supports media and journalists who have fled war and crisis regions, providing them opportunities to quickly and with flexibility continue their work in exile. It acts as an international clearing house, identifying which resources are required at any given moment, collating offers of assistance, and distributing them to where they are needed most.
The is a consortium of 7 international NGOs providing emergency assistance grants to civil society organizations, including journalist organizations, facing threats due to their human rights work, and rapid response advocacy and resiliency grants to address broader threats to civic space and freedom of association and assembly. The fund is administered through the two human rights organisations and .
Both Freedom House and Front Line Defenders provide emergency assistance to CSOs and their staff members through the . Each organization has its own criteria, and can be contacted for more information. Please note that Lifeline will not support duplicate requests.
For assistance please contact .
, a UK-based media industry publication and consultancy with Ukrainian roots, is partnering with , , and , as well as multiple media partners from across Europe. The group is working with a growing list of Ukrainian media, including , , and others.
If you are representing independent media covering the war, want to be a part of the campaign and receive financial or any other help, please send a short description of your media and the list of urgent needs to the email (bear in mind immediate support on the ground is extremely difficult to provide).
The (MFRR) tracks, monitors and reacts to violations of press and media freedom in EU Member States and Candidate Countries.
The MFRR is organised by an alliance led by the (ECPMF) including , the (EFJ), (FPU), the at the University of Leipzig (InfAI), (IPI) and (OBCT). The project commenced in 2020 and is funded by the European Commission.
Threats against journalists and media workers often require urgent and swift responses to ensure the safety of those targeted but also to help journalists and media workers threatened with prosecution, just for doing their job. The alliance participates in supporting journalists on these issues by providing and , public advocacy, and information to protect journalists and media workers.
) is a private, nonprofit foundation dedicated to the growth and strengthening of democratic institutions around the world.The NED Ukraine team is working around the clock to find ways to support partners in the country.
For , journalists and media workers can write to ukraine@ned.org with ideas and proposals for quick access to contingency funds.
The (NEAR) is a coalition of local and national civil society organisations from the Global South, dedicated to transforming the humanitarian and development aid system into one that is locally driven and owned. NEAR emphasizes genuine local participation at all levels of development and disaster management to ensure effective aid delivery to those in need.
Funding: NEAR manages the , a locally led and governed pooled fund designed to provide financial resources directly to local organizations. Since its inception, the Change Fund has managed over $5 million in grants focused on emergency response and displacement-related initiatives. The fund offers flexible, trust-based grants to support high-impact programs led by local CSOs.
In response to specific challenges, such as the recent U.S. Government foreign aid suspension, NEAR has launched the . This initiative aims to provide immediate financial support to member organisations significantly impacted by the sudden funding disruption, ensuring the continuity of essential services.
The supports new and existing civil society partnerships in regard to strengthening democratic development in the Eastern Neighbourhood Countries.
The organisation has a that supports civil society organisations in the Eastern Neighbourhood Countries: Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Moldova and Ukraine – in a flexible and fast way in a highly unpredictable and turbulent environment.
Questions may be directed to
expanded its long-standing as part of efforts to support the literary community at a time when the health and livelihoods of so many are at risk.
is one of the world’s leading NGOs in the defense and promotion of freedom of information.
RSF provides and administrative assistance to professional journalists and citizen-journalists to help them defend themselves, and help the families of imprisoned journalists.
provide also provides a complete for journalists and reporters for almost any country, war zone included.
is a new project run by Germany and taz-Panter-foundation, which is a non-profit organization linked to „die tageszeitung“ (taz), the daily newspaper in Berlin. They invite journalists from countries in crisis or war to stay in Berlin. They offer them a time of refuge and rest up to three months.
Since 1995, has given support to freelance journalists and their families when they need help. This includes freelancers who have been seriously injured, threatened, imprisoned, detained, forced into exile or killed as a result of their work.
The manages a that provides grants to freelance journalists to help with costs associated with an immediate crisis, either personal or in cases of force majeure such as natural disasters or political and civil unrest.
in Israel, is an independent, nonprofit news organization established to strengthen Israeli democracy through investigative journalism.
Shomrim established an for Israel’s Frontline Journalists, that will provide grants for mental resilience support to journalists, photographers, videographers, and sound technicians working in combat zones in both southern and northern Israel war zones.
The is available to activists whose safety and security is at risk.
is a US-based international, non-profit, non-governmental organization that works with women leaders in the areas of economic empowerment, women's political participation, and human rights.
The supports women leaders and activists who have recently experienced a crisis.
The provides urgent assistance to survivors of extreme forms of gender-based violence and harmful traditional practices. The Fund supports individuals with small, short-term emergency funds.
This tool, created by Brazilian , an initiative that covers the impact of social networks on people's lives, "monitors in order to increase discovery of reliable, actionable social media information about the war in Ukraine in 2022. By having a curated list, the tool helps to filter out the noise of disinformation, misinformation, memes and plagiarism surrounding the conflict."
Núcleo has its own curated list, and also relies on lists by , and the following Twitter lists: , by Cristina Tardáguila and by #WomenInJournalism.
The (EDMO) "brings together fact-checkers, media literacy experts, and academic researchers to understand and analyse disinformation, in collaboration with media organisations, online platforms and media literacy practitioners."
This , written by a leading disaster specialist, contains a list of helpful mental tips for survival.
This document offers an easy-to-follow survival advice. It is available in Ukrainian .
A for the information-sharing group on support for Ukrainian media and journalists convened by the Global Forum for Media Development (GFMD). Also available in .
In , discusses the impact of reporting the war in Ukraine with trauma therapist Olivia James.
This from offers tips to navigate the reporting of Ukraine and protect your mental health. "Expert Hannah Storm, founder of Headlines Network, advises reporters and editors on how to protect themselves while monitoring the conflict."
An increasing numbers of journalists are suffering from the effect of covering the war in Ukraine remotely. This . From avoiding graphic images to connecting with colleagues, Hannah Storm (founder and co-director of ) provides tips from her from my years working in media safety and mental health.
The has collated resources in this to address different aspects of the issue: from post-traumatic stress disorder to digital wellness.
Browse more of these articles and podcasts .
’s comprehensive includes expert advice from more than two dozen specialists and journalists, covering everything from the legal aspects of war, to self-care for covering traumatic events.
A collaboration between and , this guide is designed to help editors and managers understand and support their teams. It is divided into five sections covering both general information and specific suggestions and tips for working with freelancers.
Read more about the guide
The has put together this , collecting recommendations for meeting the emotional challenges of covering war, from a group of seasoned veterans.
Also available in
Read more about by the .
If you would like to share resources specific to displaced journalists, please get in touch by writing to .
Media industry publication is connecting media to other donors and/or helping with grant applications so that Ukrainian media staff both in and outside of the country don’t have to spend time on paperwork. You can contact them by writing to .
is a network of exiled media organizations that actively share knowledge and best practices to more effectively — and efficiently — provide independent and high-quality journalism to populations without access to a domestic free press.
is a joint collaboration between NEMO co-founders Confidencial (Nicaragua), Meydan TV (Azerbaijan), and Zamaneh Media (Iran).
The has put up together a guide to support "With the aim of providing a single source of information for Ukrainian refugees considering where they now go, the CMS employment team has gathered information on key points from a number of CMS jurisdictions.
The has published an .
"According to , almost four million refugees have fled Ukraine since the war started. These people are now having to figure out how to access services, adapt to different customs and rebuild their lives in a foreign country.
The (ECPMF) (JiR) programme offers "temporary shelter for journalists facing harassment and intimidation as a direct result of their work. Journalists get the chance to rest and recuperate in a safe and discreet place, and also to continue their investigative work at their own pace and use their time in Leipzig for networking and finding solidarity. The JiR programme lasts for either three or up to six months, and includes a rent-free furnished apartment in Leipzig, as well as a monthly stipend to cover basic living costs. It also covers travel and visa expenses, health insurance, psychological counselling, and journalism-related training sessions on topics like digital security, mobile reporting and social media management."
Calls for applications are normally announced on and the ECPMF’s social media once or twice a year and are also disseminated throughout the Centre’s European networks. The programme is currently working on setting up new fellowships to host journalists from Ukraine and Russia in either Germany or Kosovo.
If you are a journalist searching for help through one of ECPMF’s support programmes, you can get in contact with them on Signal: +49 176 43839637, Email: , or through this .
The is providing professional and free legal assistance, from counselling to representation, to Ukrainian refugees . On February 24 the Hungarian government recognised the vast majority of people fleeing Ukraine as eligible for temporary protection. Read more about the decree . You can contact the Committee at or .
, an independent magazine with offices located in north-eastern Germany, is for Ukrainian journalists who have fled the country. The company is offering 2000 m² of office space plus desks, computers, servers & accommodation.
Czech-based NGO can help to cover costs for relocations and provide support regarding visa and invitations. Their team is mostly working in the Donetsk and Luhansk regions, both in the territory under the control of the Ukrainian government and in non-government controlled areas. The aid focuses on those in the greatest need, who have often lost everything. The organisation provides financial assistance to buy the basic necessities of life, hygiene kits, or food parcels with flour, oil, salt and sugar.
In cooperation with partner organisation , the organisation has had a team working on the Slovak-Ukrainian border since 26th February. Humanitarian workers in Ukraine near Velky Berezny—where the situation is critical— built facilities for people waiting for border control. You can read more about their efforts .
Leading independent media in Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland, Slovakia and Slovenia, who form part of the International Press Institute’s (IPI) , have offered to who may end up in their countries by hosting them in their newsrooms.
IPI's partners have already offered support in different ways, for example by promoting fundraising efforts to support Ukrainian media, and in the case of by hosting refugees in their offices.
Journalists from Ukraine or Russia who wish to be put in contact with one of the partner newsrooms can email . They are also happy to hear from other newsrooms who would be happy to host displaced journalists.
has offices in Vilnius, Moldova and Poland and are supporting in-exile media.
Journalists displaced by autocratic regimes are reporting on their homelands in increasingly innovative and effective ways. In interviews with the , , including tips on reaching on-the-ground sources, accessing blocked audiences, and circumventing government censorship.
For crisis and emergency funding, see in the left-hand menu.
For funding opportunities, visit the GFMD .
For an Arabic translation of this Guide, see the .
For specific information about fundraising and crowdfunding for media and journalists in Ukraine in Ukrainian see (Збір коштів та краудфандинг для медіа та журналістів в Україні)
David Tvrdon, news product manager and podcast producer at , has written an article for European magazine , offering 5 steps to how "other from the first line as Russian media and various alternative “news” sites funded mainly by Russia are spreading propaganda and fake news."
The aims to enable independent media to continue to cover the war from neighbouring countries. Funds are being earmarked to help journalists relocate operations from Kyiv and other Ukrainian cities in peril to Warsaw, Vilnius and other neighbouring capitals. The GoFundMe campaign is run by a consortium of , , , and , as well as multiple media partners from across Europe. The group is working with a growing list of Ukrainian media, including , , and others. Support is allocated based on urgency of needs in the first place, then distributed proportionally.
Protection and media equipment purchases and delivery to Ukraine (here is a – we are delivering via Poland and Romania)
If you want to provide funds to individual media directly, contact The Fix at and they will provide a list with their details.
The Fix has written more made through the various funding campaigns that they are a part of.
You can read more about the campaign in this from the Guardian.
The same group has also created a separate for the English-language .
For information about how the money is being spent, read from .
, a publisher of 3 tech news websites, has launched a to raise emergency funds to support staff and keep the media startup operational.
Read more about their efforts and the new reality they are facing in .
To address the humanitarian crisis stemming from the Russian invasion of Ukraine, , a Central European platform of debate and analysis under the , will use all of its proceeds from subscriptions to their website to as part of the Future of Ukraine Fellowship for a six-month period. The platform is asking for donations to match it in support of the next generation of Ukrainian thought leaders whose work has been interrupted by the war.
The , and the have created a .
The represents more than 70 regional publishers and about 40 local online projects in Ukraine. Their mission is to protect and promote media and quality journalism. The association has created a .
Three leading Ukrainian media companies, , , and are partnering with non-fungible token (NFT) platform in an effort to .
You can read more about the efforts in this .
Ukraine's largest broadcasting group, , composed of six television stations and nine other media and advertising companies is requesting donations in light of the ongoing crisis. Donations will go to "ensuring honest journalism, providing an uninterrupted broadcasting and the safety of journalists themselves."
, a Russian independent international publication based in Riga, Latvia, has been in operation since 2014. It was declared a 'foreign agent' by the Russian government in April 2021 and has since relied on reader revenue and a successful fundraising drive.
"Since the outbreak of this war, transferring money from Russia to Europe has become impossible" and Meduza has lost 30,000 individual donors. To counter this loss of revenue the media has started a .
You can read more about Meduza in the second half of this ; in this article from; and in this by one the campaign's founders, Sebastian Esser from German online news site (see here for by GIJN).
In response to the war in Ukraine a group of over 25 media support organizations and media outlets are launching the to pay for stories produced by Ukrainian, Belarusian, and Russian journalists who are reporting the truth on the war despite the enormous risks. The fund will serve as a lifeline to allow them to stay on the job even as their normal income plummets or vanishes, the direct consequence of living and working in or near a war zone.
The campaign coordinator is , a Prague-based publishing and journalism training organization that has supported and trained journalists for more than 20 years.
, a Berlin-based European network of journalists, are asking for financial support to buy vitally needed protective and emergency equipment, provide psychological help and support journalists in the field and in exile with their most difficult work. The organisation is in close contact with colleagues on the ground in Ukraine. This fundraiser is also supported by their partners , , , and .
The , a foundation dedicated to the support, safety and welfare of freelance newsgatherers around the world, is to be procured and delivered by their partners in the , ensuring that journalists in Ukraine can safely cover the war and fight misinformation and propaganda.
Media Development NGO (IMS) is raising money to
In the past few weeks has helped local partners in Ukraine with safety training, emergency kits, alternative housing and evacuation. The are so that they can keep doing their much needed job.
The will provide support to established civil society organizations that are meeting humanitarian needs on the ground and protecting vulnerable populations such as the families of veterans, internally displaced persons, and women in need of psycho-social support. It will work to counter Kremlin-sponsored disinformation and provide cyber and information security resources to civilians. It will provide support to help keep journalists safe with live-saving equipment and keep independent media outlets operating.
, a Swiss non-profit organization, is "mobilizing to contribute to the emergency operation of the independent Ukrainian media, as well as to the basic information needs of the displaced populations, and to the coverage of justice issues in the context of this conflict."
For more information, see Fondation Hirondelle's .
International media development organisation has worked for nearly 30 years to bolster independent media in Ukraine including supporting investigative reporting and anti-corruption efforts, the introduction of media literacy in schools, crucial media regulatory reforms, innovations in combatting disinformation, and initiatives to help media outlets become financially sustainable.
The organisation is in this time of crisis with:
The is raising money to .
Media and journalistic organizations from Nordic countries have joined the Fund: from Sweden, , , and .
The (IPI), a global network of editors, media executives and leading journalists, has launched a . All funds raised will go directly to independent media in Ukraine. "IPI is working closely with several trusted partners to distribute funding to a range of journalists in the country, including The Fix and the Media Development Foundation, which has coordinated emergency funding to nearly 60 independent media organizations in Ukraine. Through the IPI Ukraine Solidarity Fund we will be able to provide a united contribution from IPI members to media with urgent needs."
If your newsroom is able to host independent Ukrainian or Russian journalists forced to flee or provide other forms of support (such as news and safety equipment) as the crisis unfolds, please contact the IPI secretariat directly.
The has established a to expand their capacity to undertake urgent safeguarding activities in Ukraine. The funds will enable the trust to:
The NGO and festival team has initiated a fund to support Ukrainian filmmakers documenting the events of the war in Ukraine right now: recording war crimes, filming footage for the international media and for their future films which will later give the world a more in-depth perspective on the situation in Ukraine.
You can make a donation by following this .
Ukrainian online media (Mykolaiv, Ukraine) is asking for the financial aid to effectively continue information war. What will this money be spent on:
Salaries of 14 employees of IA "Ukrainian Media Group" ( and ),
You can support the media on their page, via PayPal () or by transferring funds to their bank account. More details :
The and launched the , with concrete recommendations for journalists and editors on how to capture information about international crimes so that it may be admitted as evidence in court.
The Guide is available in English , Burmese , Ukrainian and Russian .
The handbook is also available in , , , , and .
Journalists receiving threats may have to flee their homes in a matter of a few hours. Conflicts, though, are often foreseeable and that’s why those in fragile regions should have an exit plan in place and crucial documents ready to go. These documents will not just help reporters with travel, when needed, but may also help them to move to a safer region or country. The has .
’s comprehensive includes expert advice from more than two dozen specialists and journalists, covering everything from the legal aspects of war to physical and digital security best practices.
flagship program (SAFE) enables media practitioners and social communicators to work as safely as possible in closed and closing spaces.
(CPJ) has compiled when reporting from the front lines of a conflict. "All war correspondents should have hostile environment training, up-to-date medical training, and the correct safety equipment before going on assignment in a conflict zone."
Read more about CPJ's .
has created a unique easy to access course for local journalists available via the encrypted messaging service Telegram with the help of chemical and biological weapons expert Hamish de Bretton-Gordon.
is designed to take just 15 minutes or less on a smartphone. The course will guide users on the types of chemical and biological weapons that have been used in recent years and how to recognise them. Typical symptoms are listed alongside what to do in the event of a chemical attack.
For emergency requests:
To request additional information:
Project Coordinator: Gürkan Özturan
For emergency requests:
To request additional information:
For emergency requests:
To request additional information:
For emergency requests:
To request additional information:
To access emergency funding:
To request additional information:
General email address:
Protonmail email address:
Tutanota email address:
To seek support:
Journalists-in-Residence (JiR) Program:
Line Wolf Nielsen, Coordinator of Communications and Press, DJ Safety Program Manager:
General Information:
Rapid Response Fund:
New Cooperation Fund:
General Information:
Appeal for Help:
чи
The provides pro bono legal representation to dozens of social justice organizations and engages hundreds of law firms in this worldwide work. The Vance Center’s advises many investigative journalism organizations around the world on issues of avoiding and defending against defamation claims, establishing joint investigations through data sharing and co-publication, employing journalists and editors in and from other countries, setting codes of conduct to promote safety, equal opportunity, and safety, and the like. Their clients include the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists, the Organized Crime and Corruption Reporting Project, the A Culture of Safety Alliance, the Arab Reporters of Investigative Journalism, and bellingcat.com.
In 2023 the Vance Center and the launched , a new programme defending investigative reporting around the world from legal threats meant to silence critical voices.
The registered British charity provides legal help to journalists, citizen journalists, and independent media across the world.
, ensuring that quality legal representation is available to journalists by paying for legal fees, connecting them to a lawyer if they don’t have one, and providing that lawyer with technical legal support. They also ensure that journalists have access to legal remedies when their right to freedom of expression has been violated, for instance, if they have become victims of violence or harassment;
, taking on strategic cases to challenge unjust laws used to silence journalists and to ensure the law is used to protect rather than persecute them. They seek out cases that offer an opportunity for systemic change (for instance changing a problematic law or practice) that will benefit media freedom;
, building local legal capacity with a view to providing journalists around the world with an opportunity to access the best possible legal defence. They do this through training lawyers and funding local legal centres that can represent journalists free of charge.
Netherlands-based (FPU) provides emergency and legal support to journalists and media organisations worldwide through its programme . The organisation gives support to journalists who face prosecution or imprisonment and who are unable to afford a lawyer or trial costs.
is the global pro bono legal programme. Through the facilitation of pro bono legal support and research, as well as the provision of resources for organisations across the globe, the programme works to advance media freedom, foster more inclusive economies, and promote human rights.
TrustLaw provides a series of for journalists, newsrooms, and media organisations to help address legal needs and support advocacy efforts.
The (MFRR) is a Europe-wide mechanism, which tracks, monitors, and responds to violations of press and media freedom in EU Member States and Candidate Countries. This project provides legal aid and practical support, public advocacy and information to protect journalists and media workers. The MFRR is organised by a consortium led by the European Centre for Press and Media Freedom (ECPMF) with ARTICLE 19, the European Federation of Journalists (EFJ), Free Press Unlimited (FPU), the Institute for Applied Informatics at the University of Leipzig (InfAI), International Press Institute (IPI), and CCI/Osservatorio Balcani e Caucaso Transeuropa (OBCT). The project is co-funded by the European Commission.
On May 14, 2020, GFMD hosted a webinar together with the founding organisations of MFRR. You can learn more about the initiative by watching the webinar .
The (RCFP) provides pro bono legal representation, amicus curiae support, and other legal aid and resources to protect First Amendment freedoms and the newsgathering rights of journalists in the US. The Reporters Committee serves news organisations, reporters, editors, documentary filmmakers, media lawyers, and many more.
RCFP also operates a that is available to working journalists and media lawyers seven days a week. For reporters covering major events such as elections, presidential inaugurals, Olympics, political party conventions and the like, special event hotlines are created.
The (SPJ) has created the , an initiative to initiate and support litigation that enforces public access to government records and proceedings, which can be the most expensive way to defend the First Amendment. The fund can also be a source of support for FOI hotlines, coalitions, and newsletters, as well as for legislative lobbying activities aimed at enforcing public access to government records and proceedings.
The fund partners with the National Freedom of Information Coalition’s , which exists to offer financial support in open government lawsuits. It was established to fuel and assist the pursuit of important FOI cases by helping to defray costs such as filing fees, depositions, court costs, and other expenses associated with legal actions.
The (MFIA) at Yale University is a law student clinic dedicated to increasing government transparency, defending the essential work of news gatherers, and protecting freedom of expression by providing pro bono legal services, pursuing impact litigation and developing policy initiatives.
The is a joint partnership of and . The mission is to make pro bono legal services available to journalists and small newsrooms that cannot otherwise afford legal representation. The program consists of three workstreams: Pre-publication review, access to public records, and defending journalists against subpoenas for confidential information. The pilot has launched in Washington state and selected parts of Northern and Southern California with exceptions for national pre-publication review matters. They are currently receiving referrals from three nonprofits (, , and ) but also consider requests for assistance received outside of these organizations. If you would like to receive pro bono legal support, please reach out to Flavie Fuentes at .
See a summary of GFMD's held together with the in June 2023.
There are further resources available from civil society on GFMD's Tech and Journalism Mechanism Gitbook page .
The has worked with experts at the Ford Foundation to adapt Ford’s Cybersecurity Assessment Tool (CAT) for use by watchdog journalism groups. The JSAT, translated into a dozen languages, offers an online diagnosis of an organisation’s physical and digital security strength and resiliency, with recommendations on how to improve your security.
You can read more about the tool .
This from pro bono legal programme has been written to support women journalists as they navigate the challenges of online violence. It includes information on:
If you are the victim of a DDOS attack, the (NED) can refer your organisation to , an American web infrastructure and website security company that provides content delivery network and DDoS mitigation services. Cloudflare offers pro-bono protections against DDOS attacks for organisations referred by NED. For assistance, please fill out an application on .
, a project of Deutsche Welle highlights complex issues surrounding free speech, free expression and a free press around the world. In connection with the ongoing crisis in Ukraine they .
DW Innovation also recommends accessing , “a news and information site for migrants to counter misinformation at every point of their journey: in their country of origin, along the route, or in the places where they hope to start a new life.” The site is a joint-venture of DW, and .
See more on CPJ's . You can also read their article about how to .
International nonprofit journalism organisation has spoken to experts in privacy and security to get their advice on the tools and tactics for skirting shutdowns.
From the , "Experts advise that if you live in a place where shutdowns are a risk — and that risk is spreading — be prepared. Download VPNs and other apps; be sure to have a contingency plan, including a phone number that doesn’t rely on the internet to connect; and have a phone tree of important people to call should something happen."
To resolve digital emergencies, OTF's works with partners who are highly sensitive to and well-aware of the specific needs and challenges of human rights activists, journalists, and the Internet freedom community.
is a Latin American network made up of a group of professionals and experts in free technologies, computer protection and training that promotes a comprehensive approach to privacy and digital security.
Reach out to Terra Común here: .
offers web hosting from small, simple websites to complex setups with multiple Virtual Private Servers (VPSes) using 100% Dutch wind energy.
is a Swedish digital forensic group that offers . The pro-bono service is dedicated to independent media, investigative journalists and human rights activists in Internet repressive regimes that have been targets of digital attacks, or are likely to become a target due to its scope of work, and are in need of immediate support.
Secure Hosting of at-risk websites – 12 months hosting with , including DDoS mitigation and forensics investigations of targeted attacks
Secure Hosting – 12 months hosting with , including DDoS mitigation and forensics investigations of targeted attacks.
Circumvention of Internet blocking – deployment of block-resilient mirror of blocked WordPress website ()
Apply for Rapid Response support .
Developed in collaboration by and , is an online learning platform that offers educational courses about digital security and privacy, and related tools and tactics for journalists, activists and human rights defenders in a safe, online classroom environment.
The Totem platform is built using the open-source (Massive Open Online Course) software. The platform has been carefully designed to be safe and privacy-preserving by collecting minimal data about its users and also using secure, modern encryption to prevent any eavesdropping.
View all 63 courses .
Anti-virus software - : This is anti-virus software that works to protect your device against cyber intrusions such as malware attacks and data breaches. One ESET license can be installed on five different devices. Valid for three years.
Virtual Private Network (VPN) - : TunnelBear encrypts your internet connection and protects your privacy, which prevents hackers or other nefarious actors from viewing or accessing your browsing activity, hiding your real IP address, and helps you to bypass internet censorship.
The webinar shows attendees how to diversify revenue streams, approach funders while safeguarding editorial independence, and adapt to the evolving funding landscape. The panel brings together three top experts with deep experience in media fundraising, business strategy, and philanthropic support for journalism, ready to share their knowledge and real-world strategies.
This ten-hour course is designed primarily for journalists & fundraisers looking to get funding from philanthropic foundations for journalism projects for the first time. It’s also for those who have fundraised before but are looking to refresh their strategy, reassess their goals, and find new funders.
In addition to the tips, Ajor and Repórter Brasil mapped 38 organizations that have the potential to finance Brazilian projects and organizations.
It’s not enough to simply have a great idea or great reporting. You need a team, you need travel, and you need support -- and, increasingly, that means you need fundraising. Whether you run a nonprofit, produce documentaries and podcasts, or are a freelancer, knowing how to fundraise is a survival skill for investigative journalists. In this video, the Global Investigative Journalism Network has brought together groundbreaking media donors from Australia, Europe, India, and the US to tell you what they’re looking for and how to navigate the sometimes arcane world of grants and donations.
The unexpected onset of the pandemic in early 2020 sent nonprofit organizations everywhere into crisis mode. Economic challenges forced fundraisers to press pause on many of their campaigns and launch new ones to adjust to their new realities and meet the needs of the moment.
Donors fluctuate — and that’s okay. “It’s a good reality check for us as fundraisers to understand that despite our absolute best efforts, the fact is that new donors who came to our organizations for the first time in 2020 may not stay with the organization,” Leinker said. “That doesn’t mean all is lost… but it is indicative that this is a very unusual time for philanthropy.”`
Deepening engagement can help retain donors. There are key values organizations can highlight to better attract and retain donors, including mission, impact, personal connection, and trust in the organization. During the pandemic, donors recognized the heightened need for philanthropy in alignment with these values, but it is important to note that this need has not gone away even as people begin to return to some pre-pandemic normalcy.
Organizations should do more to better prepare for future disruptions. Organizations can start by building a cross-functional team to manage fundraising efforts during times of crisis and identifying different audiences, such as existing donors, board members, or the broader community. The team should consist of people who can speak to these stakeholders best in order to increase communication.
Crafting a successful funding proposal is a challenge for journalists around the world. Competition can be tough, so it’s important to find ways to make your pitch stand out.
In these webinars, IJnet gathered together journalists who have developed successful funding proposals in the past provided insight on what worked for them when applying for grants, and are proposing tips to consider when crafting a winning pitch :
Do your research
Identify your target audience
Highlight your past reporting on the issues(s)
Collaborate with other journalists especially if the funders say this is important
Follow the timeframe identified by the funders
Demonstrate the intended impact of your reporting
Develop a clear reporting plan
Start early with fundraising, as it may be more difficult and take longer than you think. “It’s a time-consuming process that requires attention from the founder and from the senior management,” Brockland says. “So it’s important to be prepared and be organized.”
While seeking connections to investors, create a “forwardable email” so it’s easier for your network to send introductions
Know your market, your critical KPIs, and prepare a monthly cash flow statement.
Know your cash needs.
The GIJN resource centre features information on:
Moreover, Free Press Unlimited focuses on practical support for media outlets to improve their viability providing .
Melanie Hui leads Luminate’s portfolio in Southeast Asia was previously Vice President of the Chandler Foundation, where she managed the organisation from its inception, devised its grant-making strategy, identified high-impact development grantees, and led its strategic engagements with other funders and partners.
and much more...
The resource page also gives tips on :
Civitates regularly organises such sessions where grantees and funders sit together and exchange freely. The goal is to challenge the feeling of the power dynamic that often exists in a funder-grantee relationship.
"There is nothing a grantee can’t ask a funder. We should come back to the practice of open discussions. Also, the ‘Ask me Anything’ format works only if both sides are very open."
Maribel Königer, Director Communications, Journalism, and Media, ERSTE Foundation
THIS PAGE IS UNDER CONSTRUCTION. If you know of resources for Palestinian media that are not yet listed here, please share your information
It is an informal forum for sharing information on journalists in distress and developing joint initiatives for emergency response. It was formed in 2006 to allow international organisations with freedom of expression mandates to more easily discuss specific cases, coordinate joint efforts, and avoid duplication.
the victims of violence connected with their reporting to obtain appropriate medical care
wrongfully prosecuted journalists to pay their legal fees
threatened journalists to find a safe refuge journalists to resolve their most urgent needs if they decide to flee abroad because of threats and persecution
families of journalists to cope with the consequences of the reprisals to which their loved-ones have been exposed.
by facilitating training for their employees or members
by supporting campaigns and lobbying for freedom of information and for the protection of information providers.
The processing of applications for support and capacity-building requires more examination and preparation, and is therefore not as fast as the processing of applications by media outlets and NGOs that have been the victims of attacks or vandalism.
Requests by individuals, NGOs or media outlets for assistance should be sent to:
Reporters Without Borders
Assistance Desk
CS 90247
75083 Paris Cedex 02
France
assistance(a)rsf.org (+33 1 4483 6056): for NGO and media outlet requests for assistance
assistance2(a)rsf.org (+33 1 4483 8466): for individual requests for assistance
Understanding the basics of emergency medical care and carrying a trauma kit are the most fundamental needs of journalists in war zones. But much of the regular advice is useless to many journalists, such as those living under bombardment in Gaza, with no access to water and food, let alone to a first aid kit that would be minimum standard covering a protest in London.
SAFE equips individuals with the means to resiliently continue their important work, and manage—as well as mitigate—the risks and threats they face in their day-to-day work. SAFE addresses safety through the unique lens of digital identity, physical awareness, and psychosocial care by delivering trainings in five regions spanning the globe.
"Covering certain stories–such as human rights abuses, corruption, or civil unrest–can place you at a higher risk of arrest and detention, particularly in countries with authoritarian regimes or with a heavy militarized and police presence."
"Journalists should protect themselves and their sources by keeping up to date on the latest digital security news and threats such as hacking, phishing, and surveillance. Journalists should think about the information they are responsible for and what could happen if it falls into the wrong hands, and take measures to defend their accounts, devices, communications, and online activity."
Risks are inherent in using any form of communication tool when speaking truth to power. Satellite communication tools are often rolled out quickly during crises as they provide critical access and are difficult – but not impossible – to block. However, the risks of using these tools must be considered.
Internews has published a guide discussing threats which are widely applicable to 2-way satellite communications devices, such as satellite phones and pagers, Inmarsat BGANs, Starlinks, and VSAT terminals.
Listed below are trusted service partners that offer technological services:
Their main objective is for the people they work with to manage their own protection without intermediaries, without expensive software licenses, and gradually strengthening their own capacities.
Tierra Común provides the following services:
Advice: Consulting on digital security diagnosis and risk analysis and design of protocols and regulations in computing
Information backup
Communications receipt
Trainings: Basic and advanced computer self-defense
Technical support
Web services: Website creation and security audit
Languages supported by Tierra Comun:
English
Spanish
Greenhosts' web hosting services includes:
Clustered web hosting
Cloud platform
Deflect anti-DDoS protection
Infrastructure as a Service (IAAS)
Real-time Monitoring
Please reach out to this dedicated address for rapid response requests: rr@greenhost.net.
The support that Qurium assists with is classified in thee categories:
Preventative measures:
Sanitation and audit of at-risk websites – cleaning and upgrading outdated and insecure websites to improve resilience against attacks
Mentorship – a 3-6 months remote mentorship program to strengthen and improve existing organizational procedures in digital security. Available in English, Spanish and Arabic.
Customized support during special events – secure hosting and close monitoring of websites of public interest under election periods, military coups, and situations of civil unrest.
During attack:
Mitigation of ongoing attacks against websites, including:
DDoS attacks
Scanning and probing
Brute-force attacks
Unauthorized access
Post attack:
Sanitation of compromised website – identification and removal of malware/backdoors as well as insecure code to prevent future attacks.
Digital forensics – forensics investigation with focus on modus-operandi and attribution of targeted attacks, including:
Website attacks (DDoS, unauthorized access, scanning, probing)
Targeted phishing
Internet blocking of websites and web applications – forensics investigation of Internet blocking with focus on how the blocking is taking place, by whom and by which means.
Compromised mobile phones – digital forensics investigation of compromised mobile phones
Qurium may offer services that are not listed above, depending on its scope and the human resources available. If your needs don’t fit within the list of services, feel free to send an encrypted email to rr@virtualroad.or.
The following are featured courses from Totem:
Risk analysis
Human rights documentation
Device security
How to protect your identity online
How to be a journalist and manage your online privacy
Tools for journalists to help identify their online abusers and the tactics that they use
Why field research matters
Going undercover on Instagram
How to bypass internet censorship
Good password management
Secure messaging apps
Phishing attacks
How the internet works
Communities across the MENA region need access to more reliable information. However, those intended to guarantee and deliver it are facing increasing challenges that result in a disjointed effort to tackle the growing spread of disinformation.
DALIL is made up of a diverse team of policy researchers, fact-checkers, technologists, AI specialists, and engineers and provides fact-checkers in the MENA region with:
Capacity building opportunities and legal, psychosocial and digital support services.
A digital one-stop-shop of tools and methodologies needed to fight disinformation
Research, communications and advocacy support.
To date, NewsGuard’s global team of misinformation analysts have identified 86 myths spreading across social media, and identified 306 sites spreading those myths.
Fact-checkers with the IFCN have found false claims seeking to undermine victims’ suffering. Claims that Palestinians are faking injuries and deaths is just one of several misinformation trends to emerge from the war.
Other patterns detected by fact-checkers in the first months of the war include atrocities that lacked evidence; AI-generated images; out-of-context photos and video; video game footage passed off as real; and a wide variety of foreign policy claims about countries like Ukraine, Russia, the United States and Iran.
The organisation has published a collection of resources and initiatives developed by the EDMO network together with its 14 EDMO Hubs to navigate the considerable wave of disinformation spreading on the Israel-Hamas conflict since 7 October 2023. The page is periodically updated with new resources.
"A collaboration between ACOS Alliance and Dart Centre Asia Pacific, this guide is designed to help editors and managers understand and support their teams. It is divided into five sections covering both general information and specific suggestions and tips for working with freelancers."
This guide offers guidance on a numbers of key issues such as: culture of safety, exposition to trauma, resilience, risk of serious mental health issues.
"While scores of journalists were confronting trauma and danger to cover the Iraq War, a group of seasoned veterans of such assignments took a brief break to gather at Bretton Woods, N.H., and talk about the emotional challenges raised by their duties in the field."
"Journalists are generally resilient but they are not immune to trauma and distress, which Kinman said can lead to headaches, muscle tension, fatigue, intrusive thoughts, sleeping problems and nightmares. Some may miss deadlines because they can’t concentrate, or their time management skills may also deteriorate. They might experience panic attacks, anxiety, depression or substance abuse."
The Guide provides advice about several legal issues in a way that is accessible to non-legal experts, including:
Privileges regarding the protection of confidential sources and not having to testify
What constitutes an international crime
Different types of evidence and basic rules regarding admissibility of evidence
How to gather information in a way that promotes its legal reliability and tips on doing this
Interviewing victims and witnesses
The Guide also includes a section on Resources with links to various written documents, apps and civil society organisations which can provide support.
The Guide was inspired by the invasion of Ukraine, but it is not tailored to that conflict and is, instead, applicable globally.
This page is under construction.
This page is under construction.
The Exiled Media Podcast
This series features voices from exile media outlets across the globe sharing their successes and challenges, so that other actors in the exiled media sphere can benefit from lessons learned.
Media organizations are sometimes forced to set up legal entities in other countries because, for example, restrictive legislation in their home countries makes it difficult for them to operate easily. It can be a challenge to find your way around other countries’ legislation so reliable, up-to-date information is needed that considers the specific requirements of the media. The JX Fund provides overviews of this legislation prepared by professional lawyers from selected countries, in understandable language and a comparable format.
THIS PAGE IS STILL UNDER CONSTRUCTION: The page contains requests for financial and logistical support and donations for the media community in Palestine. The page is updated regularly.
GFMD has collated these initiatives as part of our information sharing effort to support media and journalists in Palestine and the region. Please check any site that you choose to donate to for authenticity.
Palestinian journalists are covering the war on Gaza under unprecedented circumstances. They continue to tell the stories of daily brutalities while being part of the story themselves, while losing their colleagues, family members and homes, along with their cameras, laptops, phones.
Support goes to:
Food, clothes, blankets and other utilities for journalists and their families
Safety equipment and gear for journalists, such as press vests, helmets, cell phones and cameras.
Psychosocial support for journalists
Ongoing support to keep as many media outlets as possible operating
Fund Avaaz campaigns to defend human rights around the world.
Ukrainian and foreign journalists who are in the war zone or any other region of Ukraine will be able to contact the Centers for support.Small office spaces are available for journalists, with internet connection. The three centres will also serve as distribution points for protective equipment and first aid kits.
Assisting in search of evacuation possibilities for journalists and their families;
Shelter places in Lviv that provide a roof over one’s head, shower, laundering facilities, and basic food supplies;
Workplaces, internet connection, and device charger stations;
Professional mental health support that includes personal appointments;
Assisting in search of gear equipment and means of personal protection;
Financial support for content creation and internet hosting;
Gathering information about additional needs of editorial boards and searching for means to fulfill them;
Providing work equipment for editorial boards;
Ready-to-use textual and visual guideline assets to maintain information hygiene;
Lviv Media Center (20 Ruska Street) coordinates foreign reporters and provides local fixers.
The centre will, amongst other things, be providing training in physical safety and first aid to journalists attending in person or by video-conference.
the victims of violence connected with their reporting to obtain appropriate medical care
wrongfully prosecuted journalists to pay their legal fees
threatened journalists to find a safe refuge journalists to resolve their most urgent needs if they decide to flee abroad because of threats and persecution
families of journalists to cope with the consequences of the reprisals to which their loved-ones have been exposed.
by facilitating training for their employees or members
by supporting campaigns and lobbying for freedom of information and for the protection of information providers.
The processing of applications for support and capacity-building requires more examination and preparation, and is therefore not as fast as the processing of applications by media outlets and NGOs that have been the victims of attacks or vandalism.
Requests by individuals, NGOs or media outlets for assistance should be sent to:
Reporters Without Borders
Assistance Desk
CS 90247
75083 Paris Cedex 02
France
assistance(a)rsf.org (+33 1 4483 6056): for NGO and media outlet requests for assistance
assistance2(a)rsf.org (+33 1 4483 8466): for individual requests for assistance
"Newsrooms have also offered to provide working space, use of technology and editorial resources to displaced journalists. In some cases, the newsrooms would be able to host multiple journalists, allowing small teams to stay together. The situation remains uncertain and it is not clear how many journalists will be forced to flee and where they will move to, but IPI is coordinating the offers of support to ensure it can be given when needed."
For journalists operating in hostile environments, having the correct safety equipment - such as helmets and flak jackets - can be the difference between life and death. Nowhere has this been clearer than in Ukraine, where personal protective equipment (PPE) is in short supply, and where journalists have been gravely - and even fatally - injured throughout the country.
Unfortunately, PPE can be expensive and difficult for many journalists to source. The rules governing its transportation across borders can also pose challenges due to the variety of laws across the region.
You can apply by filling out the form here (in Ukrainian):
All hotlines (communication channels) are open for members of the National Union of Journalists of Ukraine and all media outlets. Reception of messages is accepted:
SAFE equips individuals with the means to resiliently continue their important work, and manage—as well as mitigate—the risks and threats they face in their day-to-day work. SAFE addresses safety through the unique lens of digital identity, physical awareness, and psychosocial care by delivering trainings in five regions spanning the globe.
"Covering certain stories–such as human rights abuses, corruption, or civil unrest–can place you at a higher risk of arrest and detention, particularly in countries with authoritarian regimes or with a heavy militarized and police presence."
The course is designed for local journalists in particular as they may not have access to the safety experts and kit (such as gas masks) that are available to staff working for large international news organisations.
The course is available only on smartphones via Telegram. It is available in both Ukrainian and English.
Cybersecurity consulting to protect the Ukrainian media space
Unblocking Facebook and Instagram accounts, providing further assistance to prevent social media assets from being banned
No Ukrainian or Russian language service has been established yet, but the war in Eastern Europe is already being covered in the English language news.
"Journalists should protect themselves and their sources by keeping up to date on the latest digital security news and threats such as hacking, phishing, and surveillance. Journalists should think about the information they are responsible for and what could happen if it falls into the wrong hands, and take measures to defend their accounts, devices, communications, and online activity."
Risks are inherent in using any form of communication tool when speaking truth to power. Satellite communication tools are often rolled out quickly during crises as they provide critical access and are difficult – but not impossible – to block. However, the risks of using these tools must be considered.
Internews has published a guide discussing threats which are widely applicable to 2-way satellite communications devices, such as satellite phones and pagers, Inmarsat BGANs, Starlinks, and VSAT terminals.
Listed below are trusted service partners that offer technological services:
Their main objective is for the people they work with to manage their own protection without intermediaries, without expensive software licenses, and gradually strengthening their own capacities.
Tierra Común provides the following services:
Advice: Consulting on digital security diagnosis and risk analysis and design of protocols and regulations in computing
Information backup
Communications receipt
Trainings: Basic and advanced computer self-defense
Technical support
Web services: Website creation and security audit
Languages supported by Tierra Comun:
English
Spanish
Greenhosts' web hosting services includes:
Clustered web hosting
Cloud platform
Deflect anti-DDoS protection
Infrastructure as a Service (IAAS)
Real-time Monitoring
Please reach out to this dedicated address for rapid response requests: rr@greenhost.net.
The support that Qurium assists with is classified in thee categories:
Preventative measures:
Sanitation and audit of at-risk websites – cleaning and upgrading outdated and insecure websites to improve resilience against attacks
Mentorship – a 3-6 months remote mentorship program to strengthen and improve existing organizational procedures in digital security. Available in English, Spanish and Arabic.
Customized support during special events – secure hosting and close monitoring of websites of public interest under election periods, military coups, and situations of civil unrest.
During attack:
Mitigation of ongoing attacks against websites, including:
DDoS attacks
Scanning and probing
Brute-force attacks
Unauthorized access
Post attack:
Sanitation of compromised website – identification and removal of malware/backdoors as well as insecure code to prevent future attacks.
Digital forensics – forensics investigation with focus on modus-operandi and attribution of targeted attacks, including:
Website attacks (DDoS, unauthorized access, scanning, probing)
Targeted phishing
Internet blocking of websites and web applications – forensics investigation of Internet blocking with focus on how the blocking is taking place, by whom and by which means.
Compromised mobile phones – digital forensics investigation of compromised mobile phones
Qurium may offer services that are not listed above, depending on its scope and the human resources available. If your needs don’t fit within the list of services, feel free to send an encrypted email to rr@virtualroad.or.
The following are featured courses from Totem:
Risk analysis
Human rights documentation
Device security
How to protect your identity online
How to be a journalist and manage your online privacy
Tools for journalists to help identify their online abusers and the tactics that they use
Why field research matters
Going undercover on Instagram
How to bypass internet censorship
Good password management
Secure messaging apps
Phishing attacks
How the internet works
"Russia’s war against Ukraine has sparked an explosion of interest in what Moscow is up to around the world."
Foreign Policy has mapped how a network of pro-Kremlin propaganda social media channels are being used to 'massage' the war online on Putin’s terms.
"Telegram may be a fairly marginal social media channel in the West, but—unlike Twitter, Facebook, and YouTube—it is one free of restrictions for state-backed propaganda campaigns in Russia, where it remains popular."
The site does not publish any data on the ongoing war in Ukraine, but instead provides longer-term and global context on military resources, conflicts, energy production and trade, political regimes and other relevant topics.
EDMO has established a taskforce on disinformation about the war in Ukraine focusing on EU and EEA countries, as well as the western Balkans, "collecting and sorting relevant material covering various aspects such as fact-checking, investigations, rapid analysis, and research on disinformation campaigns, as well as specific media literacy initiatives."
Some well-known foreign media are using incorrect terminology when covering the pseudo-referendums that Russia organized in the temporarily occupied territories of Ukraine.
Namely, some international media do not even use quotation marks when calling the sham election process a referendum or a vote. Among those are the Associated Press and AlJazeera.
"Journalists' mental health is at risk when the news cycle is dominated by death, destruction and uprooted lives. Trauma therapist Olivia James shares soothing techniques and aftercare tips for reporters covering the toughest of news stories."
"A collaboration between ACOS Alliance and Dart Centre Asia Pacific, this guide is designed to help editors and managers understand and support their teams. It is divided into five sections covering both general information and specific suggestions and tips for working with freelancers."
This guide offers guidance on a numbers of key issues such as: culture of safety, exposition to trauma, resilience, risk of serious mental health issues.
"While scores of journalists were confronting trauma and danger to cover the Iraq War, a group of seasoned veterans of such assignments took a brief break to gather at Bretton Woods, N.H., and talk about the emotional challenges raised by their duties in the field."
"Journalists are generally resilient but they are not immune to trauma and distress, which Kinman said can lead to headaches, muscle tension, fatigue, intrusive thoughts, sleeping problems and nightmares. Some may miss deadlines because they can’t concentrate, or their time management skills may also deteriorate. They might experience panic attacks, anxiety, depression or substance abuse."
The Ukrainian-language Samopomich program was developed immediately after the start of the Russian invasion of Ukraine by the Federation Global Initiative on Psychiatry (FGIP) together with the Czech National Institute of Mental Health and provides a multi-faceted platform to help Ukraine deal with the psychological consequences of the war. The mental health and psychosocial support program includes a website with a wide variety of resources, that are further transmitted via social media help-lines (Facebook, telegram, Instagram). The program is managed by an international team of mental health experts with specific trauma-related expertise, and was developed in collaboration with several Ukrainian and foreign organizations.
Since August 1, 2022, they offer free of charge psychological counselling in Ukrainian language to the war-affected journalists and media professionals, with support of the Norwegian Union of Journalists. FGIP invites media organizations to disseminate information about this opportunity to their referral networks and partners.
Read more here:
The Guide provides advice about several legal issues in a way that is accessible to non-legal experts, including:
Privileges regarding the protection of confidential sources and not having to testify
What constitutes an international crime
Different types of evidence and basic rules regarding admissibility of evidence
How to gather information in a way that promotes its legal reliability and tips on doing this
Interviewing victims and witnesses
The Guide also includes a section on Resources with links to various written documents, apps and civil society organisations which can provide support.
The Guide was inspired by the invasion of Ukraine, but it is not tailored to that conflict and is, instead, applicable globally.
Reuters Institute is updating several Twitter threads:
Of the 61 editorial boards Ukrainian media interviewed: 53 identified financial stability as a necessity, 10 have urgent requests for security and psychological needs, 9 are facing acute personnel issues, 3 stated that they needed to improve living conditions.
The research outlines:
Challenges: safety, reputational, informational, and administrative.
Urgent: needs: financial, equipment, safety, personnel, and psychological support.
The role of the media in wartime.
Conclusions and recommendations.
Currently, this is the best app for journalists, media workers and those involved. You can find projects and jobs for journalists, editors, media managers, translators, photographers, videographers, PR, SMM, etc.
INN provides resources for established and emerging leaders to be more effective, confident, and creative.
how to start a nonprofit news organization from scratch,
how to convert a for-profit news organization to a nonprofit,
how to create and grow your organization's earned income operation.
The organisation is compiling a variety of funding initiatives aimed at sustaining critical public interest information needs and giving a list as more resources become available.
From person-to-person coaching and intensive hands-on seminars to interactive online courses and media reporting, Poynter helps journalists sharpen skills and elevate storytelling throughout their careers.
disinformation and misinformation,
online hate speech
While others practice a long-term ‘go-big-or-go-home’ strategy, Google’s philanthropy has taken the opposite tack.
Priorities related to media development and journalism: Candid has no particular priority related to journalism. Through research, collaboration, and training, it connects different nonprofits, foundations, and individuals to the resources they need to do good, building on 88 years of dedicated experience.
Geographical priorities: Candid support the millions of people across the world who depend on different programs and services to make the world a better place.
Type of funding: The organisation provides no funding, but provides a set of resources and database to help you gain the knowledge you need to win funding from funders throughout the world.
Funding opportunities: Through research, Candid provides nonprofit data and resources to donors and several organizations, including academia.
The organisation offers advice on various topics on its blog.
This page lists a handful of how-to-guides and webinars on how to incorporate AI in your fundraising practices.
In this webinar Dr. Eva Weiner talks about how to harness AI for fundraising success, engage donors effectively, refine your proposal writing, and generate innovative concepts to captivate donors’ attention. AI has emerged as a transformative force, opening unprecedented opportunities to revolutionize fundraising strategies.
Securing sustainable funding for investigative journalism is tougher than ever, with some traditional funding sources shifting and global support shrinking. To help journalism organizations navigate these challenges, the hosted a webinar on innovative fundraising strategies. The session offered journalists and media managers practical insights and actionable advice on building financial resilience, so they can keep producing hard-hitting investigative reporting.
The Development Director has produced a comprehensive guide for journalism organisations seeking to secure funding. It draws parallels between the investigative process and fundraising, emphasizing the need for thorough research, compelling narratives, and strategic outreach. The article addresses the challenges faced by media outlets, particularly those without dedicated fundraising professionals, and explores various funding sources such as grants, individual donations, and alternative revenue streams. Martin also provides practical advice on cultivating donor relationships, perfecting grant applications, and navigating the evolving landscape of journalism funding.
In the world of grant writing, a strong proposal is more than just a compelling narrative; it’s also about presenting a well-crafted budget that supports your case for funding. David L. Wheeler's recent in explores how these two elements must work hand in hand to secure financial support. Whether you're navigating the philanthropic debate on overhead costs or ensuring that your organization's finances are in order, Wheeler provides actionable insights to help you build a convincing and sustainable grant proposal.
Unlock your fundraising potential with this by Adam Thomas at , created for people new to fundraising in journalism . This comprehensive course offers 18 lessons over ten hours, featuring new frameworks and insider tips we’ve used to raise over €30m. Learn to strategically identify and prioritise funders, focusing your efforts to save time and boost your chances of success.
Crafting an effective proposal starts well before the actual writing process begins. In this session from the , Michael Randall, Karen Martin, and Bridget Gallagher share tips on how to create a plan that takes into account the timing of the process, the colleagues whose assistance you will need, the problem that your program will address, and how you will address it. You will receive tips on grant writing – and pitfalls to avoid, covering proposals to both private foundations and government agencies.
Prospecting for donors is the vital process of identifying potential donors for your organization’s programs and projects. In this session from the , Michael Randall, Bridget Gallagher, and Karen Martin shared strategies and tools available to help you find donors with the financial capacity and interest to support your work.
This for financing digital journalism in Brazil is the result of a partnership between (Ajor)and . It gathers tips for journalism organizations that are looking for resources offered by philanthropic organizations. Whether to launch your initiative, develop innovative projects, open up new fronts or to diversify sources of income.
At the , Theresa Leinker, senior consultant at Schultz and Williams and director of ElevateNP, discussed the fundraising lessons learned during the pandemic and how organizations that rely on philanthropic giving can better prepare for and navigate crises. Here are some of the main takeaways:
Messaging is critical during crisis. For more on messaging, check out the of the Summit session on ethical storytelling for strategies on how to successfully tell your story while respecting the autonomy of your community.
The full presentation, and all other panels from the Summit, can be found .
offers to talk about crafting a winning pitch across two webinars, offering valuable insights into how journalists can secure financial support for their reporting projects and discussing the topic from the perspective of grantmaking organizations. Here are some key takeaways for developing a strong funding proposal: - Showcase your recent work - Demonstrate the thought you put into your reporting plan - Identify your intended audience Research past successful grants and the reporting that has resulted from them
"If funding is hard in normal times, it’s even harder during a global pandemic where face-to-face connections are replaced with email chains and Zoom meetings." By , Splice
At Splice Beta Online, , who has vast experience in investment banking and private equity before becoming a media investor, offers tips on what entrepreneurs should think and do at every step of the way.
Make an investor pipeline consisting of three key segments: screen, connect, pitch. made by U.S. seed accelerator Techstars.
The has curated a database of resources ranging from basic donor research, traditional fundraising, crowdfunding for investigative projects, and a database of journalism grants and fellowships at the .
: by Bridget Gallagher, from a presentation at GIJC19.
: a list of resources with tutorials and tips.
: a list of recent reports that can help would-be donors make sense of the field. They address issues such as measuring the impact of investment in journalism, working with media organizations and picking good projects.
and from those who have done it.
A database of the latest journalism and investigative journalism .
A list of
.
Based in Amsterdam, , helps local journalists in conflict areas to provide their audience with independent news and reliable information.
Media viability is a broad concept. On , you can find an explanation of the of media viability that is used for this resource guide. This is followed by an exploration of and how this transformation has impacted the viability of media around the world in many different ways.
Finally, this section includes a summary of the , differentiating between media in challenging environments (economically and/or politically) and media operating in relatively free and developed contexts. On the page, you can find abstracts of and links to key resources on media viability.
a list of around the world
an overview of , describing how certain aspects of the operating or business model (including the relationship with the audience) can be adjusted for the better
information about Free Press Unlimited’s programme called ‘‘ (in this programme, media are encouraged to explore opportunities and innovate within the limitations provided by the contexts in which they operate).
has been supporting media through good times and bad.
with your donor that goes beyond just money.
FundsforNGOs is a social enterprise established with the purpose of increasing the sustainability of NGOs across the world. The organisation accomplishes this by providing online resources for NGOs to increase their awareness and access to , , and skills. They use technology to spread knowledge from experienced fundraising experts to NGOs around the world and increase their capacity.
The organisation has a comprehensive collection of for NGOs looking to improve their fundraising skills and offers information on a range of topics including:
for small NGOs
numerous articles on ,
,
For the past two decades, Bridget Gallagher, founder of , has worked as a fundraiser helping profits and not-for-profit funds. Bridget launched Gallagher Group in 2010 in response to a need among growing non-profit media organizations to navigate the donor universe, articulate their theories of change, and measure their impact.
In a conversation with Caroline Jarboe, Gallagher offers some practical tips on how to hone your pitching strategies.
Bridget presents best practices for getting funding with proven strategies relevant to many nonprofits. (Courtesy )
For those just starting out in fundraising or those who simply want a refresher of the basics, the will help you put the foundations in place for an effective .
In , you will learn the essential foundations of fundraising as well as what really matter for fundraisers and donors but also keys to being an effective fundraising organisation and more.
Mohamed Nanabhay, Deputy CEO of the talks about, among other things, how the MDIF decides which businesses to invest in, and why he thinks the pandemic has provided an opportunity for independent media to thrive.
For crisis and emergency funding, see in the left-hand menu.
For funding opportunities, visit the GFMD .
For an Arabic translation of this Guide, see the .
The (JiD) Network is a network of media freedom organisations which provide direct assistance to journalists and media workers who are at risk because of their work.
For assistance, visit the to find the relevant member organisation that can provide the help you need. Many of JiD members are featured in the resources listed in this Guide.
The provides and administrative assistance to professional journalists and citizen-journalists who have been the victims of reprisals because of their reporting. RSF helps:
When the results of its research allows, may also support applications for international protection or asylum submitted by professional journalists and citizen-journalists who have fled their country.
is also in a position to support the activities of media outlets and local NGOs that defend the media or freedom of information. This assistance is intended to help media outlets and NGOs to maintain or restore operational capacity in the event of problems (such as attacks, ransacking and vandalism). It may also contribute to capacity-building and development:
Given these exceptional circumstances, the (INSI) has decided to produce a comprehensive but accessible guide for non-technical audiences, specifically meant for any journalists who are caught up in a trauma-related medical emergency with no access to a conventional first aid kit. The pamphlet has been published in both English and Modern Standard Arabic, explaining the .
Journalists receiving threats may have to flee their homes in a matter of a few hours. Conflicts, though, are often foreseeable and that’s why those in fragile regions should have an exit plan in place and crucial documents ready to go. These documents will not just help reporters with travel, when needed, but may also help them to move to a safer region or country. The has . The list is also available in .
flagship program (SAFE) enables media practitioners and social communicators to work as safely as possible in closed and closing spaces.
(CPJ) has compiled when reporting from the front lines of a conflict. "All war correspondents should have hostile environment training, up-to-date medical training, and the correct safety equipment before going on assignment in a conflict zone."
.
Read more about CPJ's .
Facebook has established a to respond to activity across the platform in real time. It is staffed by experts from across the company, including native speakers, to allow them to closely monitor the situation so they can remove content that violates their Community Standards faster. They have also launched a new feature that allows people to lock their profile to provide an extra layer of privacy and security protection over their information.
The FB Media Partnerships Team has launched a Journalist Safety Campaign which includes a new web destination for and guides available in multiple languages that explain the content in the attachment (ex: setting up 2FA, reporting harassment, etc.). These guides will be updated as the content is updated moving forward.
The offers : Equip yourself with resources to help mitigate digital safety risks and find organisations that can address other security concerns you may face — including legal issues, mental health and physical safety.
If you are the victim of a DDOS attack, the (NED) can refer your organisation to , an American web infrastructure and website security company that provides content delivery network and DDoS mitigation services. Cloudflare offers pro-bono protections against DDOS attacks for organisations referred by NED. For assistance, please contact .
See more on CPJ's . You can also read their article about how to .
can support partners with anti-virus software, DDoS protection, hosting, VPNs and any ad hoc tech-related requests.
Anti-virus software - : This is anti-virus software that works to protect your device against cyber intrusions such as malware attacks and data breaches. One ESET license can be installed on five different devices. Valid for three years.
Distributed Denial-of-Service (DDoS) Protection - : Cloudflare provides robust security to enterprises that are targets of DDoS and other cyber-attacks. Project Galileo has made that same security available for at-risk public interest websites at no cost. In an effort to keep participants safe from potential backlash, Cloudflare will not publicly announce sites involved in Project Galileo without explicit permission.
Hosting - /: Internews has limited available credits for web hosting, which may include services like migration or set up of tools, for example or . Specific hosting requirements will be assessed.
Virtual Private Network (VPN) - : TunnelBear encrypts your internet connection and protects your privacy, which prevents hackers or other nefarious actors from viewing or accessing your browsing activity, hiding your real IP address, and helps you to bypass internet censorship. Valid for one year.
International nonprofit journalism organisation has spoken to experts in privacy and security to get their advice on the tools and tactics for skirting shutdowns.
From the , "Experts advise that if you live in a place where shutdowns are a risk — and that risk is spreading — be prepared. Download VPNs and other apps; be sure to have a contingency plan, including a phone number that doesn’t rely on the internet to connect; and have a phone tree of important people to call should something happen."
To resolve digital emergencies, OTF's works with partners who are highly sensitive to and well-aware of the specific needs and challenges of human rights activists, journalists, and the Internet freedom community.
is a Latin American network made up of a group of professionals and experts in free technologies, computer protection and training that promotes a comprehensive approach to privacy and digital security.
Reach out to Terra Común here: .
offers web hosting from small, simple websites to complex setups with multiple Virtual Private Servers (VPSes) using 100% Dutch wind energy.
is a Swedish digital forensic group that offers . The pro-bono service is dedicated to independent media, investigative journalists and human rights activists in Internet repressive regimes that have been targets of digital attacks, or are likely to become a target due to its scope of work, and are in need of immediate support.
Secure Hosting of at-risk websites – 12 months hosting with , including DDoS mitigation and forensics investigations of targeted attacks
Secure Hosting – 12 months hosting with , including DDoS mitigation and forensics investigations of targeted attacks.
Circumvention of Internet blocking – deployment of block-resilient mirror of blocked WordPress website ()
Apply for Rapid Response support .
Developed in collaboration by and , is an online learning platform that offers educational courses about digital security and privacy, and related tools and tactics for journalists, activists and human rights defenders in a safe, online classroom environment.
The Totem platform is built using the open-source (Massive Open Online Course) software. The platform has been carefully designed to be safe and privacy-preserving by collecting minimal data about its users and also using secure, modern encryption to prevent any eavesdropping.
View all 63 courses .
is a collaboration between Siren Associates, Siren Analytics, Arab Reporters for Investigative Journalism (ARIJ), and Jordan Open-Source Association (JOSA)
To request fact-checking assistance, submit an image, text, or video .
A new tool, originally developed by to estimate damage in Ukraine, has now been adapted and applied to Gaza. The tool can estimate the number of damaged buildings and the pre-war population in a given area within the Gaza Strip.
The tool by a number of media outlets and is freely available for anyone to use.
From doctored war videos to fabricated White House memos, is monitoring and reporting on the false, misleading, or unsubstantiated claims relating to the conflict.
NewsGuard has found that social media accounts and sites on both sides of the conflict have spread manipulated or AI generated images or video as real, and taken war footage out of context. In October, a NewsGuard found that 74 percent of the most viral misinformation about the war on X (formerly Twitter) was published by “verified,” blue-check accounts.
Read more .
The (EDMO) "brings together fact-checkers, media literacy experts, and academic researchers to understand and analyse disinformation, in collaboration with media organisations, online platforms and media literacy practitioners."
How do journalists accurately and ethically report on the conflict? These two articles provides tips and advice:
"Reporting violations in an active conflict, previously a daunting and life threatening task, has now become easier thanks to open-source reporting techniques. Thanks to much improved cameras in mobile phones, the digital media being uploaded by combatants themselves to social media and other sites online is now of a very high resolution. Couple that with the availability of high-quality satellite imagery and digital tools that let you sift through the masses of data being uploaded online, and reporters enjoy a much greater ability to investigate war crimes as they happen." Find out more on in this article.
The has collated ressources in this to address different aspects of the issue: from post-traumatic stress disorder to digital wellness.
Browse more of these articles and podcast .
Read more about the guide
The has put together this , collecting recommendations for meeting the emotional challenges of covering war, from a group of seasoned veterans.
Read more about by the .
provides specialist trauma-informed training and access to psychological treatment, enabling freelance journalists to develop the skills they need to build resilience when exposed to conflict or covering traumatic events.
The and launched the , with concrete recommendations for journalists and editors on how to capture information about international crimes so that it may be admitted as evidence in court.
The Guide is available in English , Burmese , Ukrainian and Russian .
is a podcast featuring journalists and editors from around the world working to remain independent while working in fragile spaces. It explores the challenges faced by the media environment and what needs to happen so that it can become a tool that contributes to the public good.
If you would like to share resources specific to displaced journalists, please get in touch by writing to .
is a network of exiled media organizations that actively share knowledge and best practices to more effectively — and efficiently — provide independent and high-quality journalism to populations without access to a domestic free press.
is a joint collaboration between NEMO co-founders Confidencial (Nicaragua), Meydan TV (Azerbaijan), and Zamaneh Media (Iran).
Journalists displaced by autocratic regimes are reporting on their homelands in increasingly innovative and effective ways. In interviews with the , , including tips on reaching on-the-ground sources, accessing blocked audiences, and circumventing government censorship.
If you would like to share resources specific to displaced journalists, please get in touch by writing to .
is a network of exiled media organizations that actively share knowledge and best practices to more effectively — and efficiently — provide independent and high-quality journalism to populations without access to a domestic free press.
is a joint collaboration between NEMO co-founders Confidencial (Nicaragua), Meydan TV (Azerbaijan), and Zamaneh Media (Iran).
The (ECPMF) (JiR) programme offers "temporary shelter for journalists facing harassment and intimidation as a direct result of their work. Journalists get the chance to rest and recuperate in a safe and discreet place, and also to continue their investigative work at their own pace and use their time in Leipzig for networking and finding solidarity. The JiR programme lasts for either three or up to six months, and includes a rent-free furnished apartment in Leipzig, as well as a monthly stipend to cover basic living costs. It also covers travel and visa expenses, health insurance, psychological counselling, and journalism-related training sessions on topics like digital security, mobile reporting and social media management."
Calls for applications are normally announced on and the ECPMF’s social media once or twice a year and are also disseminated throughout the Centre’s European networks. The programme is currently working on setting up new fellowships to host journalists from Ukraine and Russia in either Germany or Kosovo.
If you are a journalist searching for help through one of ECPMF’s support programmes, you can get in contact with them on Signal: +49 176 43839637, Email: , or through this .
Journalists displaced by autocratic regimes are reporting on their homelands in increasingly innovative and effective ways. In interviews with the , , including tips on reaching on-the-ground sources, accessing blocked audiences, and circumventing government censorship.
More journalists in the war on Gaza than during any other period since the started keeping record.
In the past few weeks, the (ARIJ) helped tens of Palestinian journalists replace their damaged and lost equipment. ARIJ also supports Palestinian journalists in the occupied West Bank, where emergency assistance is also needed.
has initiated a dedicated to support journalists in Gaza.
For funding opportunities, visit the GFMD . For crisis and emergency funding, see in the left-hand menu. For a Ukrainian translation of this Guide, see the .
, , the , and the have launched for media organizations and journalists to help find housing, get equipment, find grants and career opportunities, and learn how to work in the wartime.
Media industry publication is connecting media to other donors and/or helping with grant applications so that media staff in Ukraine don’t have to spend time on paperwork. You can contact them by writing to .
(NUJU) is launching a to help media workers during the war. These centers are open in Lviv, Ivano-Frankivsk and Chernivtsi, in the headquarters of the regional organisations of NUJU. The centers are open to all journalists operating in Ukraine. They can be used as newsrooms, but will also be used to provide training for journalists. In case of emergency, journalists evacuated from the fighting territories will be provided with timely material and financial assistance.
The project is implemented with the support of the (IFJ), the (EFJ) and in partnership with the Independent Media Union of Ukraine (IMTUU). Resources to assist Ukrainian media workers are provided by international partners – journalists’ associations and unions, media companies and institutions.
Fill in the form on:
The is providing 24/7 support to the Ukrainian editorial boards and journalists during the crisis.
See for information on the organisation's digital support.
(RSF) has, in partnership with the Ukrainian , launched a Press Freedom Centre in Lviv, Ukraine.
The provides and administrative assistance to professional journalists and citizen-journalists who have been the victims of reprisals because of their reporting. RSF helps:
When the results of its research allows, may also support applications for international protection or asylum submitted by professional journalists and citizen-journalists who have fled their country.
is also in a position to support the activities of media outlets and local NGOs that defend the media or freedom of information. This assistance is intended to help media outlets and NGOs to maintain or restore operational capacity in the event of problems (such as attacks, ransacking and vandalism). It may also contribute to capacity-building and development:
The Center for Human Rights provides legal technical expert assistance to HRDs activists/lawyers. Please see contact: for more info.
The is providing professional and free legal assistance, from counselling to representation, to Ukrainian refugees . On February 24 the Hungarian government recognised the vast majority of people fleeing Ukraine as eligible for temporary protection. Read more about the decree . You can contact the Committee at or .
, an independent magazine with offices located in north-eastern Germany, is for Ukrainian journalists who have fled the country. The company is offering 2000 m² of office space plus desks, computers, servers & accommodation.
Czech-based NGO can help to cover costs for relocations and provide support regarding visa and invitations. Their team is mostly working in the Donetsk and Luhansk regions, both in the territory under the control of the Ukrainian government and in non-government controlled areas. The aid focuses on those in the greatest need, who have often lost everything. The organisation provides financial assistance to buy the basic necessities of life, hygiene kits, or food parcels with flour, oil, salt and sugar.
In cooperation with partner organisation , the organisation has had a team working on the Slovak-Ukrainian border since 26th February. Humanitarian workers in Ukraine near Velky Berezny—where the situation is critical— built facilities for people waiting for border control. You can read more about their efforts .
Leading independent media in Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland, Slovakia and Slovenia, who form part of the International Press Institute’s (IPI) , have offered to who may end up in their countries by hosting them in their newsrooms.
IPI's partners have already offered support in different ways, for example by promoting fundraising efforts to support Ukrainian media, and in the case of by hosting refugees in their offices.
Journalists from Ukraine or Russia who wish to be put in contact with one of the partner newsrooms can email . They are also happy to hear from other newsrooms who would be happy to host displaced journalists.
The and the , with the support of pro bono lawyers across Europe, developed a practical guide to help journalists quickly understand what PPE can be moved from Moldova, Hungary, Slovakia and Poland into Ukraine.
EU4 Independent Media together with the are collecting applications to cover relocation costs. It is designed both for the editorial office and for individuals and journalists. The main task is to preserve them in journalism and in production.
The (NSJU) has put together a group "to monitor the situation and coordinate the actions of NSJU members during the war between Russia and Ukraine."
in the Facebook messengers of the NSJU , the personal accounts of the and NSJU; and to the e-mail addresses of the Union and .
The (IFJ) has published a with safety tips for journalists who will be covering the fighting from the front line, while travelling to and from war zones as well as in news rooms.
Journalists receiving threats may have to flee their homes in a matter of a few hours. Conflicts, though, are often foreseeable and that’s why those in fragile regions should have an exit plan in place and crucial documents ready to go. These documents will not just help reporters with travel, when needed, but may also help them to move to a safer region or country. The has .
flagship program (SAFE) enables media practitioners and social communicators to work as safely as possible in closed and closing spaces.
The conflict in Ukraine presents numerous challenges to local and international journalists and news organisations in how to cover the Russian military invasion safely and securely. A number of media support organisations are making resources freely available to help guide journalists on the ground and news editors working from outside the country. This article by the World Association of News Publisher presents to guide journalists and news organisations to safely provide coverage of the Ukraine crisis.
(CPJ) has compiled when reporting from the front lines of a conflict. "All war correspondents should have hostile environment training, up-to-date medical training, and the correct safety equipment before going on assignment in a conflict zone."
Read more about CPJ's .
The UK and Northern Ireland has published a list of .
has created a unique easy to access course for local journalists available via the encrypted messaging service Telegram with the help of chemical and biological weapons expert Hamish de Bretton-Gordon.
is designed to take just 15 minutes or less on a smartphone. The course will guide users on the types of chemical and biological weapons that have been used in recent years and how to recognise them. Typical symptoms are listed alongside what to do in the event of a chemical attack.
Media industry publication is ensuring that Ukrainian media receive tech support "by directly connecting publications with providers who have offered their services, helping migrate hosting, boost storage, debug sites etc." For assistance please contact .
The is providing 24/7 support to the Ukrainian editorial boards and journalists during the crisis.
For information about the organisation's logistical support see .
Facebook has established a to respond to activity across the platform in real time. It is staffed by experts from across the company, including native speakers, to allow them to closely monitor the situation so they can remove content that violates their Community Standards faster. They have also launched a new feature in Ukraine that allows people to lock their profile to provide an extra layer of privacy and security protection over their information.
Last week the FB Media Partnerships Team launched a Journalist Safety Campaign which includes a new web destination for and guides available in multiple languages that explain the content in the attachment (ex: setting up 2FA, reporting harassment, etc.). These guides will be updated as the content is updated moving forward.
The offers : Equip yourself with resources to help mitigate digital safety risks and find organisations that can address other security concerns you may face — including legal issues, mental health and physical safety.
If you are the victim of a DDOS attack, the (NED) can refer your organisation to , an American web infrastructure and website security company that provides content delivery network and DDoS mitigation services. Cloudflare offers pro-bono protections against DDOS attacks for organisations referred by NED. For assistance, please contact .
, a project of Deutsche Welle highlights complex issues surrounding free speech, free expression and a free press around the world. In connection with the ongoing crisis in Ukraine they .
DW Innovation also recommends accessing , “a news and information site for migrants to counter misinformation at every point of their journey: in their country of origin, along the route, or in the places where they hope to start a new life.” The site is a joint-venture of DW, and .
See more on CPJ's . You can also read their article about how to .
can support partners with anti-virus software, DDoS protection, hosting, VPNs and any ad hoc tech-related requests. Please reach out to if you have any questions or if any of the tech services below are of interest:
Anti-virus software - : This is anti-virus software that works to protect your device against cyber intrusions such as malware attacks and data breaches. One ESET license can be installed on five different devices. Valid for three years.
Distributed Denial-of-Service (DDoS) Protection - : Cloudflare provides robust security to enterprises that are targets of DDoS and other cyber-attacks. Project Galileo has made that same security available for at-risk public interest websites at no cost. In an effort to keep participants safe from potential backlash, Cloudflare will not publicly announce sites involved in Project Galileo without explicit permission.
Hosting - /: Internews has limited available credits for web hosting, which may include services like migration or set up of tools, for example or . Specific hosting requirements will be assessed.
Virtual Private Network (VPN) - : TunnelBear encrypts your internet connection and protects your privacy, which prevents hackers or other nefarious actors from viewing or accessing your browsing activity, hiding your real IP address, and helps you to bypass internet censorship. Valid for one year.
International nonprofit journalism organisation has spoken to experts in privacy and security to get their advice on the tools and tactics for skirting shutdowns.
From the , "Experts advise that if you live in a place where shutdowns are a risk — and that risk is spreading — be prepared. Download VPNs and other apps; be sure to have a contingency plan, including a phone number that doesn’t rely on the internet to connect; and have a phone tree of important people to call should something happen."
To resolve digital emergencies, OTF's works with partners who are highly sensitive to and well-aware of the specific needs and challenges of human rights activists, journalists, and the Internet freedom community.
is a Latin American network made up of a group of professionals and experts in free technologies, computer protection and training that promotes a comprehensive approach to privacy and digital security.
Reach out to Terra Común here: .
offers web hosting from small, simple websites to complex setups with multiple Virtual Private Servers (VPSes) using 100% Dutch wind energy.
is a Swedish digital forensic group that offers . The pro-bono service is dedicated to independent media, investigative journalists and human rights activists in Internet repressive regimes that have been targets of digital attacks, or are likely to become a target due to its scope of work, and are in need of immediate support.
Secure Hosting of at-risk websites – 12 months hosting with , including DDoS mitigation and forensics investigations of targeted attacks
Secure Hosting – 12 months hosting with , including DDoS mitigation and forensics investigations of targeted attacks.
Circumvention of Internet blocking – deployment of block-resilient mirror of blocked WordPress website ()
Apply for Rapid Response support .
Developed in collaboration by and , is an online learning platform that offers educational courses about digital security and privacy, and related tools and tactics for journalists, activists and human rights defenders in a safe, online classroom environment.
The Totem platform is built using the open-source (Massive Open Online Course) software. The platform has been carefully designed to be safe and privacy-preserving by collecting minimal data about its users and also using secure, modern encryption to prevent any eavesdropping.
View all 63 courses .
has published an article on how to from the frontlines and compiled debunking reported incidents.
In , Nobel Peace Prize winner and Rappler CEO Maria Ressa interviews disinformation expert Jane Lytvynenko about Russian state propaganda and the war in Ukraine. Rowan Philip at the writes: "We now know that the US war in Vietnam was predicated on false claims about an attack on an American warship in the Gulf of Tonkin. Likewise, the 2003 invasion of Iraq was justified using choreographed — and ultimately baseless — claims that Saddam Hussein possessed weapons of mass destruction. Has a similar campaign of disinformation been used too as a pretext for Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine?"
has therefore assembled a . They have gathered over 30 useful sites from oligarch planes to sanctions trackers, plus tools for following Russia’s war on Ukraine.
A that journalists and other investigators use to verify whether images and videos are real and in accurate context.
The is a unit of the dedicated to bringing together fact-checkers worldwide. You can find verified facts and debunked disinformation on Ukraine on the page.
Read more about #UkraineFacts in .
The has published a to help readers stay clear of questionable content and/or help others access much needed information. They also have a dedicated that “debunks, explains and uses in-depth research techniques to separate fact from fiction.” They already have and will continue to run special posts on fakes, propaganda, and the war.
(HRW) has published an article detailing the legal aspects of ongoing situation in Ukraine. See
Our World in Data provides .
This tool, created by Brazilian , an initiative that covers the impact of social networks on people's lives, "monitors in order to increase discovery of reliable, actionable social media information about the war in Ukraine in 2022. By having a curated list, the tool helps to filter out the noise of disinformation, misinformation, memes and plagiarism surrounding the conflict."
Núcleo has its own curated list, and also rely on lists by , and the following Twitter lists: , by Cristina Tardáguila and by #WomenInJournalism.
The (EDMO) "brings together fact-checkers, media literacy experts, and academic researchers to understand and analyse disinformation, in collaboration with media organisations, online platforms and media literacy practitioners."
The taskforce curates a periodically updated list of .
EDMO has created that focus on fact-checking, verification, or open source intelligence (OSINT). For now, their repository features:
an actual with names and locations of relevant organizations (zoomable)
a with extended information (sortable, searchable)
an featuring short portraits of individual operations
This guide is intended to provide user-friendly, practical guidance for journalists and newsrooms seeking to understand the Russian “fake news” laws and how they’ve been applied to local and international press. This was co-produced by the and the , with pro bono legal research provided by
This summarises an interview with Ostap Yarysh, an international reporter with Voice of America’s Ukrainian Service based in Washington, D.C., and Tom Mutch, a freelance journalist covering crime and conflict on the ground in Kyiv. The article provides tips for reporting on Russia's invasion of Ukraine.
In the age of information warfare, journalists must take extra precautions when reporting breaking news. The internet is full of user-generated content, dubious information and claims from unverified sources. has rounded up a for journalists who cover the Ukrainian war either for their publication or on social media.
have published an article with . "Head of Editorial Innovation Chris Moran explains how he and his team have shaped the newspaper’s live blog to meet users’ needs."
"For journalists reporting on the war in Ukraine, awareness of historical context is particularly important. Vladimir Putin’s justification for the conflict is partly based on a misrepresentation of history, laid out in his infamous hour-long on 21 February as well as in a piece he wrote in July 2021. For journalists without an extensive background of reporting on Ukraine, these may be difficult issues to navigate." Find out more about in this interview with Dr. Olivia Durand.
"Reporting violations in an active conflict, previously a daunting and life threatening task, has now become easier thanks to open-source reporting techniques. Thanks to much improved cameras in mobile phones, the digital media being uploaded by combatants themselves to social media and other sites online is now of a very high resolution. Couple that with the availability of high-quality satellite imagery and digital tools that let you sift through the masses of data being uploaded online, and reporters enjoy a much greater ability to investigate war crimes as they happen." Find out more on in this article.
Following the news of is difficult, especially if you’re not already extremely knowledgeable about the situation. Turning to Twitter may be the automatic reaction, but it’s not necessarily that helpful: The non-chronological-by-default timeline means news is presented out of order ( you can fix that, if you’d like). This compiles Twitter lists, Telegram chats, dropped paywalls/products made free, fact-Checking tools, maps and useful translations.
German has launched a live providing daily updates on which embargoes are imposed on whom and answering readers' most important questions.
The at Harvard University’s Shorenstein Center is ". This includes state sponsored misinformation and content removed at the behest of governments, as people worldwide flock to social media to receive updates of the rapidly unfolding violence."
The is tracking the Russian invasion of Ukraine through these .
is . "Social media images and videos have allowed Bellingcat – along with other conflict monitors and open source researchers – to geolocate the impact sites of several cluster munitions to civilian areas within Ukraine." They have also been able to determine the probable direction from which the missiles came, providing a clue as to who may have fired them.
In , discusses the impact of reporting the war in Ukraine with trauma therapist Olivia James.
This from offers tips to navigate the reporting of Ukraine and protect your mental health. "Expert Hannah Storm, founder of Headlines Network, advises reporters and editors on how to protect themselves while monitoring the conflict."
An increasing numbers of journalists are suffering from the effect of covering the war in Ukraine remotely. This . From avoiding graphic images to connecting with colleagues, Hannah Storm (founder and co-director of ) provides tips from her from my years working in media safety and mental health.
The has collated ressources in this to address different aspects of the issue: from post-traumatic stress disorder to digital wellness.
Browse more of these articles and podcast .
Read more about the guide
The has put together this , collecting recommendations for meeting the emotional challenges of covering war, from a group of seasoned veterans.
Also available in
Read more about by the .
provides specialist trauma-informed training and access to psychological treatment, enabling freelance journalists to develop the skills they need to build resilience when exposed to conflict or covering traumatic events.
For more information, please contact Julia Pievskaya: +380 50 305 91 69 or
The Ukrainian , a Kiev-based non-governmental organization whose objective is to defend journalists’ rights, to upgrade their professional skills and to consolidate press freedom in Ukraine, is during the ongoing crisis in Ukraine.
European media director of Andrew Stroehlein outlines when reporting on issues such as war crimes against civilians, issues with the treatment of prisoners of war and the repression of free speech and of the media in Russia in this interview with the .
The International Press Institute has launched a monitoring database, the , which systematically documents all attacks on journalists and restrictions on media freedom linked to the conflict in Ukraine, including in Russia.
The and launched the , with concrete recommendations for journalists and editors on how to capture information about international crimes so that it may be admitted as evidence in court.
The Guide is available in English , Burmese , Ukrainian and Russian .
From ad monetization to cable carriage, there’s a battle going on over the ways Russia gets its messaging out. Most of the international community is treating Russia’s invasion of Ukraine as a gross violation of its sovereignty and international law. (Even the are on board.) But the response being summoned isn’t just about or — it’s also happening at the level of media.
A with resources and news articles that may be useful for journalists as Russia attacks Ukraine.
A looking at how journalists are documenting war (including context, resources on how to report on the ground).
The purpose of the is to assess the needs of the media, how to provide for them, how managers plan further work, and how the media can preserve themselves and their audience at this time.
For more information, on needs and data related to the Ukrainian media market, please contact the CEO of Lviv Media Forum, Olga Myrovych:
is a podcast featuring journalists and editors from around the world working to remain independent while working in fragile spaces. It explores the challenges faced by the media environment and what needs to happen so that it can become a tool that contributes to the public good.
The features the husband-and-wife team behind Zaborona in Ukraine, Roman Stepanovych and Katerina Sergatskova. Staff at this well-known independent online media outlet have had to turn into war reporters almost overnight, documenting atrocities as they live through them, dispelling misinformation and rumours and sharing critical information, even as the rest of the world begins to lose interest. The BBC's Allan Little reflects on their experiences. It's available here:
The was designed to facilitate the interaction between media professionals from different countries. You no longer need to look for a specialist in six handshakes — just view a profile in Nibly and start to chat.
(INN) strengthens and supports 300 independent news organizations in a new kind of media network: nonprofit, nonpartisan, and dedicated to public service.
: which provide actionable and practical guidance
helps new nonprofit newsrooms take root and get set up for success covering the essentials for founders: the tech you need, how to define your ethics and more.
In addition, the NIN website offers many related and organized by topic that are intended to help take the next step :
captures the progress and setbacks across the nonprofit news field and highlights the best practices and success stories that emerge from our members.
See our on in the section.
See our on in the section.
' mission is to advance and catalyze the work of a diverse range of funders committed to media that informs, engages and inspires.
Media Impact Funders has curated a helpful for assessing impact in the COVID19 context. (Source: )
that compiles all the grants available in the world.
is one of the world's leading trainers, innovators, conveners, and resources for all those who aspire to engage and inform citizens.
of tips and resources from journalism industry leaders for nonprofit newsrooms. (Source: )
Splice's Low-Res celebrates Asia's media startups by supporting these bold, forward-thinking startups. In this perspective, they are reporting on these media startups as well as teaching, advising, transforming, and funding them.
This examines media entrepreneurship around the world in the current climate with some practical strategies for business planning and financial management. (Source: )
Big or small, works with wonderful clients and partners to help strengthen this media.
See our on in the section.
The strives to , , and and in line with UNESCO’s mandate to “promote the free flow of ideas by word and image”.
UNESCO advances freedom of expression and the online and off-line, notably in the framework of . Moreover, the Sector combats :
UNESCO also supports through :
,
,
,
.
Anya Schiffrin, Hannah Clifford, and Theodora Dame Adjin-Tettey have co-authored the second instalment of the 2021 report , which examined the state of journalism during the pandemic. This second instalment, goes back to look at some of the promising measurements identified in the original report. GIJN has been granted permission to publish three excerpts from the report on , , or .
Marcela Kunova of has good news to report on the state of funding for independent news in the US and details how the has helped secure both philanthropic funding through the initiative and taught journalists how to diversify their revenue streams. If you’re thinking “if only this could be replicated on a global level” then check out the International Fund for Public Interest Media.
In 2006, co-founder and former Managing Director Saša Vučinić speaks at the TED Conference about why he established the non-profit investment fund. "Government accountability, corruption, how do you fight corruption, giving voice to unheard, to poor -- it's why independent media is in business," said Vučinić.
This MOOC (Massive Open Online Course) “La Philanthropie : Comprendre et Agir” (Philanthropy: Understand it and Act) is the first French-based course on philanthropy. This 4-weeks long training will provide you with basic knowledge of philanthropy in a French-speaking environment. This project is the result of a collaboration between and the Philosophic Chair of the . Whether you are simply curious about the subject, already a donor, involved in a philanthropic process, or a professional who accompanies or solicits philanthropists, this MOOC is for you!
is an organization that collects data, conducts research, and publishes news on nonprofit organizations.
propose insights and news to help to succeed in a rapidly changing world. The organisation provides nonprofit professionals, foundation executives, board members, and others with information and practical advice they need with :
(which fuel the national conversation about the role nonprofits play in society)
: benchmarking data
The is updating its coronavirus-related content daily, including disaster and financial planning for organizations. (Source: )
connects, gathers, and informs leaders from the most influential foundations, nonprofits, and social sector consultancies across the globe. The or
ComNet has an exceptionally helpful for telling your story and communicating with your constituents and your donors. (Source: )
helps nonprofit organizations achieve their mission and goals by sharing best practices in both small and large nonprofit organizations in the health care and community service sectors.
This consulting firm has a national reach with offices in Oakland, CA to NYC. M+R for media outreach and advocacy. (Source: )
promotes social justice by training leaders, strengthening community-led organizations and encouraging collaboration among diverse communities.
Vu-Le ("voo-lay") created to provide a no-nonsense (and humorous) take on where philanthropy should go from here. (Source: )
The helps interpret the relevant to nonprofits, as does . (Source: )
The is the largest financial aid package in U.S. history which provides $2.2 Trillion of aid to help among others, Nonprofit organizations meet the challenge of the coronavirus.
helps ensure that nonprofit organizations continue to have the resources and influence they need to thrive. The organization seeks to promote, protect and strengthen the philanthropic sector in the best interests of donors and beneficiaries.
Th uses a range of media channels to help advance critical conversations that can refine the policy and practice of nonprofits and social movements. In this work, it seeks to advance conversations in the sector, particularly, as is too often the case, when they are "stalled."
helps New York's nonprofit organizations build their capacity for growth and community impact and also represents the nonprofit sector in policy and advocacy by providing tools and support services.
The NYCN provides: , , and
Proposed
NYCON offers a wide range of ranging from practical tips for managing remote work to policy. (Source: )
In the , the NYCN propose a wilde range of the most popular resources for nonprofits :
The online fundraising platform offers a comprehensive guide on how non-profits can implement AI in their fundraising strategies. It includes practical tips, examples, and an extensive list of resources and providers for getting started with AI-powered fundraising tools.
Donorbox has also produced a webinar with :
As nonprofits increasingly seek efficiency and smarter fundraising strategies, AI has emerged as a powerful tool. This guide, a by for , focuses on AI-driven fundraising, explaining its mechanics and potential benefits. By harnessing machine learning technology, non-profits can analyse donor data to predict behaviour and tailor outreach efforts. AI enables targeted mailing lists, proactive donor engagement, and optimized campaign planning, ultimately leading to higher conversion rates and reduced overhead costs. Real-world examples, such as Parkinson's UK, demonstrate AI's ability to generate more revenue and improve ROI by identifying missed donation opportunities. While AI offers transformative potential, its effective implementation requires understanding its capabilities and integrating it strategically into fundraising strategies.
This webinar with Dr. Eva Weiners for explores how Artificial Intelligence (AI) has emerged as a game-changing technology, offering unparalleled opportunities to transform fundraising strategies. In this video, she delves into the ways nonprofits can leverage AI's capabilities to elevate your fundraising strategy, from donor mapping to crafting compelling proposals.
Fundraising consulting firm has compiled a guide to how detailing everything an organisation needs to know about how AI can support fundraising strategies and where to get started. Their guide covers: